e10vq
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ
|
|
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
For the quarterly period ended September 30,
2011
|
or
|
|
|
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
For the transition period from to
|
Commission File
Number: 1-35229
Xylem Inc.
(Exact name of
registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Indiana
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or
Organization)
|
|
45-2080495
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
1133 Westchester Avenue,
Suite N200, White Plains, NY 10604
(Address of principal
executive office)
(914) 323-5700
(Registrants telephone
number, including area code)
(Former Name, Former Address and
Former Fiscal Year, if Changed Since Last Report)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past
90 days. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its web site, if any, every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the registrant was required to submit and post such
files). Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). Yes o No þ
As of November 1, 2011, there were 184,570,429 outstanding
shares of common stock ($0.01 par value per share) of the
registrant.
PART I.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1.
CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
FOR THE PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
939
|
|
|
$
|
806
|
|
|
$
|
2,800
|
|
|
$
|
2,267
|
|
Costs of revenue
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
1,719
|
|
|
|
1,412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
|
1,081
|
|
|
|
855
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
|
517
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Separation costs
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and asset impairment charges, net
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-operating income, net
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax expense
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
77
|
|
|
$
|
91
|
|
|
$
|
227
|
|
|
$
|
232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed
combined financial statements.
3
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
CONDENSED
COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN MILLIONS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
184
|
|
|
$
|
131
|
|
Receivables, less allowance for discounts and doubtful accounts
of $33 and $32 for 2011 and 2010, respectively
|
|
|
753
|
|
|
|
690
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
389
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,480
|
|
|
|
1,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant, property and equipment, net
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
|
454
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,633
|
|
|
|
1,437
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
4,151
|
|
|
$
|
3,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Parent Company Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
283
|
|
|
$
|
309
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Accrued postretirement benefits
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
Deferred income tax liability
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
2,200
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent company equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent company investment
|
|
|
1,649
|
|
|
|
2,361
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
302
|
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total parent company equity
|
|
|
1,951
|
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and parent company equity
|
|
$
|
4,151
|
|
|
$
|
3,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed
combined financial statements.
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER
30
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Operating Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
227
|
|
|
$
|
232
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash used in
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Non-cash separation costs
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charges, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Payments for restructuring
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
Changes in assets and liabilities (net of acquisitions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in receivables
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
Change in inventories
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
Change in accounts payable
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
Change in accrued liabilities
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Change in accrued taxes
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Net changes in other assets and liabilities
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
Net Cash Operating activities
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
Investing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(79
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(309
|
)
|
|
|
(981
|
)
|
Proceeds from the sale of assets
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Investing activities
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
(1,024
|
)
|
|
Financing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net transfer (to)/from parent
|
|
|
(1,012
|
)
|
|
|
841
|
|
Issuance of short term debt
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of senior notes, net of discount
|
|
|
1,198
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Financing activities
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
841
|
|
|
Exchange rate effects on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of year
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents End of Period
|
|
$
|
184
|
|
|
$
|
127
|
|
|
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes (net of refunds received)
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
$
|
76
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed
combined financial statements.
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Parent
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Parent
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Company
|
|
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
2,361
|
|
|
$
|
358
|
|
|
$
|
2,719
|
|
Change in parent company investment
|
|
|
(939
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(939
|
)
|
Comprehensive Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
Net change in postretirement benefit plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2011
|
|
$
|
1,649
|
|
|
$
|
302
|
|
|
|
1,951
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed
combined financial statements.
6
|
|
NOTE 1
|
BACKGROUND AND
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
|
Xylem Inc. (Xylem or the Company) is a
leading equipment and service provider for water and wastewater
applications with a broad portfolio of products and services
addressing the full cycle of water, from collection,
distribution and use to the return of water to the environment.
Xylem operates in two segments, Water Infrastructure and Applied
Water. The Water Infrastructure segment focuses on the
transportation, treatment and testing of water, offering a range
of products including water and wastewater pumps, treatment and
testing equipment, and controls and systems. The Applied Water
segment encompasses all the uses of water and focuses on the
residential, commercial, industrial and agricultural markets.
The segments major products include pumps, valves, heat
exchangers, controls and dispensing equipment. Xylem Inc. (f/k/a
ITT WCO, Inc.) was incorporated in Indiana on May 4, 2011.
The name of the Company was changed from ITT WCO, Inc. to Xylem
Inc. on July 14, 2011.
On October 31, 2011, ITT Corporation (ITT)
completed the previously announced spin-off (the
Spin-off) of Xylem, formerly ITTs water
equipment and services businesses. Effective as of
12:01 a.m., Eastern time on October 31, 2011 (the
Distribution Date), the common stock of Xylem was
distributed, on a pro rata basis, to ITTs shareholders of
record as of the close of business on October 17, 2011 (the
Record Date). On the Distribution Date, each of the
shareholders of ITT received one share of Xylem common stock for
every one share of common stock of ITT held on the Record Date.
The Spin-off was completed pursuant to the Distribution
Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2011, among ITT, Exelis
Inc. (Exelis) and Xylem. After the Distribution
Date, ITT does not beneficially own any shares of Xylem common
stock and, following such date, financial results of Xylem will
not be consolidated in ITTs financial reporting.
Xylems Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) was declared effective on October 6,
2011. Xylems common stock began regular-way
trading on the New York Stock Exchange on November 1, 2011
under the symbol XYL.
Hereinafter, except as otherwise indicated or unless the context
otherwise requires, Xylem, we,
us, our and the Company
refer to Xylem Inc. and its subsidiaries. References in the
notes to the condensed combined financial statements to
ITT or parent refers to ITT Corporation
and its consolidated subsidiaries (other than Xylem Inc.).
Carve-out
Basis of Presentation
The interim condensed combined financial statements presented
herein, and discussed below, have been prepared on a standalone
basis and are derived from the consolidated financial statements
and accounting records of the water equipment and services
businesses of ITT. The accompanying unaudited interim condensed
combined financial statements reflect our financial position,
results of operations and cash flows, as historically managed,
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America (GAAP). All
intracompany transactions between our businesses have been
eliminated. All intercompany transactions between us and ITT
have been included in these interim condensed combined financial
statements and when the underlying transaction is to be settled
in cash with ITT it is considered to be effectively settled for
cash in the condensed combined financial statements at
7
the time the transaction is recorded. The total net effect of
the settlement of these intercompany transactions is reflected
in the Condensed Combined Statements of Cash Flow as a financing
activity and in the Condensed Combined Balance Sheets as
Parent company investment.
Our interim condensed combined financial statements include
expense allocations for (i) certain corporate functions
historically provided by ITT, including, but not limited to,
finance, legal, information technology, human resources,
communications, ethics and compliance, and shared services,
(ii) employee benefits and incentives, and
(iii) share-based compensation. These expenses have been
allocated to us on the basis of direct usage when identifiable,
with the remainder allocated on the basis of revenue, headcount
or other measures. Both we and ITT consider the basis on which
the expenses have been allocated to be a reasonable reflection
of the utilization of services provided to or the benefit
received by us during the periods presented. The allocations may
not, however, reflect the expense we would have incurred as an
independent, publicly traded company for the periods presented.
Actual costs that may have been incurred if we had been a
standalone company would depend on a number of factors,
including the chosen organizational structure, what functions
were outsourced or performed by employees and strategic
decisions made in areas such as information technology and
infrastructure. Following the Spin-off, we will perform these
functions using our own resources or purchased services, certain
of which may be provided by ITT under the transition services
agreement that is expected to extend for a period of 3 to
24 months in most circumstances.
On a historical basis, ITT used a centralized approach to cash
management and financing of its operations, excluding debt where
we are the legal obligor. Prior to the Spin-off, the majority of
our cash was transferred to ITT daily and ITT funded our
operating and investing activities as needed. Cash transfers to
and from ITTs cash management accounts are reflected in
Parent company investment.
The interim condensed combined financial statements include
certain assets and liabilities that have historically been held
at the ITT corporate level but are specifically identifiable or
otherwise allocable to us. The cash and cash equivalents held by
ITT at the corporate level are not specifically identifiable to
Xylem and therefore were not allocated to us for any of the
periods presented. Cash and cash equivalents in our Condensed
Combined Balance Sheets primarily represent cash held locally by
entities included in our condensed combined financial
statements. Except for debt issued directly by Xylem, ITT
third-party debt, and the related interest expense has not been
allocated to us for any of the periods presented as we were not
the legal obligor of the debt and the ITT borrowings were not
directly attributable to our business.
The interim condensed combined financial statements exclude the
allocation of liabilities, assets, and costs reported by ITT
related to asbestos product liability matters. These matters
were not allocated to us for any period presented as ITT will
continue as the legal obligor for those liabilities, subject to
limited exceptions. ITT is expected to pay any associated
settlements, judgments, or legal defense costs, subject to
limited exceptions with respect to certain employee claims.
The unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements
have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the
SEC and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments
(which include normal recurring adjustments) considered
necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position,
results of operations, and cash flows for the periods presented
have been included. Certain information and note disclosures
normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of
8
America have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such SEC
rules. We believe that the disclosures made are adequate to make
the information presented not misleading. We consistently
applied the accounting policies described in the Information
Statement filed as Exhibit 99.1 to our Registration
Statement on Form 10 filed with the SEC on October 5,
2011 (the Information Statement), in preparing these
unaudited financial statements, with the exception of accounting
standard updates described in Note 2 adopted on
January 1, 2011. These financial statements should be read
in conjunction with the combined financial statements and notes
thereto as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010,
included in the Registration Statement, filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on October 5, 2011 as
Exhibit 99.1 to our Registration Statement on Form 10.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect amounts reported in the interim condensed combined
financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates
include, but are not limited to, allowance for doubtful
accounts, inventory valuation, warranty accrual, goodwill and
intangible asset impairment, postretirement benefits, income
taxes and the allocation of purchase price to the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.
Estimates are revised as additional information becomes
available. Additionally, our interim condensed combined
financial statements may not be indicative of our future
performance and do not necessarily reflect what the results of
operations, financial position and cash flows would have been
had we operated as an independent, publicly traded company
during the periods presented.
Our quarterly financial periods end on the Saturday closest to
the last day of the calendar quarter, except for the fourth
quarter which ends on December 31st. For ease of
presentation, the quarterly financial statements included herein
are described as ending on the last day of the calendar quarter.
Certain prior period amounts in the condensed combined financial
statements and related notes have been reclassified to conform
to the current period presentation.
Pro Forma
Earnings Per Share
On October 31, 2011, the Spin-off was completed through a
tax-free stock dividend to ITTs shareholders. ITT
shareholders received one share of Xylem common stock for each
share of ITT common stock. As a result on October 31, 2011,
we had 184,570,429 shares of common stock outstanding and
this share amount is being utilized to calculate pro forma
earnings per share for all periods presented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions, except per share data)
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
77
|
|
|
$
|
91
|
|
|
$
|
227
|
|
|
$
|
232
|
|
Pro forma shares outstanding
|
|
|
184.6
|
|
|
|
184.6
|
|
|
|
184.6
|
|
|
|
184.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma earnings per share
|
|
$
|
0.42
|
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
|
$
|
1.23
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No diluted earnings per share is presented in the table above as
no common stock of Xylem was traded in a regular way
basis prior to November 1, 2011 and the conversion of ITT
share-based compensation awards to Xylem awards occurred at
separation and are only considered outstanding as of
October 31, 2011. See Note 16, Subsequent Events for
further details.
9
|
|
NOTE 2
|
RECENT ACCOUNTING
PRONOUNCEMENTS
|
Recently
Adopted Pronouncements
In December 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued additional guidance applicable to the
testing of goodwill for potential impairment. Specifically, for
reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts, an
entity is required to perform the second step of the goodwill
impairment test (a comparison between the carrying amount of a
reporting units goodwill to its implied fair value) if it
is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists,
considering any adverse qualitative factors. This guidance is
effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those
years, beginning after December 15, 2010. As of the date of
our most recent goodwill impairment test, none of our reporting
units would have been affected by the application of this
guidance as each reporting unit had a carrying amount that
exceeded zero.
In April 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance permitting
use of the milestone method of revenue recognition for research
or development arrangements that contain payment provisions or
consideration contingent on the achievement of specified events.
On January 1, 2011, we adopted the new guidance on a
prospective basis. The adoption of this guidance did not have a
material impact on our financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
In October 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance on the
accounting for revenue arrangements that contain multiple
elements by eliminating the criteria that objective and reliable
evidence of fair value for undelivered products or services
needs to exist in order to be able to account separately for
deliverables and eliminating the use of the residual method of
allocating arrangement consideration. The amendments establish a
hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable and
will allow for the separation of products and services in more
instances than previously permitted.
We adopted the new multiple element guidance effective
January 1, 2011 for new arrangements entered into or
arrangements materially modified on or after that date on a
prospective basis. In connection with the adoption of the
revised multiple element arrangement guidance, we revised our
revenue recognition accounting policies. For multiple
deliverable arrangements entered into or materially modified on
or after January 1, 2011, we recognize revenue for a
delivered element based on the relative selling price if the
deliverable has stand-alone value to the customer and, in
arrangements that include a general right of return relative to
the delivered element, performance of the undelivered element is
considered probable and substantially in the Companys
control. The selling price for a deliverable is based on
vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price
(VSOE), if available, third-party evidence of
selling price (TPE), if VSOE is not available, or
best estimated selling price (BESP), if neither VSOE
nor TPE is available.
The deliverables in our arrangements with multiple elements
include various products and may include related services, such
as installation and
start-up
services. For multiple element arrangements entered into or
materially modified after adoption of the revised multiple
element arrangement guidance, we allocate arrangement
consideration based on the relative selling prices of the
separate units of accounting determined in accordance with the
hierarchy described above. For deliverables that are sold
separately, we establish VSOE based on the price when the
deliverable is sold separately. We establish TPE, generally for
services, based on prices similarly situated customers pay for
similar services from third party vendors. For those
deliverables for which we are unable to establish VSOE or TPE,
we estimate the selling price considering various
10
factors including market and pricing trends, geography, product
customization, and profit objectives. Revenue allocated to
products and services is generally recognized as the products
are delivered and the services are performed, provided all other
revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. The adoption
of the new multiple element guidance did not result in a
material change in either the units of accounting or the pattern
or timing of revenue recognition. Additionally, the adoption of
the revised multiple element arrangement guidance did not have a
material impact on our financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
Pronouncements
Not Yet Adopted
In September 2011, the FASB provided companies with the option
to make an initial qualitative evaluation, based on the
entitys events and circumstances, to determine the
likelihood of goodwill impairment. The results of this
qualitative assessment determine whether it is necessary to
perform the currently required two-step impairment test. If it
is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit
is less than its carrying amount, a company would be required to
perform the two-step impairment test. This guidance is effective
for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early
adoption permitted. The Company could apply the option to any
goodwill impairment test performed after December 31, 2011.
The amendments are not expected to have any effect on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance intended to achieve common
fair value measurements and related disclosures between
U.S. GAAP and international accounting standards. The
amendments primarily clarify existing fair value guidance and
are not intended to change the application of existing fair
value measurement guidance. However, the amendments include
certain instances where a particular principle or requirement
for measuring fair value or disclosing information about fair
value measurements has changed. This guidance is effective for
the periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and early
application is prohibited. We will adopt these amendments on
January 1, 2012; however, the requirements are not expected
to have a material effect on the Companys consolidated
financial statements.
On September 1, 2011, we acquired 100% of the outstanding
shares of YSI Incorporated (YSI) for a purchase
price of $309 million, net of cash acquired. YSI, which
reported 2010 revenue of $101 million, is a leading
developer and manufacturer of sensors, instruments, software,
and data collection platforms for environmental water
monitoring. YSI employs 390 people at facilities in the
United States, Europe and Asia. Our financial statements include
YSIs results of operations and cash flows prospectively
from September 1, 2011 within the Water Infrastructure
segment; however, the acquisition was not material to results of
operations for the three or nine months ended September 30,
2011 and accordingly, pro forma results of operations reflecting
YSIs results prior to acquisition have not been presented.
The purchase price for YSI was allocated to the net tangible and
intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on
their preliminary fair values as of September 1, 2011. The
excess of the purchase price over the preliminary assets
acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill. The
purchase price allocation is based upon a preliminary valuation
and our estimates and assumptions are subject to change within
the measurement period. The primary areas of the purchase price
allocation that are not yet finalized relate to the fair values
of certain
11
environmental matters, intangible assets, income taxes, working
capital balances, and residual goodwill. A charge in the amount
of $3 million is included in selling, general and
administrative expense related to acquisition-related costs.
The following table presents the allocation of the purchase
price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on
their fair values (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Price
|
|
|
|
|
$309
|
|
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Receivable
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible Assets
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other current and non-current assets
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other current and non-current liabilities
|
|
|
(63)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill of $192 million arising from the acquisition
consists largely of the planned expansion of YSI to new
geographic markets, synergies and economies of scale is not
expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. In addition,
of the $124 million that was allocated to intangible
assets, $40 million was assigned to customer relationships
and will be amortized on a straight line basis over the
estimated useful life of 19 years; $35 million was
assigned to proprietary technology and will be amortized on a
straight line basis over the weighted average useful life of
19 years; and the remaining $49 million of acquired
intangible assets was assigned to trademarks, which is not
subject to amortization as they were determined to have
indefinite useful lives.
During the first six months of 2010, we spent $391 million, net
of cash acquired. The substantial majority of the first six
months of 2010 aggregate purchase price pertained to the
acquisition of Nova Analytics Corporation (Nova) on
March 23, 2010 for $385 million. Nova provides us with
analytical instrumentation brands and technologies and was
combined with the Water & Waste Water Division of the
Water Infrastructure segment.
Additionally, in the third quarter of 2010, we completed the
acquisitions of Godwin Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin
Holdings Limited (collectively referred to as Godwin) for $580
million. Godwin is a supplier and servicer of automatic
self-priming and on-demand pumping solutions serving the global
industrial, construction, mining, municipal, oil and gas
dewatering markets. The Godwin acquisition expands our
dewatering market presence in the United States. The results of
operations and cash flows from our 2010 acquisitions have been
included in our Condensed Combined Financial Statements
prospectively from their date of acquisition.
12
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011,
we recognized pre-tax expense of $46 million and
$67 million, respectively, related to the Spin-off. The
components of separation costs incurred during these periods are
presented below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Non-cash asset impairments (a)
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
Advisory fees
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
IT costs
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Employee Retention
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Other
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total separation costs in operating income
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Tax-related separation (benefit) costs (b)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total separation costs, net of tax
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
During the third quarter, we
recorded an impairment charge of $8 million on one of our
facilities in China within our Applied Water segment. Prior to
the separation this was a shared facility among certain Xylem
and ITT businesses and in connection with the separation, the
removal of certain ITT operations triggered an impairment
evaluation. The fair value of the applicable assets was
calculated using the cost approach.
|
|
(b)
|
|
In the third quarter of 2011, we
revised our estimate of certain tax-related separation costs to
be incurred. This adjustment resulted in a $9 million net
credit (income) for tax-related separation costs during the
third quarter of 2011.
|
Our current estimate of the after-tax cash impact of the
remaining activities associated with the separation ranges from
approximately $30 million to $50 million, primarily
attributable to tax, accounting, and other professional advisory
fees, and information technology costs
Effective Tax
Rate
Our quarterly provision for income taxes is measured using an
estimated annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items
within periods presented. The comparison of our effective tax
rate between periods is significantly impacted by the level and
mix of earnings and losses by tax jurisdiction, foreign income
tax rate differentials and amount of permanent
book-to-tax
differences.
The income tax provision for the three months ended
September 30, 2011 was $5 million or 6.3% of income
before taxes, compared to $19 million or 16.7% for the
three months ended September 30, 2010. The decrease in the
third quarter of 2011 tax provision is primarily due to the
effective settlement of an international tax examination and a
reduction in tax separation costs offset, in part, by separation
costs and a deferred tax adjustment recognized during the three
months ended September 30, 2011. The tax provision for the
third quarter of 2010 was favorably impacted by a tax benefit
resulting from the repatriation of foreign earnings net of
foreign tax credits.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we recorded
an income tax provision of $72 million at an effective tax
rate of 24.0% compared to $45 million at an effective tax
rate of 16.2% for the
13
nine months ended September 30, 2010. The 2011 effective
tax rate was decreased by the effective settlement of an
international tax examination and more than offset by tax
separation costs, separation costs, and deferred tax
adjustments. The 2010 effective tax rate was favorably impacted
by a tax benefit resulting from the repatriation of foreign
earnings net of foreign tax credits.
Uncertain Tax
Positions
We recognize a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only
if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be
sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the
technical merits of the position. As of September 30, 2011
and December 31, 2010, we recorded $30 million and
$43 million of total unrecognized tax benefits principally
all of which would affect the effective tax rate.
As agreed upon as part of the separation, ITT is primarily
liable for all income taxes up to a certain amount for all pre-
separation period combined or consolidated income tax returns,
and, as such, approximately $27 million of our unrecognized
tax benefits will be assumed by ITT at the time of the
separation. Related interest will be reduced accordingly.
We classify interest relating to tax matters as a component of
interest expense and tax penalties as a component of income tax
expense in our Combined Condensed Income Statement. We had
$4 million of interest accrued for tax matters as of
September 30, 2011 and $5 million as of
December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Finished Goods
|
|
$
|
177
|
|
|
$
|
166
|
|
Work in process
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
$
|
437
|
|
|
$
|
389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 7
|
PLANT, PROPERTY
AND EQUIPMENT, NET
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Land and improvements
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
|
567
|
|
Equipment held for lease or rental
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
Construction work in progress
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Other
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant, property and equipment, gross
|
|
|
1,108
|
|
|
|
1,063
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(666
|
)
|
|
|
(609
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant, property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
442
|
|
|
$
|
454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
Depreciation expense of $25 million and $72 million
was recognized in the three and nine months periods ended
September 30, 2011, respectively and $20 million and
$48 million for the three and nine month periods ended
September 30, 2010, respectively.
|
|
NOTE 8
|
GOODWILL AND
OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
|
Goodwill
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the nine months
ended September 30, 2011 by business segment are as follows
(in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infrastructure
|
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Goodwill 12/31/2010
|
|
$
|
873
|
|
|
$
|
564
|
|
|
$
|
1,437
|
|
Goodwill acquired
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
Foreign currency and other
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill 9/30/2011
|
|
$
|
1,070
|
|
|
$
|
563
|
|
|
$
|
1,633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with the YSI acquisition, the excess of the
preliminary purchase price over the fair value of net assets
acquired was $192 million (which is not expected to be
deductible for income tax purposes). The goodwill arising from
the acquisition consists largely of the planned expansion of the
YSI footprint to new geographic markets, synergies and economies
of scale.
Based on the results of our annual impairment tests, we
determined that no impairment of goodwill existed as of our
measurement date in 2010. However, future goodwill impairment
tests could result in a charge to earnings. We will continue to
evaluate goodwill on an annual basis as of the beginning of our
fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events and changes in
circumstances indicate there may be a potential impairment.
Other
Intangible Assets
Information regarding our other intangible assets is as follows
(in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
Customer and distributor relationships
|
|
$
|
312
|
|
|
$
|
(45
|
)
|
|
$
|
267
|
|
|
$
|
270
|
|
|
$
|
(29
|
)
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
Proprietary technology
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
50
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
24
|
|
Patents and other
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
Indefinite-lived intangibles
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangibles
|
|
$
|
611
|
|
|
$
|
(92
|
)
|
|
$
|
519
|
|
|
$
|
485
|
|
|
$
|
(69
|
)
|
|
$
|
416
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with the YSI acquisition, $124 million was
allocated to intangible assets, of which $40 million was
assigned to customer relationships and will be amortized on a
straight line basis over the estimated useful life of
19 years; $35 million was assigned to proprietary
technology and will be amortized on a straight line basis over
the weighted average useful life of 19 years; and
15
the remaining $49 million of acquired intangible assets was
assigned to trademarks which were determined to have indefinite
useful lives and therefore are not subject to amortization.
Based on the results of our annual impairment tests, we
determined that no impairment of the indefinite-lived
intangibles existed as of our measurement date in 2010. However,
future impairment tests could result in a charge to earnings. We
will continue to evaluate the indefinite-lived intangible assets
on an annual basis as of the beginning of our fourth fiscal
quarter and whenever events and changes in circumstances
indicate there may be a potential impairment.
Amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets
for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was
$23 million and $14 million, respectively. Estimated
amortization expense for the remaining three months of 2011 and
each of the five succeeding years is as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining 2011
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
2012
|
|
|
33
|
|
2013
|
|
|
33
|
|
2014
|
|
|
31
|
|
2015
|
|
|
31
|
|
2016
|
|
|
29
|
|
NOTE 9 ACCRUED
AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Compensation and other employee-benefits
|
|
$
|
182
|
|
|
$
|
175
|
|
Customer-related liabilities
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Accrued warranty costs
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Accrued taxes
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Deferred income tax liability
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Other
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accrued and other liabilities
|
|
$
|
381
|
|
|
$
|
340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have adjusted certain balances in the above table as of
December 31, 2010 by immaterial amounts to reflect them
within the appropriate categories.
NOTE 10 CREDIT
FACILITIES AND LONG-TERM DEBT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes due 2016, 3.55% (a)
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Notes due 2021, 4.875% (a)
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Unamortized discount (b)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Debt
|
|
$
|
1,207
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
The fair value of our Senior Notes
was primarily determined using prices for the identical security
obtained from an external pricing service, which is considered a
Level 2 input. As of September 30, 2011, the fair
value of our Senior Notes due 2016 was $611 million and the
fair value of our Senior Notes due 2021 was $604 million.
|
|
(b)
|
|
At September 30, 2011, the
unamortized discount is recognized as a reduction in the
carrying value of the Senior Notes in the Condensed Combined
Balance Sheets and is being amortized to interest expense in our
Condensed Combined Income Statements over the expected remaining
terms of the Senior Notes.
|
Senior
Notes
On September 20, 2011, we issued 3.55% Senior Notes of
$600 million aggregate principal amount due September 2016
and 4.875% Senior Notes of $600 million aggregate
principal amount due October 2021 (together, the Senior
Notes). The issuance resulted in gross proceeds of
$1.2 billion, offset by $9 million in debt issuance
costs which were capitalized and are included within other
assets. The Senior Notes include covenants which restrict our
ability, subject to exceptions, to incur debt secured by liens
and engage in sale and lease-back transactions as well as
provide for customary events of default (subject, in certain
cases, to receipt of notice of default
and/or
customary grace and cure periods), including but not limited to,
(i) failure to pay interest for 30 days,
(ii) failure to pay principal when due, (iii) failure
to perform any other covenant for 90 days after receipt of
notice from the trustee or from holders of 25% of the
outstanding principal amount and (iv) certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization. We may redeem the
Senior Notes, as applicable, in whole or in part, at any time at
a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Senior
Notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium. As of
September 30, 2011, we were in compliance with all
covenants. If a change of control triggering event occurs, we
will be required to make an offer to purchase the Senior Notes
at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued
and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.
Interest on the Senior Notes accrues from September 20,
2011. Interest on the 2016 Notes is payable on March 20 and
September 20 of each year, commencing on March 20, 2012.
Interest on the 2021 Notes is payable on April 1 and October 1
of each year, commencing on April 1, 2012.
The net proceeds received from the offering of the Senior Notes
was used to pay a special cash dividend to ITT, to repay
indebtedness incurred to fund the Companys acquisition of
YSI and for general corporate purposes.
On September 20, 2011, ITT and Xylem entered into a
registration rights agreement with respect to the Senior Notes
(the Xylem Registration Rights Agreement). ITT and
Xylem agreed to (i) file a registration statement on an
appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer
to exchange the Senior Notes for new notes, with terms
substantially identical in all material respects and
(ii) cause the registration statement to be declared
effective under the Securities Act.
If the exchange offer is not completed within 365 days
after the issue date, we will use our reasonable best efforts to
file and to have declared effective a shelf registration
statement relating to the resale of the Senior Notes.
If we fail to satisfy this obligation (a registration default)
under the Xylem Registration Rights Agreement, the annual
interest rate on the Senior Notes will increase by 0.25% and
increase by an additional 0.25% for each subsequent
90-day
period during which the registration default continues, up to a
maximum additional interest rate of 1.00% per year. If the
registration default is corrected, the applicable interest rate
will revert to the original level.
17
In the event that we must pay additional interest, it will pay
to the holders of the Senior Notes in cash on the same dates
that it makes other interest payments on the Senior Notes until
the registration default is corrected.
Four Year
Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility
Effective October 31, 2011, Xylem and its subsidiaries
entered into a Four Year Competitive Advance and Revolving
Credit Facility (the Credit Facility) with JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as agent, and a syndicate of lenders. Refer to
Note 16, Subsequent Events for further details.
NOTE 11 POSTRETIREMENT
BENEFIT PLANS
The following table provides the components of net periodic
benefit cost for pension plans, disaggregated by U.S. and
international plans, and other employee-related benefit plans
for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and
2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended September 30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of net actuarial loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of net actuarial loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
|
We contributed approximately $6 million and $1 million
to our various plans during the nine months ended
September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Additional
contributions ranging between $6 million and
$8 million are expected during the remainder of 2011.
Certain company employees participate in defined benefit pension
and other postretirement benefit plans sponsored by ITT, which
include participants of other ITT subsidiaries. We recorded
approximately $19 million and $15 million of expense
related to such plans during the nine months ended
September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
18
|
|
NOTE 12
|
SHARE-BASED
PAYMENTS
|
ITT maintained several share-based and long term incentive plans
for the benefit of certain officers, directors, and employees,
including Xylem employees. Share-based awards issued to
employees include non-qualified stock options, restricted stock
awards and a target cash award. Nonqualified stock options
(NQO) and equity-settled restricted stock awards are
accounted for as equity-based compensation. The target cash
award and certain restricted stock awards are cash settled and
accounted for as liability-based compensation. These
compensation costs are recognized primarily within selling,
general and administrative expenses.
As of September 30, 2011, there were approximately
0.6 million NQO and 0.2 million restricted stock
shares outstanding related to Xylem specific employees. Total
share-based compensation and long-term incentive plan costs
recognized was $7 million and $5 million for the nine
months ended September 30 2011, and 2010, respectively. A
significant component of these charges relates to costs
allocated to Xylem for ITT employees as well as other ITT
employees not solely dedicated to Xylem. These awards and
related amounts are not necessarily indicative of awards and
amounts that would have been granted if we were an independent,
publicly traded company for the periods presented. Refer to
Note 16, Subsequent Events for further details. The
following table provides further detail related to share-based
compensation expense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees
|
|
|
Allocations
|
|
|
2011 Total
|
|
|
Employees
|
|
|
Allocations
|
|
|
2010 Total
|
|
|
Equity-based awards
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
Liability-based awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total compensation cost
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees
|
|
|
Allocations
|
|
|
2011 Total
|
|
|
Employees
|
|
|
Allocations
|
|
|
2010 Total
|
|
|
Equity-based awards
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
Liability-based awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total compensation cost
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 13
|
RELATED PARTY
TRANSACTIONS
|
The interim condensed combined financial statements have been
prepared on a standalone basis and are derived from the
consolidated financial statements and accounting records of ITT.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010,
we sold inventory to other ITT businesses in the aggregate
amount of $9 million and $6 million, respectively
which is included in revenue in our Condensed Combined Income
Statement.
We also purchase inventories from other ITT businesses. During
each of the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010,
we recognized cost of revenue from the inventory purchased from
ITT of $8 million. The aggregate inventory on hand of
purchases from other ITT businesses as of September 30,
2011 and December 31, 2010 was not significant.
19
Allocation of
General Corporate Expenses
The condensed combined financial statements include expense
allocations for certain functions provided by ITT as well as
other ITT employees not solely dedicated to Xylem, including,
but not limited to, general corporate expenses related to
finance, legal, information technology, human resources,
communications, ethics and compliance, shared services, employee
benefits and incentives, and share-based compensation. These
expenses have been allocated to us on the basis of direct usage
when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on the basis of
revenue, headcount or other measure. We were allocated
$43 million and $107 million of general corporate
expenses incurred by ITT which is included within selling,
general and administrative expenses in the Condensed Combined
Income Statements for the three and nine months period ended
September 30, 2011, respectively, and $28 million and
$80 million for the comparable periods in 2010.
The expense allocations have been determined on a basis that we
consider to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of
services provided or the benefit received by us during the
periods presented. The allocations may not, however, reflect the
expense we would have incurred as an independent, publicly
traded company for the periods presented. Actual costs that may
have been incurred if we had been a standalone company would
depend on a number of factors, including the chosen
organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or
performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas
such as information technology and infrastructure.
Parent Company
Equity
On a historical basis, ITT used a centralized approach to cash
management and financing of its operations, excluding debt
directly incurred by any of its businesses, such as debt assumed
in an acquisition. The majority of our domestic cash is
transferred to ITT daily and ITT funds our operating and
investing activities as needed. The condensed combined financial
statements also include the push down of certain assets and
liabilities that have historically been held at the ITT
corporate level but which are specifically identifiable or
otherwise allocable to us. The cash and cash equivalents held by
ITT at the corporate level were not allocated to us for any of
the periods presented. Cash and equivalents in our combined
balance sheets primarily represent cash held locally by entities
included in our combined financial statements. Transfers of cash
to and from ITTs cash management system are reflected as a
component of Parent company investment on the combined balance
sheets.
All significant intercompany transactions between us and ITT
have been included in these condensed combined financial
statements and are considered to be effectively settled for cash
in the combined financial statements at the time the transaction
is recorded when the underlying transaction is to be settled in
cash by ITT. The total net effect of the settlement of these
intercompany transactions is reflected in the combined
statements of cash flow as a financing activity and in the
combined balance sheets as parent company investment.
|
|
NOTE 14
|
SEGMENT
INFORMATION
|
Our business is organized into two segments: Water
Infrastructure and Applied Water. The Water Infrastructure
segment focuses on the transportation, treatment and testing of
water, offering a range of products including water and
wastewater pumps, treatment and testing equipment, and controls
and systems. The Applied Water segment encompasses all the uses
of water and focuses on the residential, commercial, industrial
and agricultural markets. Corporate and Other consists of
20
corporate office expenses including compensation, benefits,
occupancy, depreciation, and other administrative costs, as well
as charges related to certain matters, such as the Spin-off and
environmental matters that are managed at a corporate level and
are not included in the business segments in evaluating
performance or allocating resources.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended September 30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
Operating Margin
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
584
|
|
|
$
|
488
|
|
|
$
|
87
|
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
%
|
|
|
14.9
|
%
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate and Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
939
|
|
|
$
|
806
|
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
$
|
107
|
|
|
|
8.4
|
%
|
|
|
13.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended September 30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
Operating Margin
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
1,737
|
|
|
$
|
1,308
|
|
|
$
|
245
|
|
|
$
|
175
|
|
|
|
14.1
|
%
|
|
|
13.4
|
%
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
1,108
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
|
|
13.2
|
%
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate and Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,800
|
|
|
$
|
2,267
|
|
|
$
|
296
|
|
|
$
|
277
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
%
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and
|
|
|
|
Capital Expenditures
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
80
|
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Corporate and Other
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
$
|
44
|
|
|
$
|
104
|
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
|
Sept 30,
|
|
|
Dec 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
2,774
|
|
|
$
|
2,377
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
1,274
|
|
|
|
1,209
|
|
Corporate and Other
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
4,151
|
|
|
$
|
3,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 15
|
CONTINGENCIES AND
OTHER LEGAL MATTERS
|
General
From time to time we are involved in legal proceedings that are
incidental to the operation of our businesses. Some of these
proceedings seek remedies relating to environmental matters,
product liability, personal injury claims, employment and
pension matters, and commercial or contractual
21
disputes, sometimes related to acquisitions or divestitures. We
will continue to defend vigorously against all claims.
While no claims have been asserted against Xylem alleging injury
caused by our products resulting from asbestos exposure, it is
possible that claims could be filed in the future. Should
asbestos product liability claims be asserted against Xylem in
the future, we believe there are numerous legal defenses
available and would defend ourselves vigorously against such a
claim. As part of the separation, ITT will indemnify Xylem for
asbestos product liability matters, subject to limited
exceptions with respect to certain employee claims, including
settlements, judgments, and legal defense costs associated with
all pending and future claims that may arise from past revenue
of ITTs legacy products. We believe ITT remains a
substantive entity with sufficient financial resources to honor
its obligations to us.
Although the ultimate outcome of any legal matter cannot be
predicted with certainty, based on present information,
including our assessment of the merits of the particular claim,
we do not expect that any asserted or unasserted legal claims or
proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a
material adverse effect on our cash flow, results of operations,
or financial condition.
Indemnifications
As part of the Spin-off, ITT, Exelis and Xylem will indemnify
each of the other parties with respect to such parties
assumed or retained liabilities under the Distribution Agreement
and breaches of the Distribution Agreement or related spin
agreements. ITTs indemnification obligations include
asserted and unasserted asbestos and silica liability claims
that relate to the presence or alleged presence of asbestos or
silica in products manufactured, repaired or sold prior to the
Distribution Date, subject to limited exceptions with respect to
certain employee claims, or in the structure or material of any
building or facility, subject to exceptions with respect to
employee claims relating to Xylem buildings or facilities. The
indemnifications are absolute in accordance with their terms and
indefinite. The indemnification associated with pending and
future asbestos claims does not expire. Xylem has not recorded a
liability for matters for which we will be indemnified by ITT or
Exelis through the Distribution Agreement and we are not aware
of any claims or other circumstances that would give rise to
material payments from us under such indemnifications.
Environmental
In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to federal,
state, local, and foreign environmental laws and regulations. We
are responsible, or are alleged to be responsible, for ongoing
environmental investigation and remediation of sites in various
countries. These sites are in various stages of investigation
and/or
remediation and in many of these proceedings our liability is
considered de minimis. We have received notification from the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and from similar
state and foreign environmental agencies, that a number of sites
formerly or currently owned
and/or
operated by Xylem and other properties or water supplies that
may be or have been impacted from those operations, contain
disposed or recycled materials or wastes and require
environmental investigation
and/or
remediation. These sites include instances where we have been
identified as a potentially responsible party under federal and
state environmental laws and regulations.
Accruals for environmental matters are recorded on a site by
site basis when it is probable that a liability has been
incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably
estimated, based on current law and existing technologies. Our
accrued liabilities for these environmental matters
22
represent the best estimates related to the investigation and
remediation of environmental media such as water, soil, soil
vapor, air and structures, as well as related legal fees. These
estimates, and related accruals, are reviewed quarterly and
updated for progress of investigation and remediation efforts
and changes in facts and legal circumstances. Liabilities for
these environmental expenditures are recorded on an undiscounted
basis. We have estimated and accrued $10 million and
$8 million as of September 30, 2011 and December 2010,
respectively, for environmental matters.
It is difficult to estimate the final costs of investigation and
remediation due to various factors, including incomplete
information regarding particular sites and other potentially
responsible parties, uncertainty regarding the extent of
investigation or remediation and our share, if any, of liability
for such conditions, the selection of alternative remedial
approaches, and changes in environmental standards and
regulatory requirements. In our opinion, the total amount
accrued is reasonable based on existing facts and circumstances.
As of September 30, 2011, our estimate of reasonably
possible losses in excess of amounts accrued for environmental
and legal matters was approximately $23 million.
Warranties
We warrant numerous products, the terms of which vary widely. In
general, we warrant products against defect and specific
non-performance. The table below provides the changes in our
product warranty accrual:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Warranty accrual 1/1
|
|
$
|
38
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
Net changes for product warranties in the period
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Settlement of warranty claims
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warranty accrual 9/30
|
|
$
|
35
|
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 16
|
SUBSEQUENT
EVENTS
|
Consummation
of the Spin-Off and Issuance of Stock of Xylem
Inc.
On October 31, 2011, ITT completed the spin-off of Xylem
Inc. through a tax-free stock dividend to ITTs
shareholders. ITT shareholders received one share of our common
stock for each share of ITT common stock of record as of
October 17, 2011, the record date. As a result of the
Spin-off, we issued 184,570,429 shares of our common stock,
par value $0.01.
Upon consummation of the Spin-off, Xylem converted awards held
by ITT employees that joined Xylem with the number and exercise
price systematically determined to preserve the intrinsic value
of the previously held securities of ITT. As such, Xylem
converted approximately 1,150,000 stock options and 500,000
restricted stock units of ITT securities to approximately
2,045,000 stock options and 885,000 restricted stock units of
Xylem securities, respectively.
In addition, Xylem converted approximately 1.3 million
stock options and 65,000 restricted stock units held by ITT
Board members to an equivalent number of Xylem securities.
23
Impact of
Assets and Liabilities Contributed by ITT
Corporation
As of October 31, 2011, the Distribution Date, ITT
transferred to Xylem Inc. certain assets and liabilities with a
total net liability of approximately $29 million, primarily
consisting of certain defined benefit pension and other
postretirement benefit plans offset by adjustments to deferred
income taxes. As the newly designated plan sponsor, we assumed
all assets and liabilities associated with such plans. The net
liabilities associated with such plans assumed were
approximately $85 million, excluding net deferred tax
assets of approximately $22 million.
The final parent net investment is subject to customary closing
adjustments based upon the Distribution Agreement through
October 31, 2011. We currently estimate that ITTs
final parent net investment will be approximately
$1.7 billion.
Also in connection with the Spin-off, the Board of Directors
agreed to award options and restricted stock grants pursuant to
the Xylem Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan of approximately
1.3 million options and 425,000 restricted stock to certain
employees and directors of the Company.
Agreements
with ITT and Exelis Related to the Separation
On October 25, 2011, ITT, Exelis, and Xylem executed the
various agreements that will govern the ongoing relationships
between the three companies after the distribution and provide
for the allocation of employee benefits, income taxes, and
certain other liabilities and obligations attributable to
periods prior to the Distribution. The executed agreements
include the Distribution Agreement, Benefits and Compensation
Matters Agreement, Tax Matters Agreement, and Master Transition
Services Agreement and a number of on-going commercial
relationships. The Distribution Agreement also provides for
certain indemnifications and cross-indemnifications among ITT,
Exelis, and Xylem. The indemnifications address a variety of
subjects, including asserted and unasserted product liability
matters (e.g., asbestos claims, product warranties), which
relate to products sold prior to the Distribution Date. The
indemnifications are absolute in accordance with their terms and
indefinite. The indemnification associated with pending and
future asbestos claims does not expire. Effective upon the
Distribution, certain intercompany work orders
and/or
informal intercompany commercial arrangements are being
converted into third-party contracts based on standard business
terms and conditions.
Four Year
Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility
Effective October 31, 2011, Xylem and its subsidiaries
entered into a Four Year Competitive Advance and Revolving
Credit Facility (the Credit Facility) with JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as agent, and a syndicate of lenders. The
credit facility provides for an aggregate principal amount of up
to $600 million of (i) a competitive advance borrowing
option which will be provided on an uncommitted competitive
advance basis through an auction mechanism (the
competitive loans), (ii) revolving extensions
of credit (the revolving loans) outstanding at any
time and (iii) the issuance of letters of credits in a face
amount not in excess of $100 million outstanding at any
time.
At our election, the interest rate per annum applicable to the
competitive advances will be based on either (i) a
Eurodollar rate determined by reference to LIBOR, plus an
applicable margin offered by the lender making such loans and
accepted by us or (ii) a fixed percentage rate per annum
specified by the lender making such loans. At our election,
interest rate per annum applicable to the revolving loans will
be based on either (i) a Eurodollar rate determined by
reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements,
plus an applicable margin or (ii) a fluctuating rate of
interest
24
determined by reference to the greatest of (a) the prime
rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., (b) the federal funds
effective rate plus half of 1% or (c) the Eurodollar rate
determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve
requirements, in each case, plus an applicable margin.
In accordance with the terms, we may not exceed a maximum
leverage ratio of 3.50 (based on a ratio of total debt to
EBITDA) throughout the term. The Credit Facility also contains
limitations on, among other things, incurring debt, granting
liens, and entering sale and leaseback transactions. In
addition, the Credit Facility contains other terms and
conditions such as customary representations and warranties,
additional covenants and customary events of default.
Board Declares
Fourth Quarter Dividend
On November 2, 2011, the Board of Directors of Xylem
declared a fourth quarter dividend of $0.1012 per share to
shareholders of record on November 16, 2011. The cash
dividend will be payable December 31, 2011.
25
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
This Report contains forward-looking statements made pursuant
to the safe harbor within the meaning of Section 27A of the
Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) relating to
our operations, results of operations and other matters.
Forward-looking statements in this Report are indicated by words
such as anticipates, expects,
believes, intends, plans,
estimates, projects and similar
expressions. These statements represent our expectations based
on current information and assumptions and are inherently
subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could
differ materially from those which are anticipated or projected
as a result of certain risks and uncertainties, including, but
not limited to, our significant leverage; economic and market
conditions (including access to credit and financial markets);
the performance of the aftermarket and original equipment
service markets; changes in business relationships with our
major customers and in the timing, size and continuation of our
customers programs; changes in the product mix and
distribution channel mix; the ability of our customers to
achieve their projected revenue; competitive product and pricing
pressures; increases in production or material costs that cannot
be recouped in product pricing; successful integration of
acquired businesses; our ability to achieve cost savings from
our restructuring initiatives; product liability and
environmental matters; as well as other risks and uncertainties.
For a more detailed discussion of these factors, see the
information under the heading Risk Factors in our
Registration Statement on Form 10 and with other filings we
make with the SEC. Forward-looking statements are made only as
of the date hereof, and the Company undertakes no obligation to
update or revise the forward-looking statements, whether as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as
required by law. In addition, historical information should not
be considered as an indicator of future performance.
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with
the unaudited consolidated financial statements, including the
notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Report. Except as
otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires,
Xylem, we, us,
our and the Company refer to Xylem Inc.
and its subsidiaries. References to the condensed combined
financial statements to ITT or parent
refers to ITT Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries
(other than Xylem Inc.).
Separation
from ITT Corporation
On October 31, 2011, ITT Corporation (ITT)
completed the previously announced spin-off (the
Spin-off) of Xylem, formerly ITTs water
equipment and services businesses. Effective as of
12:01 a.m., Eastern time on October 31, 2011 (the
Distribution Date), the common stock of Xylem was
distributed, on a pro rata basis, to ITTs shareholders of
record as of the close of business on October 17, 2011 (the
Record Date). On the Distribution Date, each of the
shareholders of ITT received one share of Xylem common stock for
every one share of common stock of ITT held on the Record Date.
The Spin-off was completed pursuant to the Distribution
Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2011, among ITT, Exelis
Inc. and Xylem. After the Distribution Date, ITT does not
beneficially own any shares of Xylem common stock and, following
such date, financial results of Xylem will not be consolidated
in ITTs financial reporting. Xylems Registration
Statement on Form 10 filed with U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission was declared effective on October 6,
2011. Xylems common stock began regular-way
trading on the New York Stock Exchange on November 1, 2011
under the symbol XYL.
26
Business
Overview
Our Company is a world leader in the design, manufacturing, and
application of highly engineered technologies for the water
industry. We are a leading equipment and service provider for
water and wastewater applications with a broad portfolio of
products and services addressing the full cycle of water, from
collection, distribution and use to the return of water to the
environment, and we have leading market positions among
equipment and service providers in the core application areas of
the water equipment industry: transport, treatment, test,
building services, industrial processing and irrigation. Our
Companys brands, such as Bell & Gossett and
Flygt, are well known throughout the industry and have served
the water market for many years. Over the years, we have
leveraged our heritage strength in wastewater pumping
technologies to expand into wastewater treatment, and later into
clean water treatment and water quality analysis. We believe we
are strongly positioned to use our deep applications expertise
and offer our customers a full spectrum of service offerings in
the transportation, treatment and testing of water.
We operate in two segments, Water Infrastructure and Applied
Water. The Water Infrastructure segment focuses on the
transportation, treatment and testing of water, offering a range
of products including water and wastewater pumps, treatment and
testing equipment, and controls and systems. Key brands in this
segment include Flygt, Wedeco, Godwin Pumps, WTW, Sanitaire,
AADI and Leopold. The Applied Water segment encompasses all the
uses of water and focuses on the residential, commercial,
industrial and agricultural markets. The segments major
products include pumps, valves, heat exchangers, controls and
dispensing equipment. Key brands in this segment include Goulds
Water Technology, Bell & Gossett, AC Fire, Standard,
Flojet, Lowara, Jabsco and Flowtronex. In both our segments, we
benefit from a large and growing installed base of products
driving growth in aftermarket revenue for replacement parts and
services.
We serve a global customer base across diverse end markets while
offering localized expertise. We sell our products in more than
150 countries through a balanced distribution network consisting
of our direct sales force and independent channel partners.
Executive
Summary
Xylem reported revenue for the third quarter 2011 of
$939 million, an increase of 16.5% compared to
$806 million during the comparable quarter in 2010,
primarily due to strong dewatering performance in our Water
Infrastructure segment and strength in light industrial,
agricultural and residential markets in our Applied Water
segment. Operating income for the third quarter of 2011,
excluding costs of $46 million incurred in connection with
the Spin-off, was $125 million, reflecting an increase of
$18 million or 16.8% compared to $107 million in the
third quarter of 2010.
Additional highlights for the third quarter of 2011 include the
following:
|
|
|
Order growth of 19.3% over the prior year; organic orders were
up 9.0%
|
|
|
Revenue increase of 16.5% from 2010; organic revenue was up 6.5%
|
|
|
Completion of the YSI Incorporated (YSI)
acquisition, which contributed approximately $10 million of
revenue to the Water Infrastructure segment results.
|
27
|
|
|
Adjusted net income of $102 million, an increase of
$11 million from 2010
|
|
|
Free cash flow generation of $235 million, up
$53 million from 2010
|
Known Trends and
Uncertainties
There has been no material change in the information concerning
known trends and uncertainties in our Information Statement.
Key Performance
Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures
Management reviews key performance indicators including revenue,
segment operating income and margins, earnings per share, orders
growth, and backlog, among others. In addition, we consider
certain measures to be useful to management and investors
evaluating our operating performance for the periods presented,
and provide a tool for evaluating our ongoing operations,
liquidity and management of assets. This information can assist
investors in assessing our financial performance and measures
our ability to generate capital for deployment among competing
strategic alternatives and initiatives, including, but not
limited to, dividends, acquisitions, share repurchases and debt
repayment. These metrics, however, are not measures of financial
performance under accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America (GAAP) and should not
be considered a substitute for revenue, operating income, income
from continuing operations, income from continuing operations
per diluted share or net cash from continuing operations as
determined in accordance with GAAP. We consider the following
non-GAAP measures, which may not be comparable to similarly
titled measures reported by other companies, to be key
performance indicators:
|
|
|
organic revenue and organic orders
defined as revenue and orders, respectively, excluding the
impact of foreign currency fluctuations, intercompany
transactions and contributions from acquisitions and
divestitures. Divestitures include revenue of insignificant
portions of our business that did not meet the criteria for
classification as a discontinued operation. The
period-over-period
change resulting from foreign currency fluctuations assumes no
change in exchange rates from the prior period.
|
|
|
adjusted net income defined as net income, adjusted
to exclude items that may include, but are not limited to,
significant charges or credits that impact current results but
are not related to our ongoing operations, unusual and
infrequent non-operating items and non-operating tax settlements
or adjustments. A reconciliation of adjusted net income is
provided below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Ended September 30,
|
|
(in millions, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
77
|
|
|
$
|
91
|
|
|
$
|
227
|
|
|
$
|
232
|
|
Separation costs, net of tax
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted net income
|
|
$
|
102
|
|
|
$
|
91
|
|
|
$
|
281
|
|
|
$
|
232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma adjusted net income per share (a)
|
|
$
|
0.55
|
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
|
$
|
1.52
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
As a result on October 31,
2011, we had 184,570,429 shares of common stock outstanding
and this share amount is being utilized to calculate pro forma
earnings per share for all periods presented.
|
28
|
|
|
operating expenses excluding separation costs
defined as operating expenses, adjusted to exclude costs
incurred in connection with the separation.
|
|
|
adjusted segment operating income defined as segment
operating income, adjusted to exclude costs incurred in
connection with the separation and adjusted segment
operating margin defined as adjusted segment operating
income divided by total segment revenue.
|
|
|
free cash flow defined as net cash provided by
operating activities less capital expenditures and other
significant items that impact current results which management
believes are not related to our ongoing operations and
performance. Our definition of free cash flow does not consider
certain non-discretionary cash payments, such as debt. The
following table provides a reconciliation of free cash flow for
the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
252
|
|
|
$
|
226
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(72
|
) (a)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
Separation cash payments
|
|
|
55
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Free cash flow
|
|
$
|
235
|
|
|
$
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Represents capital expenditures as
reported in the Statement of Cash Flows, less capital
expenditures associated with the separation of $7 million
for the nine months ended September 30, 2011.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Separation costs allocated by ITT
have been treated as though they were settled in cash.
|
Results of
Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
(in millions)
|
|
September 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
Change
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
Change
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
939
|
|
|
$
|
806
|
|
|
|
16.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,800
|
|
|
$
|
2,267
|
|
|
|
23.5%
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
|
18.1
|
%
|
|
|
1,081
|
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
|
26.4%
|
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
38.9
|
%
|
|
|
38.3
|
%
|
|
|
60bp
|
|
|
|
38.6%
|
|
|
|
37.7
|
%
|
|
|
90bp
|
|
Operating expenses excluding separation costs
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
18.8
|
%
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
|
24.2%
|
|
Expense to revenue ratio
|
|
|
25.6
|
%
|
|
|
25.1
|
%
|
|
|
50bp
|
|
|
|
25.6%
|
|
|
|
25.5
|
%
|
|
|
10bp
|
|
Separation costs
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
41.6
|
%
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
|
35.8%
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
(26.2
|
)%
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
6.9%
|
|
Operating margin
|
|
|
8.4
|
%
|
|
|
13.3
|
%
|
|
|
(490
|
)bp
|
|
|
10.6%
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
|
|
(160)bp
|
|
Interest and other non-operating expense, net
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
(73.7
|
)%
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
60.0%
|
|
Tax rate
|
|
|
6.3
|
%
|
|
|
16.7
|
%
|
|
|
(1040
|
)bp
|
|
|
24.0%
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
%
|
|
|
780bp
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
77
|
|
|
$
|
91
|
|
|
|
(15.4
|
)%
|
|
$
|
227
|
|
|
$
|
232
|
|
|
|
(2.2)%
|
|
Revenue
Revenue generated during the three and nine months ended
September 30, 2011 was $939 million and
$2,800 million respectively, reflecting an increase of
$133 million or 16.5% and $533 million or 23.5%,
respectively, as compared to the same prior year periods.
29
The following table illustrates the impact from organic revenue
growth, recent acquisitions, and fluctuations in foreign
currency, in relation to revenue during the three and nine
months ended September 30, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
Ended September 30
|
|
Ended September 30
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
2010 Revenue
|
|
$
|
806
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,267
|
|
|
|
Organic revenue growth
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
6.5%
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
7.9%
|
Acquisitions/(Divestitures)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
5.2%
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
10.4%
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
4.8%
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
5.2%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total change in revenue
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
16.5%
|
|
|
533
|
|
|
23.5%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 Revenue
|
|
$
|
939
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes revenue by segment for the three
and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
584
|
|
|
$
|
488
|
|
|
|
19.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,737
|
|
|
$
|
1,308
|
|
|
|
32.8%
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
|
|
1,108
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
10.8%
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
939
|
|
|
$
|
806
|
|
|
|
16.5
|
%
|
|
$
|
2,800
|
|
|
$
|
2,267
|
|
|
|
23.5%
|
|
|
|
Water
Infrastructure
Water Infrastructures revenue increased $96 million,
or 19.7% for the third quarter of 2011 and $429 million, or
32.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared
to the respective 2010 periods due to benefits from
acquisitions, organic growth and impact of foreign currency
translation adjustments.
Incremental revenue from acquisitions, including Godwin and Nova
in 2010 and YSI in September 2011, contributed, in the
aggregate, $42 million and $237 million for the three
and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, as
compared to the same respective periods in 2010. Godwin was
particularly strong driven by increasing dewatering demands from
natural gas extraction projects and new international business
development.
Organic revenue growth of $25 million or 5.1% during the
third quarter was driven by increased dewatering equipment
volume from natural gas extraction projects and flood support
within the United States, and the mining industry in Australia.
The
quarter-to-date
results also reflect increased sales volume in Northern Europe
and strong performance in Latin America from treatment and
transport sales into the public utility markets, partially
offset by decreased volume in Southern Europe which continues to
present challenging conditions.
Organic revenue growth of $101 million or 7.7% for the nine
month period was primarily attributable to increased volume of
dewatering equipment utilized in the Australian mining industry,
and includes benefits from a large Middle Eastern wastewater
treatment project and an
30
Australian municipal treatment project. Additionally,
stabilizing financial conditions in various regions, including
Northern Europe and emerging markets, drove public utility
investment in new projects and the general maintenance of
existing infrastructure.
Foreign exchange translation was favorable by $30 million
and $92 million for the three and nine months ended
September 30, 2011, as compared to the same prior year
period, respectively.
Applied
Water
Applied Waters revenue increased $37 million, or
11.2% for the third quarter of 2011 and $108 million or
10.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared
to the respective 2010 periods, driven by organic revenue growth
of $28 million or 8.5% for the third quarter of 2011 and
$79 million or 7.9% during the first nine months of 2011.
Organic growth over these periods was primarily due to increased
volume in light industrial, and residential and commercial
building service markets as a result of new products such as
e-SV, a high
efficiency vertical multi-stage pump, and increased volume in
the agricultural irrigation markets in the United States as a
result of favorable weather conditions. In addition, the growth
was positively impacted by an increase in volumes of actuation
valves and increased distribution of beverage processing
equipment which offset the decline in our marine market due to
fully stocked distribution channels and the negative impact of
weather on the boating season. Pricing initiatives executed
throughout the period also contributed to the revenue growth.
Foreign exchange translation was favorable by $10 million
and $29 million for the three and nine months ended
September 30, 2011, respectively, as compared to the same
prior year periods.
Orders /
Backlog
Orders received during the third quarter of 2011 increased by
$156 million, or 19.3% to $966 million, including
benefits of $41 million from acquisitions and
$42 million from foreign currency translation adjustments.
Orders received during the nine months of 2011 increased by
$541 million, or 22.5% to $2,942 million, including
benefits of $248 million from acquisitions and
$125 million from foreign currency translation adjustments.
Organic order growth was 9.0% for the quarter and 7.0% for the
nine months ended September 30, 2011.
The Water Infrastructure segment generated order growth of $117,
or 23.2% to $621 million, including $41 million and
$33 million from acquisitions and favorable foreign
currency, respectively, as well as significant order performance
in both transport and treatment in various geographic markets.
Applied Water generated order growth of $36 million or
11.2% to $358 million, including $10 million from
favorable foreign currency translation, primarily due to
increasing activity in the United States, Asia Pacific, Africa,
Middle East and Latin America regions, which more than offset
softness in Europe.
Delivery schedules vary from customer to customer based upon
their requirements. Typically, large projects require longer
lead production cycles and delays can occur from time to time.
Total backlog was $754 million at September 30, 2011
an increase of $33 million or 4.6% compared to
$721 million at September 30, 2010. We expect the
backlog of $754 million at September 30, 2011 to
produce revenue of approximately $500 million in the
remainder of 2011.
31
Gross
Margin
Gross margins as a percentage of revenue, increased to 38.9% for
the quarter ended and 38.6% for the nine months ended
September 30, 2011 compared to 38.3% and 37.7%,
respectively, in the comparable periods of 2010. The increase in
both periods is attributable to higher revenue including
incremental revenue from recent acquisitions, benefits from
productivity, and price realization initiatives offset, in part,
by rising commodity costs, and higher labor and overhead costs
due to increased spending related to additional volume.
Operating
Expenses excluding Separation Costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Selling, General and Administrative (SG&A)
|
|
$
|
215
|
|
|
$
|
183
|
|
|
|
17.5%
|
|
|
$
|
643
|
|
|
$
|
517
|
|
|
|
24.4%
|
|
SG&A as a % of revenue
|
|
|
22.9
|
%
|
|
|
22.7
|
%
|
|
|
20bp
|
|
|
|
23.0
|
%
|
|
|
22.8
|
%
|
|
|
20bp
|
|
Research and Development (R&D)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
27.8%
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
37.7%
|
|
R&D as a % of revenue
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
2.2
|
%
|
|
|
20bp
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
%
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
30bp
|
|
Restructuring and asset impairment charges, net
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(75.0)%
|
|
Operating expenses excluding separation costs
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
18.8%
|
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
|
24.2%
|
|
Expense to revenue ratio
|
|
|
25.6
|
%
|
|
|
25.1
|
%
|
|
|
50bp
|
|
|
|
25.6
|
%
|
|
|
25.5
|
%
|
|
|
10bp
|
|
Selling,
General and Administrative Expenses
SG&A increased by $32 million to $215 million or
22.9% of revenue in the third quarter of 2011, as compared to
$183 million or 22.7% of revenue in the third quarter of
2010; and increased by $126 million to $643 million or
23.0% of revenue in the nine months ended September 30,
2011, as compared to $517 million or 22.8% of revenue in
2010. The increase in SG&A expenses is principally due to
sales volume related increases in selling, marketing and
distribution expenses, including the impact of recent
acquisitions.
Research and
Development Expenses
R&D spending increased $5 million to $23 million
or 2.4% of revenue, for the third quarter of 2011 as compared to
$18 million or 2.2% of revenue in the third quarter of
2010; and increased by $20 million to $73 million or
2.6% of revenue for the nine months ended September 30,
2011 as compared to $53 million or 2.3% of revenue in 2010.
These increases were primarily due to new programs as we
continued to invest in new product developments. As a result, we
have launched several new products in 2011 with the expectation
that our new product pipeline will continue to yield additional
new product launches in the fourth quarter and in 2012.
Restructuring
and Asset Impairment Charges, net
During the third quarter and nine months ended
September 30, 2011, we incurred a $2 million charge
related to the impairment of a facility in our Applied Water
segment. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010 we
recognized restructuring charges totaling $8 million as
part of an initiative to improve effectiveness and efficiency of
operations. As of September 30, 2011, we consider the
majority of our restructuring initiatives to be completed, with
a remaining liability of $1 million.
32
Separation
Costs
We had separation costs of $46 million and $67 million
during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011,
respectively, primarily attributable to tax, accounting and
other professional advisory fees, and information technology
costs. The components of separation costs incurred during these
periods are presented below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Non-cash asset impairments (a)
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
Advisory fees
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
IT costs
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Employee Retention
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Other
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total separation costs in operating income
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Tax-related separation (benefit) costs
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total separation costs, net of tax
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
During the third quarter, we
recorded an impairment charge of $8 million on one of our
facilities in China within our Applied Water segment. Prior to
the separation this was a shared facility among certain Xylem
and ITT businesses and as such, in connection with the
separation, the removal of certain ITT operations triggered an
impairment evaluation. The fair value of the applicable assets
were calculated using the cost approach.
|
|
(b)
|
|
In the third quarter of 2011, we
revised our estimate of certain costs to be incurred related to
tax-related separation costs. This adjustment resulted in a
$9 million net credit (income) for tax-related separation
costs during the third quarter of 2011.
|
Operating
Income
Operating income was $79 million in the third quarter of
2011, a decrease of $28 million as compared to
$107 million in the third quarter of 2010; and
$296 million in the nine months ended September 30,
2011, an increase of $19 million compared to
$277 million in 2010. These results include non-recurring
separation costs of $46 million and $67 million for
the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011,
respectively. The following table illustrates operating income
results of our business segments, including operating margin
result for the three and nine months ended September 30,
2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
87
|
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
|
|
19.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
245
|
|
|
$
|
175
|
|
|
|
40.0
|
%
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
(7.5
|
)%
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment operating income
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
%
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
%
|
Corporate and Other
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating Income
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
$
|
107
|
|
|
|
(26.2
|
)%
|
|
$
|
296
|
|
|
$
|
277
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
33
The table included below provides a reconciliation from segment
operating income to adjusted operating income, and a calculation
of the corresponding adjusted operating margin.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
September 30,
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
$ 87
|
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
|
19.2%
|
|
|
$ 245
|
|
|
$
|
175
|
|
|
40.0%
|
Separation costs
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating Income
|
|
|
$ 95
|
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
|
30.1%
|
|
|
$ 255
|
|
|
$
|
175
|
|
|
45.7%
|
Adjusted operating margin
|
|
|
16.3
|
%
|
|
|
14.9%
|
|
|
140bp
|
|
|
14.7%
|
|
|
|
13.4%
|
|
|
130bp
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
$ 37
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
(7.5)%
|
|
|
$ 133
|
|
|
$
|
132
|
|
|
0.8%
|
Separation costs
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating Income
|
|
|
$ 46
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
15.0%
|
|
|
$ 142
|
|
|
$
|
132
|
|
|
7.6%
|
Adjusted operating margin
|
|
|
12.5
|
%
|
|
|
12.0%
|
|
|
50bp
|
|
|
12.8%
|
|
|
|
13.2%
|
|
|
(40)bp
|
Water
Infrastructure
Operating income for our Water Infrastructure segment increased
$14 million or 19.2% ($22 million or 30.1% excluding
separation costs) for the quarter ended September 30, 2011
compared with the prior year quarter. The increase was due to
higher sales volumes, as well as productivity gains and material
costs savings initiatives.
Operating income for our Water Infrastructure segment increased
$70 million or 40.0% ($80 million or 45.7% excluding
separation costs) for the nine months ended September 30,
2011 compared with the prior year period. This increase is led
by incremental operating income of $42 million from
acquisitions over the same period. Also contributing to the
increase were higher sales volumes, lower restructuring expense
and benefits from productivity and material costs savings
initiatives, partially offset by higher labor and overhead
costs, material inflation and unfavorable mix.
Applied
Water
Operating income for our Applied Water segment decreased
$3 million or 7.5% (increased $6 million or 15.0%
excluding separation costs) for the quarter ended
September 30, 2011 compared with the prior year quarter.
This decrease was due to separation costs, a facility impairment
charge, rising commodity costs and unfavorable customer and
product mix, partially offset by higher sales volumes,
incremental price realization and favorable foreign currency
impacts.
Operating income for our Applied Water segment increased
$1 million or 0.8% ($10 million or 7.6% excluding
separation costs) for the nine months ended September 30,
2011 compared to the prior year period as higher sales volume
and price realization was largely offset by increased spending
on research and development and the unfavorable impacts of
inflation, and customer and product mix.
34
Interest
Expense
Interest expense was $1 million for the three and nine
months ended September 30, 2011, reflecting interest
related to the issuance of $1.2 billion aggregate principal
amount of Senior Notes in September. Refer to Note 10,
Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt for further details.
Income Tax
Expense
The income tax provision for the three months ended
September 30, 2011 was $5 million or 6.3% of income
before taxes, compared to $19 million or 16.7% for the
three months ended September 30, 2010. The decrease in the
third quarter of 2011 tax provision is primarily due to the
effective settlement of an international tax examination and a
reduction in tax separation costs offset, in part, by separation
costs and a deferred tax adjustment recognized during the three
months ended September 30, 2011. The tax provision for the
third quarter of 2010 was favorably impacted by a tax benefit
resulting from the repatriation of foreign earnings net of
foreign tax credits.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we recorded
an income tax provision of $72 million at an effective tax
rate of 24.0% compared to $45 million at an effective tax
rate of 16.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.
The 2011 effective tax rate was decreased by the effective
settlement of an international tax examination and more than
offset by tax separation costs, separation costs, and deferred
tax adjustments. The 2010 effective tax rate was favorably
impacted by a tax benefit resulting from the repatriation of
foreign earnings net of foreign tax credits.
Liquidity and
Capital Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
September 30
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
$ 252
|
|
|
|
$ 226
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
(1,024)
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
841
|
|
Foreign exchange
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
Net cash flow
|
|
|
$ 53
|
|
|
|
$ 46
|
|
|
|
Sources and Uses
of Liquidity
Net cash provided by operating activities increased by
$26 million to $252 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 2011 as compared to the comparable 2010
period. The
year-over-year
increase is primarily the result of a $42 million increase
in net income, excluding non-cash increases in depreciation and
amortization, non-cash separation costs and impairment of
assets, as well as lower tax payments. This increase was
partially offset by net increased uses of cash in working
capital driven by spending to support increased sales volumes.
Cash used in investing activities was $377 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to
$1,024 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2010. Investing activities in 2011 included the acquisition of
YSI for $309 million and capital expenditures of
$79 million. Investing activities in 2010 included cash
payments of $385 million and $580 million related to
the
35
acquisitions of Nova and Godwin Pumps, respectively, and capital
expenditures of $44 million. The $35 million
year-over-year
increase to capital expenditures is primarily due to the
expansion of the Godwin business and investments to increase
productivity.
Cash provided by financing activities was $182 million for
the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to
$841 million for the same period of 2010. The decline is
due to transfers to our parent, ITT, as the net proceeds from
the issuance of $1.2 billion in Senior Notes funded a net
cash transfer to ITT that included the repayment of funds used
in the acquisition of YSI. In general, the components of net
transfers include: (i) cash transfers from the Company to
parent, (ii) cash investments from our parent used to fund
operations, capital expenditures and acquisitions,
(iii) charges (benefits) for income taxes, and
(iv) allocations of the parent companys corporate
expenses described in Note 13.
Funding and
Liquidity Strategy
Prior to the Spin-off, the majority of our operations
participated in U.S. and international cash management and
funding arrangements managed by ITT where cash was swept from
our balance sheet daily, and cash to meet our operating and
investing needs was provided as needed from ITT. Transfers of
cash both to and from these arrangements are reflected as a
component of Parent company investment within
Parent company equity in the Condensed Combined
Balance Sheets. The cash presented on our balance sheet consists
primarily of U.S. and international cash from subsidiaries that
do not participate in these arrangements.
As a result of the separation, our capital structure and sources
of liquidity will change significantly. We will no longer
participate in cash management and funding arrangements with
ITT. Instead, our ability to fund our capital needs will depend
on our ongoing ability to generate cash from operations, and
access to the bank and capital markets. Subsequent to the
separation, we will have approximately $200 million in cash
and cash equivalents, which together with the cash generated by
our ongoing operations, we believe will provide us with
sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet our liquidity
and capital needs in both the United States and outside of the
United States over the next twelve months.
Historically, we have generated operating cash flow sufficient
to fund our primary cash needs centered on operating activities,
working capital, capital expenditures, financing requirements,
and strategic investments. Subsequent to the separation, while
our ability to forecast future cash flows is more limited, we
expect to fund our ongoing working capital, capital expenditures
and financing requirements through cash flows from operations
via access to cash on hand and capital markets. If our cash
flows from operations are less than we expect, we may need to
incur debt or issue equity. From time to time we may need to
access the long-term and short-term capital markets to obtain
financing. Our access to, and the availability of, financing on
acceptable terms and conditions in the future will be impacted
by many factors, including: (i) our credit ratings or
absence of a credit rating, (ii) the liquidity of the
overall capital markets, and (iii) the current state of the
economy. There can be no assurance that we will continue to have
access to the capital markets on terms acceptable to us. We
cannot assure that such financing will be available to us on
acceptable terms or that such financing will be available at all.
On September 20, 2011, we issued $1.2 billion
aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes, of which
$600 million aggregate principal amount of 3.55% Senior
Notes will mature on September 20, 2016 and
$600 million aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Senior
Notes will
36
mature on October 1, 2021, the net proceeds of which have
funded a net cash transfer to ITT with the balance used and for
general corporate purposes. The Senior Notes are our senior
unsecured obligations and rank equally with all our existing and
future senior unsecured indebtedness. The notes were initially
guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by ITT. The guarantee
terminated and was automatically and unconditionally released
upon the distribution of the common stock of Xylem to the
holders of ITTs common stock in connection with the
separation.
Our credit ratings as of November 21, 2011 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-Term
|
|
|
Long-Term
|
|
Rating Agency
|
|
Ratings
|
|
|
Ratings
|
|
|
|
|
Standard & Poors
|
|
|
A-2
|
|
|
|
BBB
|
|
Moodys Investors Service
|
|
|
P-2
|
|
|
|
Baa2
|
|
Fitch Ratings
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
BBB
|
|
|
|
In connection with the Spin-off, as of October 31, 2011,
Xylem and its subsidiaries entered into a Four Year Competitive
Advance and Revolving Credit Facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank,
N.A., as agent, and a syndicate of lenders. The credit facility
provides for an aggregate principal amount of up to
$600 million of (i) a competitive advance borrowing
option which will be provided on an uncommitted competitive
advance basis through an auction mechanism (the
competitive loans), (ii) revolving extensions
of credit (the revolving loans) outstanding at any
time and (iii) the issuance of letters of credits in a face
amount not in excess of $100 million outstanding at any
time. As of October 31, 2011, there were no borrowings
under the Credit Facility.
As of September 30, 2011, we have not made a provision for
U.S. or additional foreign withholding taxes on the excess of
financial reporting over the tax basis of investments in certain
foreign subsidiaries because we plan to reinvest such amounts
indefinitely outside the United States. Generally, such amounts
become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends
and under certain other circumstances.
For the year ended 2010 and for the nine months ended
September 30, 2011, we generated approximately 62% and 64%,
respectively, of our revenue from
non-U.S.
operations. As we continue to grow our operations in the
emerging markets and elsewhere outside of the United States, we
expect to continue to generate significant revenue from
non-U.S.
operations and, we expect our cash will be predominately held by
our foreign subsidiaries. We expect to manage our worldwide cash
requirements considering available funds among the many
subsidiaries through which we conduct business and the cost
effectiveness with which those funds can be accessed. We may
transfer cash from certain international subsidiaries to the
U.S. and other international subsidiaries when it is cost
effective to do so. Our intent is to indefinitely reinvest these
funds outside of the United States. However, we are reviewing
our domestic and foreign cash profile, expected future cash
generation and investment opportunities which support our
current designation of these funds as being indefinitely
reinvested and reassessing whether there is a demonstrated need
to repatriate funds held internationally to support our U.S.
operations. If, as a result of our review, it is determined that
all or a portion of the funds may be needed for our operations
in the United States, we would be required to accrue U.S. taxes
related to future tax payments associated with the repatriation
of these funds. On or about the time of the distribution, the
Companys foreign subsidiaries were holding approximately
$180 million in cash or marketable securities.
37
Contractual
Obligations
The Companys commitment to make future payments under
long-term contractual obligations was as follows, as of
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESS THAN
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONTRACTUAL
OBLIGATIONS(1)
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
|
1 YEAR
|
|
|
1-3 YEARS
|
|
|
3-5 YEARS
|
|
|
5 YEARS+
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
$
|
176
|
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
Purchase obligations
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term obligations reflected on balance sheet
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
285
|
|
|
$
|
115
|
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
$
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
In connection with the Spin-off,
on September 20, 2011 the Company issued $600 million
aggregate principal amount of 3.55% Senior Notes that will
mature on September 20, 2016 and $600 million
aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Senior Notes that will
mature on October 1, 2021. Interest on the notes accrues
from September 20, 2011. Interest on the 3.55% Senior Notes
is payable on March 20 and September 20 of each year, commencing
on March 20, 2012. Interest on the 4.875% Senior Notes is
payable on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on
April 1, 2012. In addition, on the Distribution Date, a
revolving credit facility that provides for the availability of
$600 million through 2015 became effective.
|
With respect to our defined benefit pension plans, we intend to
contribute annually not less than the minimum required by
applicable laws or regulations. Funding requirements under IRS
rules are a major consideration in making contributions to our
U.S. defined benefit pension plans. We contributed
$6 million to our other postretirement benefit plans during
the first nine months of 2011 and anticipate making further
contributions in the range of $6 million to $8 million
during the remainder of 2011.
Critical
Accounting Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our results of operations and
capital revenues are based on our condensed combined financial
statements, which have been prepared in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
The preparation of these combined financial statements requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses
and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We
believe the most complex and sensitive judgments, because of
their significance to the consolidated financial statements,
result primarily from the need to make estimates about the
effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations in the Information Statement,
describes the critical accounting estimates used in preparation
of the condensed combined financial statements. Actual results
in these areas could differ from managements estimates.
There have been no significant changes in the information
concerning our critical accounting estimates as stated in the
Information Statement.
New Accounting
Pronouncements
See Note 2, Recent Accounting Pronouncements, in the Notes
to the condensed combined financial statements for a complete
discussion of recent accounting pronouncements. There were no
new pronouncements that we expect to have a material impact on
our financial condition and results of operations in future
periods.
38
|
|
ITEM 3.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
There has been no material change in the information concerning
market risk as stated in our Information Statement.
|
|
ITEM 4.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Our management, with the Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer of the Company, have evaluated the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e)
under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by
this report. Any controls and procedures, no matter how well
designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of
achieving the desired control objectives. Based on such
evaluation, such officers have concluded that, as of the end of
the period covered by this report the Companys disclosure
controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable
assurance level.
There have been no changes in our internal control over
financial reporting during the fiscal quarter covered by this
report that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to
materially affect the Companys internal control over
financial reporting.
39
PART II
OTHER INFORMATION
|
|
ITEM 1.
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings that are
incidental to the operation of our businesses. Some of these
proceedings allege damages relating to environmental exposures,
intellectual property matters, copyright infringement, personal
injury claims, employment and pension matters, government
contract issues and commercial or contractual disputes,
sometimes related to acquisitions or divestitures. We will
continue to defend vigorously against all claims.
There have been no material changes from the risk factors
previously disclosed in our Registration Statement, filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 5, 2011
as Exhibit 99.1 to our Registration Statement on
Form 10.
|
|
ITEM 2.
|
Unregistered
Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
|
Not applicable
|
|
ITEM 3.
|
Defaults
Upon Senior Security
|
None
|
|
ITEM 4.
|
(Removed
and Reserved)
|
|
|
ITEM 5.
|
Other
Information
|
Mine Safety
Disclosure
Pursuant to the reporting requirements under
Section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company is
providing the following information: one facility owned and
operated by ITT Water and Wastewater Leopold, Inc. is regulated
by the Federal Mine Health and Safety Act (MSHA). This facility
is a coal processing facility located in Watsontown,
Pennsylvania. In December 2010, the Watsontown facility was
inspected by the MSHA and was issued a minor citation.
Corrective actions have been taken and this citation has been
terminated by the MSHA inspector.
40
See Exhibit Index
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Xylem Inc.
(Registrant)
Date: November 21, 2011
/s/ John P. Connolly
John P. Connolly
Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal accounting officer)
41
XYLEM INC.
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Location
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
.1)
|
|
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Xylem Inc.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Xylem Inc.s
Form 8-K Current Report filed on October 13, 2011 (CIK No.
1524472, File
No. 1-35229).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
.2)
|
|
By-laws of Xylem Inc.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Xylem Inc.s
Form 8-K Current Report filed on October 13, 2011 (CIK No.
1524472, File
No. 1-35229).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
.1)
|
|
Indenture, dated as of September 20, 2011, between Xylem Inc.,
ITT Corporation, as initial guarantor, and Union Bank, N.A., as
trustee
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of ITT
Corporations Form 8-K Current Report filed on September
21, 2011 (CIK No. 216228, File
No. 1-5672).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
.2)
|
|
Form of Xylem Inc. 3.550% Senior Notes due 2016
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of ITT
Corporations Form 8-K Current Report filed on September
21, 2011 (CIK No. 216228, File
No. 1-5672).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
.3)
|
|
Form of Xylem Inc. 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of ITT
Corporations Form 8-K Current Report filed on September
21, 2011 (CIK No. 216228, File
No. 1-5672).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
.4)
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 20, 2011,
between Xylem Inc., ITT Corporation and J.P. Morgan
Securities LLC, RBS Securities Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities,
LLC as representatives of the Initial Purchasers
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of ITT
Corporations Form 8-K Current Report filed on September
21, 2011 (CIK No. 216228, File
No. 1-5672).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.1)
|
|
Distribution Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2011, among ITT
Corporation, Exelis Inc. and Xylem Inc.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of ITT
Corporations Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on October
28, 2011 (CIK No. 216228, File
No. 1-5672).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.2)
|
|
Benefits and Compensation Matters Agreement, dated as of October
25, 2011, among ITT Corporation, Exelis Inc. and Xylem Inc.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of ITT
Corporations Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on October
28, 2011 (CIK No. 216228, File
No. 1-5672).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.3)
|
|
Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2011, among ITT
Corporation, Exelis Inc. and Xylem Inc.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of ITT
Corporations Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on October
28, 2011 (CIK No. 216228, File
No. 1-5672).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.4)
|
|
Master Transition Services Agreement, dated as of October 25,
2011, among ITT Corporation, Exelis Inc. and Xylem Inc.
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of ITT
Corporations Form 10-Q Quarterly Report filed on October
28, 2011 (CIK No. 216228, File
No. 1-5672).
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Location
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.5)
|
|
Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility
Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2011, among Xylem Inc.,
the Lenders Named Therein, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent.
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.6)
|
|
Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Xylem Inc.s
Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on October 28, 2011
(CIK No. 1524472, File
No. 333-177607).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.7)
|
|
Xylem 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.8)
|
|
Xylem 1997 Annual Incentive Plan
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.9)
|
|
Xylem Annual Incentive Plan for Executive Officers
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.10)
|
|
Xylem Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Xylem Inc.s
Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on October 28, 2011
(CIK No. 1524472, File
No. 333-177607).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.11)
|
|
Xylem Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.12)
|
|
Xylem Deferred Compensation Plan
|
|
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Xylem Inc.s
Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on October 28, 2011
(CIK No. 1524472, File
No. 333-177607).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.13)
|
|
Xylem Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.14)
|
|
Xylem Enhanced Severance Pay Plan
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.15)
|
|
Xylem Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.16)
|
|
Xylem Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.17)
|
|
Form of Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan 2011 Non-Qualified
Stock Option Award Agreement Founders Grant
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.18)
|
|
Form of Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock
Option Award Agreement General Grant
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.19)
|
|
Form of Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit
Agreement 2010 TSR Replacement
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Location
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.20)
|
|
Form of Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit
Agreement 2011 TSR Replacement
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.21)
|
|
Form of Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit
Agreement Founders Grant
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.22)
|
|
Form of Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit
Agreement General Grant
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.23)
|
|
Form of Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit
Award Agreement Non-Employee Director
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
.24)
|
|
Form of Directors Indemnification Agreement
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31
|
.1)
|
|
Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31
|
.2)
|
|
Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32
|
.1)
|
|
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
This Exhibit is intended to be furnished in accordance with
Regulation S-K Item 601(b) (32) (ii) and shall not be deemed to
be filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 or incorporated by reference into any filing under
the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific
reference.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32
|
.2)
|
|
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
This Exhibit is intended to be furnished in accordance with
Regulation S-K Item 601(b) (32) (ii) and shall not be deemed to
be filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 or incorporated by reference into any filing under
the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific
reference.
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Location
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(101)
|
|
|
The following materials from Xylem Inc.s Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011, formatted
in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Combined
Condensed Income Statements, (ii) Combined Condensed Statements
of Comprehensive Income, (iii) Combined Condensed Balance
Sheets, (iv) Combined Condensed Statements of Cash Flows and
(v) Notes to Combined Condensed Financial Statements
|
|
Submitted electronically with this report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
exv10w5
Exhibit 10.5
FOUR-YEAR COMPETITIVE ADVANCE AND REVOLVING
CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT
Dated as of October 25, 2011
among
XYLEM INC.
THE LENDERS NAMED HEREIN,
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Syndication Agent
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD. and
WELLS FARGO BANK N.A.,
as Documentation Agents
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,
BARCLAYS CAPITAL and
SG AMERICAS SECURITIES, LLC,
as Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners
[CS&M Ref. No. 6701-895]
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms |
|
|
1 |
|
SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally |
|
|
24 |
|
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms; GAAP |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE CREDITS
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 2.01. Commitments |
|
|
25 |
|
SECTION 2.02. Loans |
|
|
25 |
|
SECTION 2.03. Competitive Bid Procedure |
|
|
27 |
|
SECTION 2.04. Revolving Borrowing Procedure |
|
|
29 |
|
SECTION 2.05. Letters of Credit |
|
|
30 |
|
SECTION 2.06. Conversion and Continuation of Revolving Loans |
|
|
34 |
|
SECTION 2.07. Fees |
|
|
35 |
|
SECTION 2.08. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt |
|
|
36 |
|
SECTION 2.09. Interest on Loans |
|
|
37 |
|
SECTION 2.10. Default Interest |
|
|
38 |
|
SECTION 2.11. Alternate Rate of Interest |
|
|
38 |
|
SECTION 2.12. Termination, Reduction, Extension and Increase of Commitments |
|
|
38 |
|
SECTION 2.13. Prepayment |
|
|
41 |
|
SECTION 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances |
|
|
41 |
|
SECTION 2.15. Change in Legality |
|
|
42 |
|
SECTION 2.16. Indemnity |
|
|
43 |
|
SECTION 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment |
|
|
44 |
|
SECTION 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs |
|
|
44 |
|
SECTION 2.19. Payments |
|
|
45 |
|
SECTION 2.20. Taxes |
|
|
45 |
|
SECTION 2.21. Duty to Mitigate; Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances |
|
|
49 |
|
SECTION 2.22. Defaulting Lenders |
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers |
|
|
52 |
|
SECTION 3.02. Authorization |
|
|
52 |
|
SECTION 3.03. Enforceability |
|
|
52 |
|
SECTION 3.04. Governmental Approvals |
|
|
52 |
|
SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements and Projections |
|
|
52 |
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 3.06. Litigation; Compliance with Laws |
|
|
53 |
|
SECTION 3.07. Federal Reserve Regulations |
|
|
53 |
|
SECTION 3.08. Investment Company Act |
|
|
54 |
|
SECTION 3.09. Use of Proceeds |
|
|
54 |
|
SECTION 3.10. Full Disclosure; No Material Misstatements |
|
|
54 |
|
SECTION 3.11. Taxes |
|
|
54 |
|
SECTION 3.12. Employee Pension Benefit Plans |
|
|
54 |
|
SECTION 3.13. OFAC |
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONDITIONS OF LENDING
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 4.01. All Extensions of Credit |
|
|
55 |
|
SECTION 4.02. Effective Date |
|
|
56 |
|
SECTION 4.03. First Borrowing by Each Borrowing Subsidiary |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V
|
|
|
|
|
|
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 5.01. Existence |
|
|
59 |
|
SECTION 5.02. Business and Properties |
|
|
59 |
|
SECTION 5.03. Financial Statements, Reports, etc |
|
|
59 |
|
SECTION 5.04. Insurance |
|
|
60 |
|
SECTION 5.05. Obligations and Taxes |
|
|
60 |
|
SECTION 5.06. Litigation and Other Notices |
|
|
61 |
|
SECTION 5.07. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections |
|
|
61 |
|
SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds |
|
|
61 |
|
SECTION 5.09. Distribution Agreement and Related Agreements |
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI
|
|
|
|
|
|
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 6.01. Priority Indebtedness |
|
|
61 |
|
SECTION 6.02. Liens |
|
|
62 |
|
SECTION 6.03. Sale and Lease-Back Transactions |
|
|
63 |
|
SECTION 6.04. Fundamental Changes |
|
|
64 |
|
SECTION 6.05. Restrictive Agreements |
|
|
64 |
|
SECTION 6.06. Leverage Ratio |
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII
|
|
|
|
|
|
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII
|
|
|
|
|
|
GUARANTEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X
|
|
|
|
|
|
MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 10.01. Notices |
|
|
71 |
|
SECTION 10.02. Survival of Agreement |
|
|
73 |
|
SECTION 10.03. Binding Effect |
|
|
73 |
|
SECTION 10.04. Successors and Assigns |
|
|
73 |
|
SECTION 10.05. Expenses; Indemnity |
|
|
76 |
|
SECTION 10.06. APPLICABLE LAW |
|
|
77 |
|
SECTION 10.07. Waivers; Amendment |
|
|
77 |
|
SECTION 10.08. Entire Agreement |
|
|
78 |
|
SECTION 10.09. Severability |
|
|
78 |
|
SECTION 10.10. Counterparts |
|
|
79 |
|
SECTION 10.11. Headings |
|
|
79 |
|
SECTION 10.12. Right of Setoff |
|
|
79 |
|
SECTION 10.13. JURISDICTION; CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS |
|
|
79 |
|
SECTION 10.14. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL |
|
|
80 |
|
SECTION 10.15. Borrowing Subsidiaries |
|
|
80 |
|
SECTION 10.16. Conversion of Currencies |
|
|
81 |
|
SECTION 10.17. USA PATRIOT Act |
|
|
81 |
|
SECTION 10.18. No Fiduciary Relationship |
|
|
81 |
|
SECTION 10.19. Non-Public Information |
|
|
82 |
|
4
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
Exhibit A-1
|
|
Form of Competitive Bid Request |
Exhibit A-2
|
|
Form of Notice of Competitive Bid Request |
Exhibit A-3
|
|
Form of Competitive Bid |
Exhibit A-4
|
|
Form of Competitive Bid Accept/Reject Letter |
Exhibit A-5
|
|
Form of Revolving Borrowing Request |
Exhibit B
|
|
Form of Assignment and Assumption |
Exhibit C-1
|
|
Form of Opinion of Dewey & LeBoeuf, Counsel for Xylem Inc. |
Exhibit C-2
|
|
Form of Opinion of Frank R. Jimenez, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Xylem Inc. |
Exhibit D-1
|
|
Form of Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement |
Exhibit D-2
|
|
Form of Borrowing Subsidiary Termination |
Exhibit E
|
|
Form of Issuing Bank Agreement |
Exhibit F
|
|
Form of Note |
Exhibit G
|
|
Form of US Tax Certificate |
|
|
|
SCHEDULES |
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule 2.01
|
|
Commitments |
Schedule 6.01
|
|
Existing Indebtedness |
Schedule 6.02
|
|
Existing Liens |
Schedule 6.05
|
|
Existing Restrictive Agreements |
5
FOUR-YEAR COMPETITIVE ADVANCE AND REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT
(as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the
Agreement) dated as of October 25, 2011, among XYLEM INC., an Indiana
corporation (the Company); each Borrowing Subsidiary party hereto; the
lenders listed in Schedule 2.01 (together with their successors and
permitted assigns, the Lenders); and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the
Administrative Agent).
The Lenders have been requested to extend credit to the Borrowers (such term and each other
capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein having the meaning assigned to it in Article
I) to enable the Borrowers (a) to borrow on a standby revolving credit basis on and after the date
hereof and at any time and from time to time prior to the Maturity Date a principal amount not in
excess of $600,000,000 at any time outstanding and (b) to request the issuance of Letters of Credit
for the accounts of the Borrowers in a face amount not in excess of $100,000,000 at any time
outstanding. The Lenders have also been requested to provide procedures pursuant to which the
Borrowers may invite the Lenders to bid on an uncommitted basis on short-term borrowings by the
Borrowers. The proceeds of such borrowings are to be used for working capital and other general
corporate purposes (including, without limitation, commercial paper backup). The Letters of Credit
shall support payment obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Borrowers.
The Lenders are willing to extend credit on the terms and subject to the conditions herein set
forth.
Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
meanings specified below:
ABR Borrowing shall mean a Revolving Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.
ABR Loan shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to
the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.
Accession Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(e).
Administrative Fees shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(b).
Adjusted LIBO Rate means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing (including any notional
Eurocurrency Borrowing of one month referred to in
the definition of the term Alternate Base Rate) for any Interest Period, an interest rate
per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for
such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.
Administrative Questionnaire shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form supplied
by the Administrative Agent.
Affiliate shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, another Person that
directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person
specified.
Aggregate Credit Exposure shall mean the aggregate amount of all the Lenders Credit
Exposures.
Agreement Currency shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.16(b).
Alternate Base Rate shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if
necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such
day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted
LIBO Rate (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the Applicable Percentage with
respect to Eurocurrency Loans) on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately
preceding Business Day) for a deposit in dollars with a maturity of one month plus 1%. For
purposes hereof, Prime Rate shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from
time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New
York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is publicly
announced as effective. Federal Funds Effective Rate shall mean, for any day, the weighted
average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve
System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as released on the next succeeding Business Day by the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so released for any day which is a
Business Day, the arithmetic average (rounded upwards to the next 1/100th of 1%), as determined by
the Administrative Agent, of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the
Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. If
for any reason the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be
conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate
for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient
quotations in accordance with the terms thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined
without regard to clause (b) of the first sentence of this definition until the circumstances
giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a
change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be
effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate,
or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.
Applicable Percentage shall mean on any date, with respect to Eurocurrency Loans, ABR Loans,
the Facility Fee or the L/C Participation Fee, as the case may be, the applicable percentage set
forth below under the caption Eurocurrency
2
Spread, Alternate Base Rate Spread, Facility Fee Percentage or L/C Participation Fee
Percentage, as the case may be, based upon the Ratings in effect on such date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eurocurrency |
|
|
Alternate Base |
|
|
Facility Fee |
|
|
L/C Participation |
|
|
|
Spread |
|
|
Rate Spread |
|
|
Percentage |
|
|
Fee Percentage |
|
Category 1
A3 or higher by Moodys; |
|
|
0.900 |
% |
|
|
0.000 |
% |
|
|
0.1000 |
% |
|
|
0.900 |
% |
A- or higher by S&P;
A- or higher by Fitch |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category 2
Baa1 or higher by Moodys; |
|
|
1.000 |
% |
|
|
0.000 |
% |
|
|
0.1250 |
% |
|
|
1.000 |
% |
BBB+ or higher by S&P;
BBB+ or higher by Fitch |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category 3
Baa2 by Moodys; |
|
|
1.100 |
% |
|
|
0.100 |
% |
|
|
0.150 |
% |
|
|
1.100 |
% |
BBB by S&P;
BBB by Fitch |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category 4
Baa3 by Moodys; |
|
|
1.300 |
% |
|
|
0.300 |
% |
|
|
0.200 |
% |
|
|
1.300 |
% |
BBB- by S&P;
BBB- by Fitch |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category 5
Lower than Baa3 by Moodys; |
|
|
1.475 |
% |
|
|
0.475 |
% |
|
|
0.275 |
% |
|
|
1.475 |
% |
Lower than BBB- by S&P;
Lower than BBB- by Fitch |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For purposes of the foregoing: (a) if any Rating Agency shall merge with or into or be
acquired by another Rating Agency, or shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt
obligations, or shall otherwise cease to have a Rating in effect notwithstanding the Companys use
of commercially reasonable efforts to cause such a Rating to be maintained in effect, then the
Eurocurrency Spread, Alternate Base Rate Spread, Facility Fee Percentage and L/C Participation Fee
Percentage shall be determined by reference to the Rating or Ratings remaining available or deemed
to be available as provided below; (b) if any Rating Agency shall not have a Rating in effect for a
reason other than one of the reasons set forth in the preceding clause (a), such Rating Agency
shall be deemed to have a Rating available and such Rating shall be deemed to be in Category 5; (c)
if the Ratings available or deemed to be available shall fall in different Categories, then (i) if
Ratings are available or deemed to be available from all three Rating Agencies, the Eurocurrency
Spread, Alternate Base Rate Spread, Facility Fee Percentage and L/C Participation Fee Percentage
shall be determined by reference to the highest Category achieved or exceeded by at least two of
the three Ratings, (ii) if Ratings are available or deemed to be available from only two Rating
Agencies, the Eurocurrency Spread, Alternate Base Rate Spread, Facility Fee Percentage and L/C
Participation Fee Percentage shall be determined by reference to the higher of the two Ratings or,
if the Ratings differ by more than one Category, the Category one level below that corresponding to
the higher of the two Ratings and (iii) if a Rating is available or deemed to be available from
only one Rating Agency, the Eurocurrency Spread, Alternate Base
3
Rate Spread, Facility Fee Percentage and L/C Participation Fee Percentage shall be determined by
reference to that Rating; and (d) if any Rating shall be changed (other than as a result of a
change in the rating system of the applicable Rating Agency), such change shall be effective as of
the date on which it is first announced by the Rating Agency making such change. Each change in
the Applicable Percentage shall apply to all outstanding Eurocurrency Loans and ABR Loans and to
L/C Participation Fees and Facility Fees accruing during the period commencing on the effective
date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next
such change. If the rating system of any Rating Agency shall change, the parties hereto shall
negotiate in good faith to amend the references to specific ratings in this definition to reflect
such changed rating system and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable
Percentage shall be determined by reference to the Rating most recently in effect from such Rating
Agency prior to such change.
Applicable Share of any Lender at any time shall mean the percentage of the Total Commitment
represented by such Lenders Commitment; provided that in the case of Section 2.22 when a
Defaulting Lender shall exist, Applicable Share shall mean the percentage of the Total
Commitments (disregarding any Defaulting Lenders Commitment) represented by such Lenders
Commitment. If the Commitments shall be terminated pursuant to Article VII, the Applicable Shares
of the Lenders shall be based upon the Commitments in effect, giving effect to any assignments and
to any Revolving Lenders status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.
Approved Fund means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making,
purchasing, holding or investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the
ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender
or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
Assignment and Assumption shall mean an Assignment and Assumption entered into by a Lender
and an assignee in the form of Exhibit B.
Bankruptcy Event shall mean, with respect to any Person, that such Person becomes the
subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee,
administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the
reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or in the good faith judgment of
the Administrative Agent has consented to, approved of, or acquiesced in any such proceeding or
appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of (a) any
ownership interest or the acquisition of any ownership interest in, or the exercise of control
over, such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof or (b) in the case of a
solvent Lender organized under the laws of The Netherlands, the precautionary appointment of an
administrator, guardian, custodian or other similar official by a Governmental Authority or
instrumentality thereof, under or based on the law of the country where such Lender is subject to
home jurisdiction supervision, if applicable law requires that such appointment not be publicly
disclosed, provided, further, in each such case, that such ownership interest or such action, as
applicable, does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts
within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets
or permit such Person (or
4
such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm its
obligations hereunder.
Board shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
Board of Directors shall mean the Board of Directors of a Borrower or any duly authorized
committee thereof.
Borrower shall mean the Company or any Borrowing Subsidiary.
Borrowing shall mean a group of Loans of a single Type made by the Lenders (or, in the case
of a Competitive Borrowing, by the Lender or Lenders whose Competitive Bids have been accepted
pursuant to Section 2.03) on a single date and as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.
Borrowing Date shall mean any date on which a Borrowing is made or a Letter of Credit issued
hereunder.
Borrowing Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary which shall have become a Borrowing
Subsidiary as provided in Section 10.15, other than any Subsidiary that shall have ceased to be a
Borrowing Subsidiary as provided in Section 10.15.
Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement shall mean an agreement in the form of Exhibit D-1 hereto
duly executed by the Company and a Subsidiary.
Borrowing Subsidiary Termination shall mean an agreement in the form of Exhibit D-2 hereto
duly executed by the Company and a Borrowing Subsidiary.
Business Day shall mean any day (other than a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal
holiday in the State of New York) on which banks are open for business in New York City; provided,
however, that, when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term Business Day shall also
exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in deposits in the applicable currency in
the London interbank market, and, when used in connection with determining any date on which any
amount is to be paid or made available in a Non-US Currency, the term Business Day shall also
exclude any day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets are not open for business in
the principal financial center in the country of such Non-US Currency or Frankfurt, Germany if such
Non-US Currency is the Euro.
Capital Lease Obligations of any Person shall mean the obligations of such Person to pay
rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or
personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and
accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP; the amount of such
obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP, and the
final maturity of such obligations shall be the date of the last payment of such or any other
amounts due under such lease (or other arrangement) prior to the first date on which such lease (or
other
5
arrangement) may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a premium or a penalty.
CFC shall mean (a) each Person that is a controlled foreign corporation for purposes of
the Code and (b) each subsidiary of any such controlled foreign corporation.
A Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) any Person or group of Persons
shall have acquired beneficial ownership of more than 30% of the outstanding Voting Shares of the
Company (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act and the applicable rules
and regulations thereunder), or (b) during any period of 12 consecutive months, commencing after
the Effective Date, individuals who on the first day of such period were directors of the Company
(together with any replacement or additional directors who were nominated or elected by a majority
of directors then in office) cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the
Company.
Change in Law shall mean the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any change in
applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation, promulgation, implementation or
administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof (whether or not having the force of law); provided that, notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and
(ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International
Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or
the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be
deemed to be a Change in Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, promulgated or issued.
Closing Date shall mean the date on which executed counterparts of this Agreement shall have
been delivered by the parties hereto. In the event such executed counterparts shall be held under
any escrow arrangement pending the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Closing Date shall be the
date on which this Agreement, fully executed by the parties hereto, shall be delivered by the
escrow or similar agent to the Company and the Administrative Agent.
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be amended from time to
time, and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.
Commitment shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender hereunder
as set forth in Schedule 2.01 under the heading Commitment or in an Assignment and Assumption
delivered by such Lender under Section 10.04, as such Commitment may be permanently terminated,
reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.12 or pursuant to one or more
assignments under Section 10.04. The Commitment of each Lender shall automatically and permanently
terminate on the Maturity Date if not terminated earlier pursuant to the terms hereof.
6
Competitive Bid shall mean an offer by a Lender to make a Competitive Loan pursuant to
Section 2.03.
Competitive Bid Accept/Reject Letter shall mean a notification made by a Borrower pursuant
to Section 2.03(d) in the form of Exhibit A-4.
Competitive Bid Rate shall mean, as to any Competitive Bid, (i) in the case of a
Eurocurrency Loan, the Margin, and (ii) in the case of a Fixed Rate Loan, the fixed rate of
interest offered by the Lender making such Competitive Bid.
Competitive Bid Request shall mean a request made pursuant to Section 2.03(a) in the form of
Exhibit A-1.
Competitive Borrowing shall mean a Borrowing consisting of a Competitive Loan or concurrent
Competitive Loans from the Lender or Lenders whose Competitive Bids for such Borrowing have been
accepted under the bidding procedure described in Section 2.03.
Competitive Loan shall mean a Loan made pursuant to the bidding procedure described in
Section 2.03. Each Competitive Loan shall be a Eurocurrency Competitive Loan or a Fixed Rate Loan
and will be denominated in either Dollars or a Non-US Currency.
Competitive Loan Exposure shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of (a)
the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Competitive Loans denominated in Dollars made by
such Lender and (b) the sum of the Dollar Equivalents of the principal amounts of all outstanding
Competitive Loans denominated in Non-US Currencies made by such Lender, determined on the basis of
the applicable Exchange Rates in effect on the respective dates of the Competitive Bid Requests
pursuant to which such Competitive Loans were made.
Confidential Information Memorandum shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum dated
July 2011 related to the credit facilities established by this Agreement, the ITT Corporation
Credit Agreement and the Exelis Credit Agreement.
Consenting Lender shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(d).
Consolidated EBITDA shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period,
plus (a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated
Net Income, the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (ii) consolidated income
tax expense for such period, (iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation for such period and
amortization of intangible and capitalized assets for such period, (iv) any losses during such
period attributable to the disposition of assets other than in the ordinary course of business, (v)
any other extraordinary non-cash charges for such period, (vi) any non-cash expenses for such
period resulting from the grant of stock options or other equity-based incentives to any director,
officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, (vii) any losses attributable to early
extinguishment of Indebtedness or obligations under any Hedging Agreement, in each
7
case other than in connection with the Spin-Offs or the Transactions, (viii) any unrealized
non-cash losses for such period attributable to accounting in respect of Hedging Agreements, (ix)
the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles and (x) any fees and expenses for such
period relating to the Transactions or to the Spin-Offs, in an aggregate after tax amount for all
periods not to exceed $100,000,000 and minus (b) without duplication and to the extent
included in determining such Consolidated Net Income, (i) any gains during such period attributable
to the disposition of assets other than in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any other
extraordinary non-cash gains for such period, (iii) any gains attributable to the early
extinguishment of Indebtedness or obligations under any Hedging Agreement, (iv) any unrealized
non-cash gains for such period attributable to accounting in respect of Hedging Agreements, (v) the
cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles and (vi) any cash payments made during such
period with respect to noncash items added back (or that would have been added back had this
Agreement been in effect) in computing Consolidated EBITDA for any prior period. For purposes of
calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period to determine the Leverage Ratio, if during such
period the Company or any Subsidiary shall have consummated a Material Acquisition or a Material
Disposition, Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect
thereto in accordance with Section 1.03(b).
Consolidated Interest Expense shall mean, for any period, the interest expense (including
imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations) of the Company and its
consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP. Consolidated Interest Expense for any period during which the Company or any Subsidiary
shall have consummated a Material Acquisition or a Material Disposition shall be calculated after
giving pro forma effect thereto in accordance with Section 1.03(b).
Consolidated Net Income shall mean, for any period, the net income or loss of the Company
and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall mean at any time the total of all assets appearing on
the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries delivered under
Section 5.03(a) or (b) (or, prior to the delivery of any such balance sheet, the most recent pro
forma balance sheet referred to in Section 3.05(c)), less the sum of the following items as shown
on such consolidated balance sheet:
(i) the book amount of all segregated intangible assets, including such items as good
will, trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade name rights, copyrights, patents,
patent rights and licenses and unamortized debt discount and expense less unamortized debt
premium;
(ii) all depreciation, valuation and other reserves;
(iii) current liabilities;
(iv) any minority interest in the shares of stock (other than Preferred Stock) and
surplus of Subsidiaries; and
8
(v) deferred income and deferred liabilities.
Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall mean, as of any date, the aggregate principal amount
of Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that, for purposes of this definition, the
term Indebtedness shall not include contingent obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary as an
account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty to the extent such letter of
credit or letter of guaranty does not support Indebtedness.
Credit Exposure shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the Dollar Equivalent of
the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Loans of such Lender, plus the
aggregate amount at such time of such Lenders L/C Exposure.
Credit Party shall mean the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender.
Declining Lender shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(d).
Default shall mean any event or condition which upon notice, lapse of time or both would
constitute an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender shall mean any Lender that (a) has failed, within three Business Days of
the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion
of its participations in Letters of Credit or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount
required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies
the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lenders good faith
determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the
particular default, if any) has not been satisfied or, in the case of clause (iii), such payment is
the subject of a good faith dispute, (b) has notified the Company, any other Borrower or any Credit
Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect
to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public
statement indicates that such position is based on such Lenders good faith determination that a
condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to
funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in
which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by the
Administrative Agent made in good faith to provide a certification in writing from an authorized
officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations to fund prospective Loans and
participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit under this Agreement, unless such Lender has
notified the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lenders good
faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including
the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, provided that such Lender shall cease to be
a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon the Administrative Agents receipt of such
certification in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, or (d) has become the subject of
a Bankruptcy Event.
9
Distribution Agreement shall mean the Distribution Agreement dated as of October 25, 2011,
among the Company, ITT Corporation and Exelis Inc., pursuant to which ITT Corporation shall effect
the Spin-Offs.
Dollar Equivalent shall mean, on any date of determination, with respect to any amount in
any Non-US Currency, the equivalent in Dollars of such amount, determined using the Exchange Rate
with respect to such Non-US Currency on such date.
Dollars or $ shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.
Domestic Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary incorporated or organized under the laws of
the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, other than any
Subsidiary that is a CFC.
Effective Date shall mean the first date on which the conditions set forth in Section 4.02
are satisfied.
Eligible Assignee means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund and
(d) any other Person, other than, in each case, a natural person, the Company or any Affiliate of
the Company.
Equity Interests shall mean shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership
interests, beneficial interests or other ownership interests, whether voting or nonvoting, in, or
interests in the income or profits of, a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights
entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing.
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be
amended from time to time.
ERISA Affiliate shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that,
together with the Company, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code,
or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single
employer under Section 414 of the Code.
ERISA Event shall mean (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or
the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan other than events for which the 30 days
notice period has been waived; (b) a failure by any Plan to meet the minimum funding standards (as
defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan, in each
instance, whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section
302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any
Plan; (d) the incurrence of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination
of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates
from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from the
PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans
or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the receipt by the Company or any ERISA
Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by
10
any Multiemployer Plan from the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, that Withdrawal
Liability is being imposed or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be,
insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or in endangered or
critical status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA); or (g)
the occurrence of a prohibited transaction with respect to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is a disqualified person (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code), or with
respect to which the Company or any such Subsidiary could otherwise be liable.
Euro shall mean the lawful currency of the member states of the European Union that have
adopted a single currency in accordance with applicable law or treaty.
Eurocurrency Borrowing shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurocurrency Loans.
Eurocurrency Competitive Borrowing shall mean a Competitive Borrowing comprised of
Eurocurrency Loans.
Eurocurrency Competitive Loan shall mean any Competitive Loan bearing interest at a rate
determined by reference to the LIBO Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.
Eurocurrency Loan shall mean any Eurocurrency Competitive Loan or Eurocurrency Revolving
Loan.
Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing shall mean a Revolving Borrowing comprised of Eurocurrency
Loans.
Eurocurrency Revolving Loan shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate
determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.
Event of Default shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.
Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exchange Rate shall mean, with respect to any Non-US Currency on a particular date, the rate
at which such Non-US Currency may be exchanged into Dollars, as set forth on such date on the
applicable Reuters currency page. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters
currency page, the Exchange Rate with respect to such Non-US Currency shall be determined by
reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed
upon by the Administrative Agent and the Company or, in the absence of such agreement, such
Exchange Rate shall instead be the Administrative Agents spot rate of exchange in the London
interbank market at or about 10:00 a.m., London time, on such date for the purchase of Dollars with
such Non-US Currency, for delivery two Business Days later; provided, however, that if at the time
11
of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the
Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method it deems applicable to determine such rate, and
such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
Excluded Taxes shall mean, with respect to any Credit Party (including any assignee of or
successor to a Credit Party and any Participant) and any other recipient of any payment to be made
by or on account of any obligation of a Borrower under this Agreement or any Loan Documents: (a)
income or franchise Taxes imposed on (or measured by) net income or gain (however denominated) by
the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Credit Party
(including any assignee of or successor to such Credit Party and any Participant or other
recipient) is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender,
in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits Taxes imposed by the
United States of America or any similar Taxes imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the
Company is located, (c) any backup withholding Tax imposed by the United States of America or any
similar Taxes imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Company is located, (d) in the case of
a Non-US Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by a Borrower under Section 2.21(b)),
any US Federal withholding Taxes resulting from any law in effect on the date such Non-US Lender
becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such
Non-US Lenders failure to comply with Section 2.20(f) (including as a result of any inaccurate or
incomplete documentation), except to the extent that such Non-US Lender (or its assignor, if any)
was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive
additional amounts from a Borrower with respect to such withholding Taxes pursuant to Section
2.20(a), and (e) any Taxes imposed with respect to the requirements of FATCA.
Exelis Credit Agreement shall mean the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit
Facility Agreement dated as of October 25, 2011, among Exelis Inc., certain lenders and JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Exelis Form 10 shall mean the Form 10 Registration Statement filed by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on July 11, 2011.
Existing Maturity Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(d).
Facility Fee shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(a).
FATCA means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement
(including any regulations that are issued thereunder) and any official governmental
interpretations thereof.
Fees shall mean the Facility Fee, the Administrative Fees, the L/C Participation Fees, the
Ticking Fees and the Issuing Bank Fees.
12
Financial Officer of any Person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting
officer, controller, assistant controller, treasurer, associate or assistant treasurer or director
of treasury services of such Person.
Fitch shall mean Fitch Ratings, a wholly owned subsidiary of Fimilac, S.A, or any of its
successors.
Fixed Rate Borrowing shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Fixed Rate Loans.
Fixed Rate Loan shall mean any Competitive Loan bearing interest at a fixed percentage rate
per annum (the Fixed Rate) (expressed in the form of a decimal to no more than four decimal
places) specified by the Lender making such Loan in its Competitive Bid.
Foreign Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
Form 10s shall mean the Exelis Form 10 and the Xylem Form 10.
GAAP shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a
consistent basis.
Governmental Authority shall mean the government of the United States of America, any other
nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority,
instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to
government (including any supra-national body exercising such powers or functions, such as the
European Union or the European Central Bank).
Hedging Agreement means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or
derivative transaction, or any option or similar agreement, involving, or settled by reference to,
one or more rates, currencies, commodities, prices of equity or debt securities or instruments, or
economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value,
or any similar transaction or combination of the foregoing transactions; provided that no
phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by
current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or the Subsidiaries
shall be a Hedging Agreement. The amount or principal amount of the obligations of the Company
or any Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate
amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Company or such Subsidiary would be
required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.
Increasing Lender shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(e).
13
Indebtedness of any Person shall mean all indebtedness representing money borrowed or the
deferred purchase price of property (other than trade accounts payable) or any capitalized lease
obligation, which in any case is created, assumed, incurred or guaranteed in any manner by such
Person or for which such Person is responsible or liable (whether by agreement to purchase
indebtedness of, or to supply funds to or invest in, others or otherwise). For the avoidance of
doubt, the term Indebtedness shall not include obligations under Hedging Agreements.
Indemnified Taxes means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to
any payment made by a Borrower under this Agreement and (b) Other Taxes.
Interest Payment Date shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last day of each
March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan or Fixed Rate Loan,
the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto, and with respect to a Eurocurrency Loan
with an Interest Period of more than three months duration or a Fixed Rate Loan with an Interest
Period of more than 90 days duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date for
such Loan had successive Interest Periods of three months duration or 90 days duration, as the
case may be, been applicable to such Loan and (c) with respect to any Loan, the Maturity Date or
the date of any prepayment of such Loan or conversion of such Loan to a Loan of a different Type.
Interest Period shall mean (a) as to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on
the date of such Borrowing or on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period
applicable to such Borrowing, as the case may be, and ending on the numerically corresponding day
(or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is
1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter, as the applicable Borrower may elect and (b) as to any Fixed Rate
Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the date specified in
the Competitive Bids in which the offers to make the Fixed Rate Loans comprising such Borrowing
were extended, which shall not be earlier than seven days after the date of such Borrowing or later
than 360 days after the date of such Borrowing; provided, however, that if any Interest Period
would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next
succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans only, such next succeeding
Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on
the next preceding Business Day. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an
Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.
IRS shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service.
Issuing Bank shall mean (a) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., (b) Citibank N.A. , and (c) each
Lender that shall have become an Issuing Bank hereunder as provided in Section 2.05(j) (other than
any Person that shall have ceased to be an Issuing Bank as provided in Section 2.05(i)), each in
its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder. Each Issuing Bank may, in its
discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing
Bank, in which case the term Issuing Bank shall include any such Affiliate with respect to
Letters of Credit issued by such
14
Affiliate (it being agreed that such Issuing Bank shall, or shall cause such Affiliate to,
comply with the requirements of Section 2.05 with respect to such Letters of Credit).
Issuing Bank Agreement shall mean an agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit E.
Issuing Bank Fees shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(c).
ITT Corporation Credit Agreement shall mean the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving
Credit Facility Agreement dated as of October 25, 2011, among ITT Corporation, certain lenders and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Judgment Currency shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.16(b).
L/C Disbursement shall mean a payment or disbursement made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a
Letter of Credit.
L/C Exposure shall mean at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all
outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of all L/C
Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed at such time. The L/C Exposure of any Lender at
any time shall mean its Applicable Share of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such time.
L/C Participation Fee shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(c).
Lead Arrangers shall mean J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Letter of Credit shall mean any letter of credit issued pursuant to Section 2.05.
Lender Parent shall mean, with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is,
directly or indirectly, a subsidiary.
Leverage Ratio shall mean, at any time, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness at
such time to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal
quarters.
LIBO Rate shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period,
the rate appearing on the Reuters LIBOR 01 screen displaying British Bankers Association Interest
Settlement Rates (or on any successor or substitute screen provided by Reuters, or any successor to
or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on
such screen, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing
quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at
approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement
15
of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such
Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then
the LIBO Rate with respect to such Eurocurrency Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the
rate at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period
are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available
funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days
prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
Lien shall mean, with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien,
pledge, security interest, charge or other encumbrance on, of, or in such property or asset.
Loan shall mean a Competitive Loan or a Revolving Loan, whether made as a Eurocurrency Loan,
an ABR Loan or a Fixed Rate Loan, as permitted hereby.
Loan Documents shall mean this Agreement, the Letters of Credit, the Borrowing Subsidiary
Agreements, any Issuing Bank Agreements, and promissory notes, if any, issued pursuant to Section
10.04(i).
Margin shall mean, as to any Eurocurrency Competitive Loan, the margin (expressed as a
percentage rate per annum in the form of a decimal to no more than four decimal places) to be added
to or subtracted from the LIBO Rate in order to determine the interest rate applicable to such
Loan, as specified in the Competitive Bid relating to such Loan.
Margin Regulations shall mean Regulations T, U and X of the Board as from time to time in
effect, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
Margin Stock shall have the meaning given such term under Regulation U of the Board.
Material Acquisition shall mean any acquisition of (a) Equity Interests in any Person if,
after giving effect thereto, such Person will become a Subsidiary or (b) assets comprising all or
substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business
unit, division, product line or line of business of) any Person; provided that the aggregate
consideration therefor (including Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith, all obligations in
respect of deferred purchase price (including obligations under any purchase price adjustment but
excluding earnout or similar payments) and all other consideration payable in connection therewith
(including payment obligations in respect of noncompetition agreements or other arrangements
representing acquisition consideration)) exceeds $100,000,000.
Material Adverse Effect shall mean an event or condition that has resulted in a material
adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, liabilities, operations or financial condition of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Borrower to perform any of
its material obligations under any Loan Document or (c) the enforceability of the Lenders rights
under any Loan Document.
16
Material Disposition shall mean any sale, transfer or other disposition of (a) all or
substantially all the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in any Person that are owned by the
Company or any Subsidiary or (b) assets comprising all or substantially all the assets of (or all
or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of
business of) any Person; provided that the aggregate consideration therefor (including Indebtedness
assumed by the transferee in connection therewith, all obligations in respect of deferred purchase
price (including obligations under any purchase price adjustment but excluding earnout or similar
payments) and all other consideration payable in connection therewith (including payment
obligations in respect of noncompetition agreements or other arrangements representing acquisition
consideration)) exceeds $100,000,000.
Material Indebtedness shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Loans, Letters of Credit and
guarantees under the Loan Documents), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements
or Securitization Transactions, of any one or more of the Company and the Subsidiaries in an
aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000 or more.
Maturity Date shall mean the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, as such date may be
extended pursuant to Section 2.12(d).
MNPI shall mean material information concerning the Company and the Subsidiaries and their
securities that has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally,
within the meaning of Regulation FD under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
Moodys shall mean Moodys Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors.
Multiemployer Plan shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of
ERISA.
Non-US Currency shall mean any currency other than Dollars that is freely transferable and
convertible into Dollars in the London market and as to which an Exchange Rate and LIBO Rates may
be determined.
Non-US Currency Loan shall mean any Competitive Loan denominated in a currency other than
Dollars.
Non-US Lender shall mean a Lender that is not a US Person.
Notice of Competitive Bid Request shall mean a notification made pursuant to Section 2.03(a)
in the form of Exhibit A-2.
Obligations means (a) the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and interest
(including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or
other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the
Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for
prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment
17
required to be made under this Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due,
including payments in respect of reimbursement of L/C Disbursements, interest thereon and
obligations to provide cash collateral, and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Company or
any Subsidiary under this Agreement and each other Loan Document, including obligations to pay
fees, expense reimbursement obligations and indemnification obligations, whether primary,
secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during
the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of
whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) and (b) the due and punctual payment and
performance of all other obligations of each Borrower under or pursuant to this Agreement and each
of the other Loan Documents.
Other Taxes shall mean any present or future stamp, court, documentary, intangible,
recording, filing or similar excise or property Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) that arise from
any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of,
or from the registration, receipt or perfection of a security interest under this Agreement or any
other Loan Document.
Participant shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(f).
Participant Register has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(f).
PBGC shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA
and any successor entity performing similar functions.
Permitted Encumbrances means:
(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in
compliance with Section 5.05;
(b) carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, materialmens, repairmens and other like
Liens imposed by law (other than any Lien imposed pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or
Section 303(k) of ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Code), arising in the ordinary
course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or
are being contested in compliance with Section 5.05;
(c) pledges and deposits made (i) in the ordinary course of business in compliance
with workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws and (ii)
in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the
account of the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting
obligations of the type set forth in the preceding clause (i);
(d) pledges and deposits made (i) to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts,
leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other
obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of
18
business (but excluding obligations constituting Indebtedness) and (ii) in respect of
letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the
Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations
described in clause (i) above;
(e) pledges or Liens necessary to secure a stay of any legal or equitable process in a
proceeding to enforce a liability or obligation contested in good faith by the Company or a
Subsidiary or required in connection with the institution by the Company or a Subsidiary of
any legal or equitable proceeding to enforce a right or to obtain a remedy claimed in good
faith by the Company or a Subsidiary, or required in connection with any order or decree in
any such proceeding or in connection with any contest of any tax or other governmental
charge; or the making of any deposit with or the giving of any form of security to any
governmental agency or any body created or approved by law or governmental regulation in
order to entitle the Company or a Subsidiary to maintain self-insurance or to participate
in any fund in connection with workers compensation, unemployment insurance, old age
pensions or other social security or to share in any provisions or other benefits provided
for companies participating in any such arrangement or for liability on insurance of
credits or other risks;
(f) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default
under clause (i) of Article VII;
(g) any Lien on property in favor of the United States of America, or of any agency,
department or other instrumentality thereof, to secure partial, progress or advance
payments pursuant to the provisions of any contract;
(h) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real
property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure
any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected
property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Company or any
Subsidiary;
(i) bankers liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit
accounts, securities accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions or
securities intermediaries; provided that such deposit accounts, securities accounts
or funds are not established or deposited for the purpose of providing collateral for any
Indebtedness and are not subject to restrictions on access by the Company or any Subsidiary
in excess of those required by applicable banking or other regulations;
(j) Liens arising by virtue of Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or
similar filings under applicable law) regarding operating leases entered into by the
Company and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(k) Liens representing any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublicensor or
sublessor, or a licensee, lessee or sublicensee or sublessee, in the property subject to
any lease, license or sublicense or concession agreement;
19
(l) any Lien affecting property of the Company or any Subsidiary securing Indebtedness
of the United States of America or a State thereof (or any instrumentality or agency of
either thereof) issued in connection with a pollution control or abatement program required
in the opinion of the Company to meet environmental criteria with respect to manufacturing
or processing operations of the Company or any Subsidiary and the proceeds of which
Indebtedness have financed the cost of acquisition of such program, and renewals or
extensions of any such Lien that do not extend to additional assets or increase the amount
of the obligations secured thereby; and
(m) contractual rights of set-off not established to secure the payment of
Indebtedness.
Person shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, business
trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership or government, or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.
Plan shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject
to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA
sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.
Preferred Stock shall mean any capital stock entitled by its terms to a preference (a) as to
dividends or (b) upon a distribution of assets.
Priority Indebtedness shall mean, without duplication, (a) all Indebtedness or obligations
in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements of any Subsidiary and (b) (i) all Indebtedness of the
Company or any Subsidiary, and all obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements,
secured by any Lien on any asset of the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) all obligations of the
Company or any Subsidiary under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to
property acquired by the Company or such Subsidiary (excluding trade accounts payable incurred in
the ordinary course of business), (iii) all Capital Lease Obligations of the Company or any
Subsidiary, (iv) all Securitization Transactions of the Company or any Subsidiary and (v) all
Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing
right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by the
Company or any Subsidiary, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed by the
Company or such Subsidiary.
Rating Agencies shall mean Moodys, S&P and Fitch.
Ratings shall mean the ratings from time to time established by the Rating Agencies for
senior, unsecured, non-credit-enhanced long-term debt of the Company.
Register shall have the meaning given such term in Section 10.04(d).
Regulation D shall mean Regulation D of the Board as from time to time in effect and all
official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
20
Related Parties shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Persons Affiliates
and the directors, officers, partners, trustees, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and
of such Persons Affiliates.
Reportable Event shall mean any reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the
regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than a Plan maintained by an ERISA
Affiliate that is considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Code
Section 414).
Required Lenders shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Commitments representing more than
50% of the Total Commitment or, for purposes of acceleration pursuant to Article VII, Lenders
holding Credit Exposures representing more than 50% of the Aggregate Credit Exposure.
Responsible Officer of any Person shall mean any executive officer or Financial Officer of
such Person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of
the obligations of such Person in respect of this Agreement.
Revolving Borrowing shall mean a Borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Loans from
each of the Lenders.
Revolving Borrowing Request shall mean a request made pursuant to Section 2.04 in the form
of Exhibit A-5.
Revolving Credit Exposure shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the aggregate
principal amount at such time of all outstanding Revolving Loans of such Lender.
Revolving Loans shall mean the revolving loans made pursuant to Section 2.01 and 2.04. Each
Revolving Loan shall be in Dollars and shall be a Eurocurrency Revolving Loan or an ABR Loan.
S&P shall mean Standard and Poors Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. or any of its successors.
SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Securitization Transaction shall mean any transfer by the Company or any Subsidiary of
accounts receivable or interests therein (a) to a trust, partnership, corporation, limited
liability company or other entity, which transfer is funded in whole or in part, directly or
indirectly, by the incurrence or issuance by the transferee or successor transferee of Indebtedness
or other securities that are to receive payments from, or that represent interests in, the cash
flow derived from such accounts receivable or interests therein, or (b) directly to one or more
investors or other purchasers. The amount or principal amount of any Securitization
Transaction shall be deemed at any time to be the aggregate principal or stated amount of the
Indebtedness or other securities referred to in the first sentence of this definition or, if there
shall be no such principal or stated amount, the uncollected amount of the accounts receivable or
interests therein
21
transferred pursuant to such Securitization Transaction, net of any such accounts receivable
or interests therein that have been written off as uncollectible.
Significant Subsidiary shall mean, at any time, each Borrower and each Subsidiary accounting
for more than 5% of the consolidated revenues of the Company for the most recent period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters for which pro forma financial statements of the Company are set forth
in the Xylem Form 10 (as amended prior to the date hereof) or for the most recent period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which historical financial statements of the Company
have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.03(a) or 5.03(b), as applicable, or more than 5% of the
consolidated total assets of the Company at the end of such applicable period; provided that if at
the end of or for any such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters all Subsidiaries that are not
Significant Subsidiaries shall account for more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the
Company or more than 10% of the consolidated total assets of the Company, the Company shall
designate sufficient Subsidiaries as Significant Subsidiaries to eliminate such excess (or if the
Company shall have failed to designate such Subsidiaries within 10 Business Days, Subsidiaries
shall automatically be deemed designated as Significant Subsidiaries in descending order based on
the amounts of their contributions to consolidated total assets until such excess shall have been
eliminated), and the Subsidiaries so designated or deemed designated shall for all purposes of this
Agreement constitute Significant Subsidiaries.
Spin-Offs shall mean (a) the spin off by ITT Corporation of its water infrastructure and
applied water businesses through the transfer of such businesses to the Company and the
distribution of all of the shares of common stock of the Company to the shareholders of ITT
Corporation, as described in the Xylem Form 10 and (b) the spin off by ITT Corporation of its C4ISR
(command, control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance)
electronics and systems, and informational and technical services businesses through the transfer
of such businesses to Exelis Inc. and the distribution of all of the shares of common stock of
Exelis Inc. to the shareholders of ITT Corporation, as described in the Exelis Form 10.
Statutory Reserve Rate shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of
which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the
maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves),
expressed as a decimal, established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject for
eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as Eurocurrency Liabilities in Regulation D of the
Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D.
Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such
reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be
available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation.
The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any
change in any reserve percentage.
subsidiary shall mean, with respect to any Person (the parent), any corporation,
association or other business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing
more than 50% of the ordinary voting power are, at the time as of
22
which any determination is being made, owned or controlled by the parent or one or more
subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.
Subsidiary shall mean a subsidiary of the Company.
Taxes shall mean any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions,
withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including
any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
Ticking Fee shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(d).
Total Commitment shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount of Commitments of all the
Lenders, as in effect at such time.
Transactions shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.
Type, when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to
which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes
hereof, Rate shall include the LIBO Rate, the Alternate Base Rate, the Competitive Bid Rate and
the Fixed Rate.
USA PATRIOT Act shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.13.
US Person shall mean a United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of
the Code.
US Tax Certificate has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(f)(ii)(D)(2).
Voting Shares shall mean, as to a particular corporation or other Person, outstanding shares
of stock or other Equity Interests of any class of such Person entitled to vote in the election of
directors, or otherwise to participate in the direction of the management and policies, of such
Person, excluding shares or Equity Interests entitled so to vote or participate only upon the
happening of some contingency.
Withdrawal Liability shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete
or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle
E of Title IV of ERISA.
Withholding Agent shall mean a Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
Xylem Form 10 shall mean the Form 10 Registration Statement filed by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on July 11, 2011.
23
Xylem Notes shall mean unsecured notes of the Company in an amount not to exceed
$1,200,000,000 issued to provide funds for a cash transfer to ITT Corporation prior to the
Spin-Offs, which notes shall not mature, and shall not be required to be repaid, prepaid, redeemed,
repurchased or defeased, whether on one or more fixed dates, upon the occurrence of one or more
events or at the option of any holder thereof (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of an
event of default, a change in control or a similar event), prior to the date six months after the
Maturity Date and shall not have the benefit of any guarantee or other credit enhancement provided
by any Subsidiary.
SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms used herein shall apply equally to
the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun
shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words include,
includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation. The
word will shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word shall. The words
asset and property shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any
and all real and personal, tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash,
securities, accounts and contract rights. The word law shall be construed as referring to all
statutes, rules, regulations, codes and other laws (including official rulings and interpretations
thereunder having the force of law or with which affected Persons customarily comply), and all
judgments, orders, writs and decrees, of all Governmental Authorities. Unless the context requires
otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document
(including this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) shall be construed as referring to such
agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth
herein), (b) any definition of or reference to any statute, rule or regulation shall be construed
as referring thereto as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (including by
succession of comparable successor laws), (c) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed
to include such Persons successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set
forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that
shall have succeeded to any or all functions thereof, (d) the words herein, hereof and
hereunder, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its
entirety and not to any particular provision hereof and (e) all references herein to Articles,
Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and
Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement.
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms; GAAP. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all
terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP
as in effect from time to time; provided that if the Company, by notice to the Administrative
Agent, shall request an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change
occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such
provision (or if the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, by notice to the Company, shall
request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such
notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then
24
such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately
before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such
provision amended in accordance herewith.
(b) All pro forma computations required to be made hereunder giving effect to any Material
Acquisition or Material Disposition shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if
such transaction had occurred on the first day of the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters
ending with the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements shall have been delivered
pursuant to Section 5.03(a) or 5.03(b) (or, prior to the delivery of any such financial statements,
ending with the last fiscal quarter included in the pro forma financial statements referred to in
Section 3.05(b)), and, to the extent applicable, to the historical earnings and cash flows
associated with the assets acquired or disposed of and any related incurrence or reduction of
Indebtedness, (i) in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, if such
Material Acquisition or Material Disposition would be required to be given pro forma effect in
accordance with Regulation S-X for purposes of preparing the Companys annual and quarterly reports
to the SEC, and (ii) in any event, on a reasonable basis consistent with accepted financial
practice. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma
effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date
of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any
Hedging Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Agreement has a remaining term in
excess of 12 months).
ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS
SECTION 2.01. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the
representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to
make Revolving Loans in Dollars to the Borrowers, at any time and from time to time on and after
the date hereof and until the earlier of the Maturity Date and the termination of the Commitment of
such Lender, in an amount that will not result in (a) the sum of the Revolving Credit Exposure and
the L/C Exposure of such Lender exceeding such Lenders Commitment or (b) the Aggregate Credit
Exposure exceeding the Total Commitment then in effect. Within the foregoing limits, the Borrowers
may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans hereunder, on and after the Effective Date
and prior to the Maturity Date, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein.
SECTION 2.02. Loans. (a) Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing
consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective
Commitments; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender to make any Revolving Loan shall not
in itself relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood,
however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan
required to be made by such other Lender). Each Competitive Loan shall be made in accordance with
the procedures set forth in Section 2.03. The Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be (i) in the
case of Competitive Loans, in an aggregate principal amount permitted under Section 2.03, and (ii)
in the case of Revolving Loans, in an aggregate principal amount that is an
25
integral multiple of $5,000,000 and not less than $10,000,000 (or an aggregate principal
amount equal to the remaining balance of the Commitments).
(b) Each Competitive Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of Eurocurrency Competitive Loans
or Fixed Rate Loans, and each Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of Eurocurrency
Revolving Loans or ABR Loans, as the applicable Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.03 or
2.04, as applicable. Each Lender may at its option make any Loan by causing any domestic or foreign
branch, agency or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such
option shall not affect the obligation of the applicable Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement and such branch, agency or Affiliate shall, to the extent of any
such loans made by it, have all the rights of such Lender hereunder. Borrowings of more than one
Type may be outstanding at the same time. For purposes of the foregoing, Loans having different
Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered
separate Loans.
(c) Subject to Section 2.06 and, in the case of any Borrowing denominated in a Non-US
Currency, to any alternative procedures that the applicable Borrower, the applicable Lenders and
the Administrative Agent may agree upon, each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it
hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
Administrative Agent in New York, New York, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, and the
Administrative Agent shall by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, credit the amounts so received to the
account or accounts specified from time to time in one or more notices delivered by the Company to
the Administrative Agent or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition
precedent herein specified shall not have been met, forthwith return the amounts so received to the
respective Lenders. Competitive Loans shall be made by the Lender or Lenders whose Competitive
Bids therefor are accepted pursuant to Section 2.03 in the amounts so accepted. Revolving Loans
shall be made by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their Applicable Shares. Unless the
Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing
that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lenders portion of such
Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to
the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with this paragraph (c) and
the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable
Borrower on such date a corresponding amount in the required currency. If and to the extent that
such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and
such Borrower severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such
corresponding amount together with interest thereon in such currency, for each day from the date
such amount is made available to such Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the
Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time
to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, a rate determined by
the Administrative Agent to represent its cost of overnight funds. If such Lender shall repay to
the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lenders Loan
as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.
26
(d) If any Issuing Bank shall not have received from a Borrower the payment required to be
made by Section 2.05(e) within the time period set forth in Section 2.05(e), such Issuing Bank will
promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the L/C Disbursement and the Administrative Agent will
promptly notify each Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its Applicable Share thereof. Each Lender
shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent not later
than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date (or, if such Lender shall have received such
notice later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on any day, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York
City time, on the immediately following Business Day), an amount equal to such Lenders Applicable
Share of such L/C Disbursement (it being understood that such amount shall be deemed to constitute
an ABR Loan of such Lender and shall bear interest as provided herein), and the Administrative
Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The
Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts received by it from the
Borrower pursuant to Section 2.05(e) prior to the time that any Lender makes any payment pursuant
to this paragraph; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent thereafter will be
promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made such payments and
to the Issuing Bank, as their interests may appear. If any Lender shall not have made its
Applicable Share of such L/C Disbursement available to the Administrative Agent as provided above,
such Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to pay interest on such amount, for each day from and
including the date such amount is required to be paid in accordance with this paragraph to but
excluding the date such amount is paid, to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the
Borrowers, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans pursuant to Section
2.09, and (ii) in the case of such Lender, for the first such day, the Federal Funds Effective
Rate, and for each day thereafter, the Alternate Base Rate.
SECTION 2.03. Competitive Bid Procedure. (a) In order to request Competitive Bids, a
Borrower shall hand deliver or fax to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Competitive Bid
Request in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, to be received by the Administrative Agent (i) in the
case of a Eurocurrency Competitive Loan, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, (A) four
Business Days before a proposed Competitive Borrowing in the case of a Competitive Borrowing
denominated in Dollars and (B) five Business Days before a proposed Competitive Borrowing in the
case of a Competitive Borrowing denominated in a Non-US Currency and (ii) in the case of a Fixed
Rate Borrowing, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, (A) one Business Day before a
proposed Competitive Borrowing in the case of a Competitive Borrowing denominated in Dollars and
(B) two Business Days before a proposed Competitive Borrowing in the case of a Competitive
Borrowing denominated in a Non-US Currency. No ABR Loan shall be requested in, or made pursuant
to, a Competitive Bid Request. A Competitive Bid Request that does not conform substantially to
the format of Exhibit A-1 may be rejected in the Administrative Agents sole discretion, and the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower of such rejection by fax. Each
Competitive Bid Request shall refer to this Agreement and specify (A) whether the Borrowing then
being requested is to be a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a Fixed Rate Borrowing, (B) the date of such
Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (C) the currency of the requested Borrowing (which shall
be Dollars or a Non-US Currency), (D) the aggregate principal amount of the requested Borrowing
(which shall be an integral
27
multiple of 1,000,000 units of the applicable currency with a Dollar Equivalent on the date of
the applicable Competitive Bid Request of at least $10,000,000), and (E) the Interest Period with
respect thereto (which may not end after the Maturity Date). Promptly after its receipt of a
Competitive Bid Request that is not rejected as aforesaid, the Administrative Agent shall fax to
the Lenders a Notice of Competitive Bid Request inviting the Lenders to bid, on the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, to make Competitive Loans.
(b) Each Lender invited to bid may, in its sole discretion, make one or more Competitive Bids
to the applicable Borrower responsive to such Borrowers Competitive Bid Request. Each Competitive
Bid by a Lender must be received by the Administrative Agent by fax, in the form of Exhibit A-3
hereto, (i) in the case of a Eurocurrency Competitive Loan, not later than 9:30 a.m., New York City
time, three Business Days before a proposed Competitive Borrowing and (ii) in the case of a Fixed
Rate Borrowing, not later than 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Competitive
Borrowing. A Lender may submit multiple bids to the Administrative Agent. Competitive Bids that
do not conform substantially to the format of Exhibit A-3 may be rejected by the Administrative
Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lender making such nonconforming bid of such
rejection as soon as practicable. Each Competitive Bid shall refer to this Agreement and specify
(x) the principal amount (which shall be an integral multiple of 1,000,000 units of the applicable
currency and which may equal the entire principal amount of the Competitive Borrowing requested) of
the Competitive Loan or Loans that the Lender is willing to make, (y) the Competitive Bid Rate or
Rates at which the Lender is prepared to make the Competitive Loan or Loans and (z) the Interest
Period and the last day thereof. If any Lender invited to bid shall elect not to make a
Competitive Bid, such Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent by fax (I) in the case of
Eurocurrency Competitive Loans, not later than 9:30 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days
before a proposed Competitive Borrowing, and (II) in the case of Fixed Rate Loans, not later than
9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Competitive Borrowing; provided, however,
that failure by any Lender to give such notice shall not cause such Lender to be obligated to make
any Competitive Loan as part of such Competitive Borrowing. A Competitive Bid submitted by a
Lender pursuant to this paragraph (b) shall be irrevocable.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall as promptly as practicable notify the applicable Borrower,
by fax, of all the Competitive Bids made, the Competitive Bid Rate and the principal amount of each
Competitive Loan in respect of which a Competitive Bid was made and the identity of the Lender that
made each bid. The Administrative Agent shall send a copy of all Competitive Bids to the
applicable Borrower for its records as soon as practicable after completion of the bidding process
set forth in this Section 2.03.
(d) The applicable Borrower may in its sole and absolute discretion, subject only to the
provisions of this paragraph (d), accept or reject any Competitive Bid referred to in paragraph (c)
above. The applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone, confirmed by
fax in the form of a Competitive Bid Accept/Reject Letter, whether and to what extent it has
decided to accept or reject any or all of the bids referred to in paragraph (c) above not more than
one hour after it shall have
28
been notified of such bids by the Administrative Agent pursuant to such paragraph (c);
provided, however, that (i) the failure of the applicable Borrower to give such notice shall be
deemed to be a rejection of all the bids referred to in paragraph (c) above, (ii) the applicable
Borrower shall not accept a bid made at a particular Competitive Bid Rate if it has decided to
reject a bid made at a lower Competitive Bid Rate, (iii) the aggregate amount of the Competitive
Bids accepted by the applicable Borrower shall not exceed the principal amount specified in the
Competitive Bid Request, (iv) if the applicable Borrower shall accept a bid or bids made at a
particular Competitive Bid Rate but the amount of such bid or bids shall cause the total amount of
bids to be accepted to exceed the amount specified in the Competitive Bid Request, then the
applicable Borrower shall accept a portion of such bid or bids in an amount equal to the amount
specified in the Competitive Bid Request less the amount of all other Competitive Bids accepted
with respect to such Competitive Bid Request, which acceptance, in the case of multiple bids at
such Competitive Bid Rate, shall be made pro rata in accordance with the amount of each such bid at
such Competitive Bid Rate, and (v) except pursuant to clause (iv) above, no bid shall be accepted
for a Competitive Loan unless such Competitive Loan is in an amount that is an integral multiple of
1,000,000 units of the applicable currency, and in calculating the pro rata allocation of
acceptances of portions of multiple bids at a particular Competitive Bid Rate pursuant to clause
(iv) above, the amounts shall be rounded to integral multiples of 1,000,000 units of the applicable
currency in a manner which shall be in the discretion of the applicable Borrower. A notice given
pursuant to this paragraph (d) shall be irrevocable.
(e) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each bidding Lender whether or not its
Competitive Bid has been accepted (and if so, in what amount and at what Competitive Bid Rate) by
fax, and each successful bidder will thereupon become bound, subject to the other applicable
conditions hereof, to make the Competitive Loan in respect of which its bid has been accepted.
(f) No Competitive Borrowing shall be requested or made hereunder if after giving effect
thereto (i) the Aggregate Credit Exposure would exceed the Total Commitment or (ii) in the event
the Maturity Date shall have been extended as provided in Section 2.12(d), the sum of the LC
Exposures attributable to Letters of Credit expiring after any Existing Maturity Date and the
Competitive Loan Exposures attributable to Competitive Loans maturing after such Existing Maturity
Date would exceed the aggregate Commitments that have been extended to a date after the expiration
date of the last of such Letters of Credit and the maturity of the last of such Competitive Loans.
(g) If the Administrative Agent shall elect to submit a Competitive Bid in its capacity as a
Lender, it shall submit such bid directly to the applicable Borrower one quarter of an hour earlier
than the latest time at which the other Lenders are required to submit their bids to the
Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (b) above.
SECTION 2.04. Revolving Borrowing Procedure. In order to request a Revolving Borrowing, a
Borrower shall hand deliver or fax to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Revolving Borrowing
Request in the form of Exhibit A-5 (i) in the case of a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, not later
than 10:30 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before such Borrowing, and (ii) in the
case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 10:30 a.m., New York City time, on the day of such
Borrowing. No Fixed
29
Rate Loan shall be requested or made pursuant to a Revolving Borrowing Request. Such notice
shall be irrevocable and shall in each case specify (A) whether the Borrowing then being requested
is to be a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing; (B) the date of such Revolving
Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and the amount thereof; and (C) if such Borrowing is to
be a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto. If no election as
to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Revolving
Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency
Revolving Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the applicable Borrower shall be deemed
to have selected an Interest Period of one months duration. Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Agreement to the contrary, no Revolving Borrowing shall be requested if the Interest Period
with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date in effect for any Lender. The
Administrative Agent shall promptly advise each of the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this
Section 2.04 and of each Lenders portion of the requested Borrowing.
SECTION 2.05. Letters of Credit. (a) General. The Borrowers may request the issuance of
Letters of Credit, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the applicable
Issuing Bank, appropriately completed, for the accounts of the Borrowers, at any time and from time
to time while the Commitments remain in effect. All Letters of Credit shall be denominated in
Dollars. This Section shall not be construed to impose an obligation upon any Issuing Bank to
issue any Letter of Credit that is inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. In order to
request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or to amend, renew or extend an existing Letter of
Credit), the applicable Borrower shall hand deliver or fax to the applicable Issuing Bank and the
Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of, but not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time,
five Business Days before, the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a
notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be
amended, renewed or extended, the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, the date on
which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) below), the amount
of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other
information as shall be necessary to prepare such Letter of Credit. Following receipt of such
notice and prior to the issuance of the requested Letter of Credit or the applicable amendment,
renewal or extension, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers, each Lender and the
applicable Issuing Bank of the amount of the Aggregate Credit Exposure after giving effect to (i)
the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, (ii) the issuance or
expiration of any other Letter of Credit that is to be issued or will expire prior to the requested
date of issuance of such Letter of Credit and (iii) the borrowing or repayment of any Loans that
(based upon notices delivered to the Administrative Agent by the Borrowers) are to be borrowed or
repaid prior to the requested date of issuance of such Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall
be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if, and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension
of each Letter of Credit the Borrowers shall be deemed to represent and warrant that, (i) after
giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (A) the L/C Exposure shall not
exceed $100,000,000 and (B) the Aggregate Credit
30
Exposure shall not exceed the Total Commitment, (ii) in the case of a Letter of Credit that
will expire later than the first anniversary of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, the
applicable Borrower, the applicable Issuing Bank and the Required Lenders shall have reached
agreement on the fees to be applicable thereto as contemplated by the last sentence of Section
2.07(c) and (iii) in the event the Maturity Date shall have been extended as provided in Section
2.12(d), the sum of the LC Exposures attributable to Letters of Credit expiring after any Existing
Maturity Date (as defined in Section 2.12(d)) and the Competitive Loan Exposures attributable to
Competitive Loans maturing after such Existing Maturity Date shall not exceed the aggregate
Commitments that have been extended to a date after the expiration date of the last of such Letters
of Credit and the maturity of the last of such Competitive Loans.
(c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at the close of business on the
earlier of (x) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in
the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) or such
longer period as may be agreed to between the applicable Borrower and the Issuing Bank and (y) the
date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date, unless such Letter of Credit expires by
its terms on an earlier date; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year tenor may provide
for renewal thereof under procedures reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank for
additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause
(y) above).
(d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit and without any further action on
the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the applicable Issuing Bank hereby grants
to each Lender, and each such Lender hereby acquires from the applicable Issuing Bank, a
participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lenders Applicable Share from time to time of
the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit, effective upon the issuance
of such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby
absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the
applicable Issuing Bank, such Lenders Applicable Share from time to time of each L/C Disbursement
made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the applicable Borrower (or, if applicable, another
party pursuant to its obligations under any other Loan Document) by the time provided in Section
2.02(d). Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations
pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall
not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a
Default or an Event of Default, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset,
abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
(e) Reimbursement. If an Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter
of Credit, the applicable Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent such L/C Disbursement not
later than (i) if such Borrower shall have received notice of such L/C Disbursement prior to 10:00
a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day, 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such Business Day
or (ii) otherwise, 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Business Day next following the day on
which the Borrower shall have received notice from such Issuing Bank that payment of such draft
will be made.
31
(f) Obligations Absolute. The Borrowers obligations to reimburse L/C Disbursements as
provided in paragraph (e) above shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be
performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under any and all circumstances
whatsoever, and irrespective of:
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any Loan
Document, or any term or provision therein;
(ii) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the
provisions of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document;
(iii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrowers,
any other party guaranteeing, or otherwise obligated with, the Borrowers, any Subsidiary or
other Affiliate thereof or any other Person may at any time have against the beneficiary
under any Letter of Credit, any Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any
other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any
other related or unrelated agreement or transaction;
(iv) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be
forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being
untrue or inaccurate in any respect;
(v) payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against
presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such
Letter of Credit; and
(vi) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of any Issuing Bank, the
Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any other Person or any other event or circumstance
whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the
provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the Borrowers
obligations hereunder.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that
the absolute and unconditional obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to reimburse L/C Disbursements
will not be excused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of any Issuing Bank, the
Administrative Agent or any Lender. However, the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse any
Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrowers to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to
consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers to the extent
permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrowers that are caused by such Issuing Banks gross
negligence or wilful misconduct in determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a
Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof; it is understood that each Issuing Bank may accept
documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further
investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary and, in making any payment
under any Letter of Credit (i) an Issuing Banks exclusive reliance on the documents presented to
it under such Letter of Credit as to any and all matters set forth therein, including reliance on
the amount of any draft presented under such Letter of Credit, whether or not the amount due to the
beneficiary thereunder
32
equals the amount of such draft and whether or not any document presented pursuant to such
Letter of Credit proves to be insufficient in any respect, if such document on its face appears to
be in order, and whether or not any other statement or any other document presented pursuant to
such Letter of Credit proves to be forged or invalid or any statement therein proves to be
inaccurate or untrue in any respect whatsoever and (ii) any noncompliance in any immaterial respect
of the documents presented under such Letter of Credit with the terms thereof shall, in each case,
be deemed not to constitute wilful misconduct or gross negligence of an Issuing Bank.
(g) Disbursement Procedures. The applicable Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its
receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter
of Credit. Such Issuing Bank shall as promptly as possible give telephonic notification, confirmed
by fax, to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower of such demand for payment and
whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an L/C Disbursement thereunder; provided that any
failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve such Borrower of its obligation to
reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such L/C Disbursement. The
Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Lender notice thereof.
(h) Interim Interest. If an Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a
Letter of Credit, then, unless the applicable Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement in
full on the date such L/C Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest for
the account of such Issuing Bank, for each day from and including the date of such L/C
Disbursement, to but excluding the earlier of the date of payment or the date on which interest
shall commence to accrue on Loans made to reimburse such L/C Disbursements provided in Section
2.02(d).
(i) Resignation or Removal of an Issuing Bank. An Issuing Bank may resign at any time by
giving 180 days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Company, and
may be removed at any time by the Company by notice to the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders. Subject to the next succeeding paragraph, upon the acceptance of any appointment
as an Issuing Bank hereunder by a successor Issuing Bank, such successor shall succeed to and
become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank and the
retiring Issuing Bank shall be discharged from its obligations to issue additional Letters of
Credit hereunder. At the time such removal or resignation shall become effective, the Borrowers
shall pay all accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to Section 2.07(c)(ii). The acceptance of any
appointment as an Issuing Bank hereunder by a successor Lender shall be evidenced by an agreement
entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory to the Company and the Administrative Agent,
and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all
the rights and obligations of the previous Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term Issuing Bank
shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor
and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the resignation or removal of
an Issuing Bank hereunder, the retiring Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue
to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by
33
it prior to such resignation or removal, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters
of Credit.
(j) Additional Issuing Banks. The Company may, at any time and from time to time with the
consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and such
Lender, designate one or more additional Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this
Agreement. Any Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this paragraph shall, upon
entering into an Issuing Bank Agreement with the Company, be deemed to be an Issuing Bank (in
addition to being a Lender) hereunder.
(k) Issuing Bank Reports. Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing
Bank shall report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) on or prior to each Business Day on
which such Issuing Bank issues, amends, renews or extends any Letter of Credit, the date of such
issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, and the aggregate face amount of the Letters of Credit
issued, amended, renewed or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance,
amendment, renewal or extension (and whether the amount thereof shall have changed), it being
understood that such Issuing Bank shall not effect any issuance, renewal, extension or amendment
resulting in an increase in the aggregate amount of the Letters of Credit issued by it without
first obtaining written confirmation from the Administrative Agent that such increase is then
permitted under this Agreement, (ii) on each Business Day on which such Issuing Bank makes any L/C
Disbursement, the date and amount of such L/C Disbursement, (iii) on any Business Day on which a
Borrower fails to reimburse an L/C Disbursement required to be reimbursed to such Issuing Bank on
such day, the date of such failure and the amount of such L/C Disbursement and (iv) on any other
Business Day, such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request as to the
Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.
SECTION 2.06. Conversion and Continuation of Revolving Loans. Each Borrower shall have the
right at any time upon prior irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent (i) not later than
10:30 a.m., New York City time, on the day of the conversion, to convert all or any part of any
Eurocurrency Revolving Loan into an ABR Loan, and (ii) not later than 10:30 a.m., New York City
time, three Business Days prior to conversion or continuation, to convert any ABR Loan into a
Eurocurrency Revolving Loan or to continue any Eurocurrency Revolving Loan as a Eurocurrency
Revolving Loan for an additional Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:
(a) if less than all the outstanding principal amount of any Revolving Borrowing shall be
converted or continued, the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Borrowing converted or
continued shall be an integral multiple of $5,000,000 and not less than $10,000,000;
(b) accrued interest on a Revolving Borrowing (or portion thereof) being converted shall be
paid by the Borrower at the time of conversion;
(c) if any Eurocurrency Revolving Loan is converted at a time other than the end of the
Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the
Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16;
34
(d) any portion of a Revolving Borrowing maturing or required to be repaid in less than one
month may not be converted into or continued as a Eurocurrency Revolving Loan;
(e) any portion of a Eurocurrency Revolving Loan which cannot be continued as a Eurocurrency
Revolving Loan by reason of clause (d) above shall be automatically converted at the end of the
Interest Period in effect for such Eurocurrency Revolving Loan into an ABR Borrowing;
(f) no Interest Period may be selected for any Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing that would end
later than the Maturity Date in effect for any Lender; and
(g) at any time when there shall have occurred and be continuing any Default or Event of
Default, if the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall so notify the Company, no
Revolving Loan may be converted into or continued as a Eurocurrency Revolving Loan.
Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this Agreement
and specify (i) the identity and amount of the Revolving Borrowing to be converted or continued,
(ii) whether such Revolving Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency
Revolving Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing, (iii) if such notice requests a conversion, the date of
such conversion (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) if such Revolving Borrowing is to be
converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect
thereto. If no Interest Period is specified in any such notice with respect to any conversion to
or continuation as a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower shall be deemed to have
selected an Interest Period of one months duration. If no notice shall have been given in
accordance with this Section 2.06 to convert or continue any Revolving Borrowing, such Revolving
Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless repaid pursuant to
the terms hereof), automatically be continued into a new Interest Period as an ABR Borrowing.
SECTION 2.07. Fees. (a) The Company agrees to pay to each Lender, through the
Administrative Agent, on each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 (with the first
payment being due on September 30, 2011) and on each date on which the Commitment of such Lender
shall be terminated as provided herein (and any subsequent date on which such Lender shall cease to
have any Revolving Credit Exposure or L/C Exposure), a facility fee (a Facility Fee), at a rate
per annum equal to the Applicable Percentage from time to time in effect, on the amount of the
Commitment of such Lender, whether used or unused, during the preceding quarter (or other period
commencing on the Closing Date, or ending with the Maturity Date or any date on which the
Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated) or, if such Lender continues to have any Revolving
Credit Exposure or L/C Exposure after its Commitment terminates, on the daily amount of such
Lenders Revolving Credit Exposure and L/C Exposure. All Facility Fees shall be computed on the
basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be. The
Facility Fee due to each Lender shall commence to accrue on the Closing Date and shall cease to
accrue on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the termination of the Commitment of such Lender as
provided herein.
35
(b) The Company agrees to pay the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the
administrative and other fees separately agreed to by the Company and the Administrative Agent (the
Administrative Fees).
(c) The Company agrees to pay (i) to each Lender, through the Administrative Agent, on each
March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 and on the date on which the Commitment of such
Lender shall be terminated as provided herein, a fee (an L/C Participation Fee) calculated on
such Lenders average daily L/C Exposure (excluding the portion thereof attributable to
unreimbursed L/C Disbursements) during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the
Effective Date or ending with the later of (A) the Maturity Date or the date on which the
Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated and (B) the date on which such Lender shall cease to
have any L/C Exposure) at a rate equal to the Applicable Percentage from time to time, and (ii) to
each Issuing Bank with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by it the fees agreed upon by the
Company and such Issuing Bank plus, in connection with the issuance, amendment or transfer of any
Letter of Credit or any L/C Disbursement, such Issuing Banks customary documentary and processing
charges (collectively, the Issuing Bank Fees). All L/C Participation Fees and Issuing Bank Fees
shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Letter of Credit that will expire later than the
first anniversary of the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension thereof, the L/C Participation
Fee and Issuing Bank Fees shall be increased by an amount to be agreed upon prior to such issuance,
amendment, renewal or extension by the applicable Borrower, the applicable Issuing Bank and the
Required Lenders.
(d) The Company agrees to pay to each Lender, through the Administrative Agent, on the earlier
of the Closing Date and the date on which the Commitments terminate (if such earlier date is later
than November 30, 2011), a ticking fee (the Ticking Fee) equal to 0.15% per annum of the daily
aggregate principal amount of the Commitment of such Lender for the period commencing on and
including November 30, 2011, and ending on but excluding the Closing Date.
(e) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the
Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders, except that the
Issuing Bank Fees shall be paid directly to the applicable Issuing Banks and the Administrative
Fees shall be paid pursuant to paragraph (b) above. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be
refundable under any circumstances in the absence of demonstrable error.
SECTION 2.08. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) Each Borrower hereby agrees that
the outstanding principal balance of each Revolving Loan shall be payable on the Maturity Date and
that the outstanding principal balance of each Competitive Loan shall be payable on the last day of
the Interest Period applicable thereto. Each Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal
balance thereof as set forth in Section 2.09.
(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts
evidencing the indebtedness to such Lender resulting from each Loan
36
made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable
and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of
each Loan made hereunder, the currency of each Loan, the Borrower of each Loan, the Type of each
Loan made and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest
due and payable or to become due and payable from each Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii)
the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from each Borrower and each
Lenders share thereof.
(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this
Section shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence
and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender
or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner
affect the obligations of the Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms.
(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by promissory notes. In such
event, the Borrowers shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender promissory notes payable to
such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a
form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory
notes and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section
10.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named
therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered
assigns).
SECTION 2.09. Interest on Loans. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10, the Loans
comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual
number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of
each Eurocurrency Revolving Loan, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such
Borrowing plus the Applicable Percentage from time to time in effect, and (ii) in the case of each
Eurocurrency Competitive Loan, the LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing
plus the Margin offered by the Lender making such Loan and accepted by the applicable Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.03.
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10, the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall
bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366
days, as the case may be, for periods during which the Alternate Base Rate is determined by
reference to the Prime Rate and 360 days for other periods) at a rate per annum equal to the
Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage.
(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10, each Fixed Rate Loan shall bear interest at a
rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days)
equal to the fixed rate of interest offered by the Lender making such Loan and accepted by the
applicable Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03.
37
(d) Interest on each Loan shall be payable on each Interest Payment Date applicable to such
Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The applicable Adjusted LIBO Rate, LIBO Rate
or Alternate Base Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period, as the case may
be, shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive
absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.10. Default Interest. If a Borrower shall default in the payment of the principal
of or interest on any Loan or any other amount becoming due hereunder, whether at scheduled
maturity, by notice of prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise, such Borrower shall on demand from
time to time from the Administrative Agent pay interest, to the extent permitted by law, on such
defaulted amount up to (but not including) the date of actual payment (after as well as before
judgment) at a rate per annum (computed as provided in Section 2.09(b)) equal to the Alternate Base
Rate plus 2%.
SECTION 2.11. Alternate Rate of Interest. In the event, and on each occasion, that on the
day two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency
Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall have determined (i) that deposits in the currency and
principal amounts of the Eurocurrency Loans comprising such Borrowing are not generally available
in the London market or (ii) that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO
Rate, the Administrative Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give fax notice of such
determination to the Borrowers and the Lenders. In the event of any such determination under
clause (i) or (ii) above, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised the Company and the
Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (x) any request by a
Borrower for a Eurocurrency Competitive Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.03 shall be of no force and
effect and shall be denied by the Administrative Agent, and (y) any request by a Borrower for a
Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04 shall be deemed to be a request for an
ABR Borrowing. In the event the Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent that the rates at
which Dollar deposits are being offered will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such
Lenders of making or maintaining Eurocurrency Loans in Dollars during such Interest Period, the
Administrative Agent shall notify the applicable Borrower of such notice and until the Required
Lenders shall have advised the Administrative Agent that the circumstances giving rise to such
notice no longer exist, any request by such Borrower for a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing shall
be deemed a request for an ABR Borrowing. Each determination by the Administrative Agent hereunder
shall be made in good faith and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.12. Termination, Reduction, Extension and Increase of Commitments. (a) The
Commitments shall be automatically terminated (i) on March 31, 2012, if the Effective Date shall
not have occurred by such date, and (ii) otherwise, on the Maturity Date.
(b) Upon at least three Business Days prior irrevocable fax notice to the Administrative
Agent, the Company may at any time in whole permanently terminate, or from time to time in part
permanently reduce, the Total Commitment; provided, however, that (i) each partial reduction of the
Total Commitment shall be in an integral multiple of $10,000,000 and (ii) no such termination or
reduction shall be made (A) which would
38
reduce the Total Commitment to an amount less than the Aggregate Credit Exposure or (B) which
would reduce any Lenders Commitment to an amount that is less than the sum of such Lenders
Revolving Credit Exposure and L/C Exposure.
(c) Each reduction in the Total Commitment hereunder shall be made ratably among the Lenders
in accordance with their respective Commitments. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative
Agent for the account of the Lenders, on the date of each reduction or termination of the Total
Commitment, the Facility Fees on the amount of the Commitments terminated accrued through the date
of such termination or reduction.
(d) The Company may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly
deliver a copy to each of the Lenders) not less than 30 days and not more than 90 days prior to any
anniversary of the date hereof, request that the Lenders extend the Maturity Date and the
Commitments for an additional period of one year. Each Lender shall, by notice to the Company and
the Administrative Agent given not later than the 20th day after the date of the Administrative
Agents receipt of the Companys extension request, advise the Company whether or not it agrees to
the requested extension (each Lender agreeing to a requested extension being called a Consenting
Lender and each Lender declining to agree to a requested extension being called a Declining
Lender). Any Lender that has not so advised the Company and the Administrative Agent by such day
shall be deemed to have declined to agree to such extension and shall be a Declining Lender. If
Lenders constituting the Required Lenders shall have agreed to an extension request, then the
Maturity Date shall, as to the Consenting Lenders, be extended to the first anniversary of the
Maturity Date theretofore in effect. The decision to agree or withhold agreement to any Maturity
Date extension shall be at the sole discretion of each Lender. The Commitment of any Declining
Lender shall terminate on the Maturity Date in effect prior to giving effect to any such extension
(such Maturity Date being called the Existing Maturity Date). The principal amount of any
outstanding Loans made by Declining Lenders, together with any accrued interest thereon and any
accrued fees and other amounts payable to or for the accounts of such Declining Lenders hereunder,
shall be due and payable on the Existing Maturity Date, and on the Existing Maturity Date, the
Borrowers shall also make such other prepayments of their Loans as shall be required in order that,
after giving effect to the termination of the Commitments of, and all payments to, Declining
Lenders pursuant to this sentence, the Aggregate Credit Exposures shall not exceed the Total
Commitment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, the Company shall have the
right, pursuant to Section 10.04, at any time prior to the Existing Maturity Date, to replace a
Declining Lender with a Lender or other financial institution that will agree to a request for the
extension of the Maturity Date, and any such replacement Lender shall for all purposes constitute a
Consenting Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no extension of the Maturity Date pursuant to
this paragraph shall become effective unless (i) the Administrative Agent shall have received
documents consistent with those delivered with respect to the Company and the Borrowers under
Section 4.02(a) and (b) and Section 4.03(a), giving effect to such extension and (ii) on the
anniversary of the date hereof that immediately follows the date on which the Company delivers the
applicable request for extension of the Maturity Date, the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b)
and (c) of Section 4.01 shall be satisfied (with all references in such paragraphs to a
39
Borrowing being deemed to be references to such extension and without giving effect to the
parenthetical in Section 4.01(b)) and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to
that effect dated such date and executed by a Financial Officer of the Company.
(e) The Company may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, executed by the Company
and one or more financial institutions (any such financial institution referred to in this Section
being called an Increasing Lender), which may include any Lender, cause Commitments to be
extended by the Increasing Lenders (or cause the Commitments of the Increasing Lenders to be
increased, as the case may be) in an amount for each Increasing Lender set forth in such notice,
provided, however, that (a) the aggregate amount of all new Commitments and increases in existing
Commitments pursuant to this paragraph during the term of this Agreement shall in no event exceed
$200,000,000, (b) each Increasing Lender, if not already a Lender hereunder, (x) shall have a
Commitment, immediately after the effectiveness of such increase, of at least $25,000,000, (y)
shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank (which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld) and (z) shall become a party to this Agreement by completing
and delivering to the Administrative Agent a duly executed accession agreement in a form
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Company (an Accession Agreement) and (c) the
decision of any existing Lender to become an Increasing Lender shall be in the sole discretion of
such Lender, and no existing Lender shall be required to increase its Commitment hereunder. New
Commitments and increases in Commitments pursuant to this Section shall become effective on the
date specified in the applicable notices delivered pursuant to this Section. Upon the
effectiveness of any Accession Agreement to which any Increasing Lender is a party, (i) such
Increasing Lender shall thereafter be deemed to be a party to this Agreement and shall be entitled
to all rights, benefits and privileges accorded a Lender hereunder and subject to all obligations
of a Lender hereunder and (ii) Schedule 2.01 shall be deemed to have been amended to reflect the
Commitment of such Increasing Lender as provided in such Accession Agreement. Upon the
effectiveness of any increase pursuant to this Section in the Commitment of a Lender already a
party hereto, Schedule 2.01 shall be deemed to have been amended to reflect the increased
Commitment of such Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no increase in the aggregate Commitments
(or in the Commitment of any Lender) shall become effective under this Section unless, on the date
of such increase, (i) the Administrative Agent shall have received documents consistent with those
delivered with respect to the Company and the Borrowers under Section 4.02(a) and (b) and Section
4.03(a), giving effect to such increase and (ii) the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c)
of Section 4.01 shall be satisfied (with all references in such paragraphs to a Borrowing being
deemed to be references to such increase and without giving effect to the parenthetical in Section
4.01(b)) and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such
date and executed by a Financial Officer of the Company. Following any extension of a new
Commitment or increase of a Lenders Commitment pursuant to this paragraph, any Revolving Loans
outstanding prior to the effectiveness of such increase or extension shall continue outstanding
until the ends of the respective Interests Periods applicable thereto, and shall then be repaid or
refinanced with new Revolving Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01.
40
SECTION 2.13. Prepayment. (a) Each Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time
to time to prepay any Revolving Borrowing, in whole or in part, upon giving fax notice (or
telephone notice promptly confirmed by fax) to the Administrative Agent: (i) before 10:00 a.m.,
New York City time, three Business Days prior to prepayment, in the case of Eurocurrency Revolving
Loans, and (ii) before 10:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day prior to prepayment, in the
case of ABR Loans; provided, however, that in the case of any Revolving Borrowing, each partial
prepayment shall be in an amount which is an integral multiple of $10,000,000 and not less than
$50,000,000.
(b) On the date of any termination or reduction of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.12,
the Borrowers shall pay or prepay so much of the Revolving Borrowings as shall be necessary in
order that the Aggregate Credit Exposure will not exceed the Total Commitment after giving effect
to such termination or reduction.
(c) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of
each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable and shall commit the
applicable Borrower to prepay such Borrowing (or portion thereof) by the amount stated therein on
the date stated therein. All prepayments under this Section shall be subject to Section 2.16 but
otherwise without premium or penalty. All prepayments under this Section shall be accompanied by
accrued interest on the principal amount being prepaid to the date of payment.
SECTION 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if after the date of this Agreement any
Change in Law shall result in the imposition, modification or applicability of any reserve, special
deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit
extended by any Credit Party, or shall result in the imposition on any Credit Party or the London
interbank market of any other condition affecting this Agreement, such Credit Partys Commitment or
any Eurocurrency Loan or Fixed Rate Loan made by such Credit Party or any Letter of Credit, and the
result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Credit Party of making or
maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan or Fixed Rate Loan or of issuing or maintaining any Letter of
Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Credit Party hereunder
(whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Credit Party to be
material, then such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Credit Party for such
additional costs or reduction will be paid by the Borrowers to such Credit Party upon demand.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Credit Party shall be entitled to request compensation under this
paragraph, (A) with respect to any Competitive Loan made by such Credit Party if the Change in Law
giving rise to such request was applicable to such Credit Party at the time of submission of the
Competitive Bid pursuant to which such Competitive Loan was made or issued, or (B) with respect to
any Change in Law in respect of costs imposed on such Lender or Issuing Bank under the Dodd-Frank
Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or Basel III (x) if the applicable Change in Law and
the resulting costs shall have become fully effective without the need for any further legislative
or regulatory action, and such increased costs shall have been determined by such Credit Party, in
each case prior to July 20, 2011, or (y) if it shall not be the general policy or practice of such
Credit Party to seek compensation in similar
41
circumstances under similar provisions in comparable credit facilities, as determined in good
faith by such Credit Party.
(b) If any Credit Party shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital
adequacy has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Credit Partys capital
or on the capital of such Credit Partys holding company, if any, as a consequence of this
Agreement, such Credit Partys Commitment or the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued by such
Credit Party pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Credit Party or such Credit Partys
holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such
Credit Partys policies and the policies of such Credit Partys holding company with respect to
capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Credit Party to be material, then from time to time
such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Credit Party for such reduction will be
paid by the Borrowers to such Credit Party.
(c) A certificate of any Credit Party setting forth such amount or amounts as shall be
necessary to compensate such Credit Party or its holding company as specified in paragraph (a) or
(b) above, as the case may be, shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent
manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Credit Party the amount shown as due on any such
certificate delivered by it within 10 days after its receipt of the same.
(d) Failure on the part of any Credit Party to demand compensation for any increased costs or
reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital with respect to any
period shall not constitute a waiver of such Credit Partys right to demand compensation with
respect to such period or any other period; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to
compensate any Credit Party pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or expenses incurred
or reductions suffered more than 90 days prior to the date that such Credit Party notifies the
Company of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or expenses or reductions and of
such Credit Partys intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further
that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or expenses or reductions is
retroactive, then the 90-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of
retroactive effect thereof. The protection of this Section shall be available to each Credit Party
regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law
which shall have occurred or been imposed.
SECTION 2.15. Change in Legality. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if any
change in any law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof by any Governmental Authority
charged with the administration or interpretation thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender or
any of its Affiliates to make or maintain any Eurocurrency Loan or to give effect to its
obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, then, by written notice
to the Company and to the Administrative Agent, such Lender may:
(i) declare that Eurocurrency Loans will not thereafter be made by such Lender
hereunder, whereupon such Lender shall not submit a Competitive Bid in response to a
request for a Eurocurrency Competitive Borrowing, and any request for a Eurocurrency
Revolving Borrowing shall, as to such Lender only, be
42
deemed a request for an ABR Loan, unless such declaration shall be subsequently
withdrawn; and
(ii) require that all outstanding Eurocurrency Loans denominated in Dollars made by it
be converted to ABR Loans (which ABR Loans shall, for purposes of this Section 2.15, be
determined at a rate per annum by reference to the greater of clause (a) or (b) of the
definition of the term Alternate Base Rate) and that all outstanding Eurocurrency Loans
denominated in the affected Non-US Currency be promptly prepaid, in which event all such
Eurocurrency Loans in Dollars shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans (at a rate per
annum as so determined) as of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph
(b) below and all such Non-US Currency Loans shall be promptly prepaid.
In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under (i) or (ii) above with respect to
Eurocurrency Loans, all payments and prepayments of principal which would otherwise have been
applied to repay the Eurocurrency Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted
Eurocurrency Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans made by such
Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurocurrency Loans.
(b) For purposes of this Section 2.15, a notice by any Lender shall be effective as to each
Eurocurrency Loan, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period currently applicable to such
Eurocurrency Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt.
SECTION 2.16. Indemnity. The Borrowers shall indemnify each Lender against any out-of-pocket
loss or reasonable expense which such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) any
failure to borrow or to refinance, convert or continue any Loan hereunder after irrevocable notice
of such borrowing, refinancing, conversion or continuation has been given pursuant to Section 2.03,
2.04 or 2.06, (b) any payment, prepayment or conversion, or assignment required under Section 2.21,
of a Eurocurrency Loan required by any other provision of this Agreement or otherwise made or
deemed made on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period, if any, applicable thereto,
(c) any default in payment or prepayment of the principal amount of any Loan or any part thereof or
interest accrued thereon, as and when due and payable (at the due date thereof, whether by
scheduled maturity, acceleration, irrevocable notice of prepayment or otherwise) or (d) the
occurrence of any Event of Default, including, in each such case, any loss or reasonable expense
sustained or incurred or to be sustained or incurred in liquidating or employing deposits from
third parties acquired to effect or maintain such Loan or any part thereof as a Eurocurrency Loan.
Such loss or reasonable expense shall include an amount equal to the excess, if any, as reasonably
determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining the funds for the Loan being paid, prepaid,
refinanced or not borrowed (assumed to be the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable thereto) for the period
from the date of such payment, prepayment, refinancing or failure to borrow or refinance to the
last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (or, in the case of a failure to borrow or refinance
the Interest Period for such Loan which would have commenced on the date of such failure) over (ii)
the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would be realized by such
Lender in reemploying the funds so paid, prepaid or not borrowed or refinanced for such period or
Interest Period, as the case may be. A certificate of any Lender setting forth
43
any amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to
receive pursuant to this Section as a result of any loss shall be delivered to such Borrower and
shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided that any expenses related to any such loss that
are incurred by such Lender and reported under such certificate shall be required to be reasonably
documented.
SECTION 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment. Except as required under Sections 2.15 and 2.21, each
payment of the Facility Fees and each reduction of the Commitments shall be allocated pro rata
among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments (or, if such Commitments shall
have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their
outstanding Revolving Loans). Except as required under Section 2.15, each payment or repayment of
principal of any Revolving Borrowing and each refinancing or conversion of any Revolving Borrowing
shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts
of their outstanding Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing, and each payment of interest on any
Revolving Borrowing shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective
amounts of accrued and unpaid interest on their outstanding Revolving Loans comprising such
Borrowing. Each payment of principal of any Competitive Borrowing shall be allocated pro rata
among the Lenders participating in such Borrowing in accordance with the respective principal
amounts of their outstanding Competitive Loans comprising such Borrowing. Each payment of interest
on any Competitive Borrowing shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders participating in such
Borrowing in accordance with the respective amounts of accrued and unpaid interest on their
outstanding Competitive Loans comprising such Borrowing. For purposes of determining the
Commitments of the Lenders at any time, each outstanding Competitive Borrowing shall be deemed to
have utilized the Commitments of the Lenders (including those Lenders which shall not have made
Loans as part of such Competitive Borrowing) pro rata in accordance with their respective
Commitments. Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lenders portion of any Borrowing to be
made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lenders percentage of
such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole Dollar amount.
SECTION 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs. Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise
of a right of bankers lien, setoff or counterclaim, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section
506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu
of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means (other than pursuant to Sections 2.14, 2.16
or 2.20), obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Revolving Loans or amounts
owed to it in respect of L/C Disbursements as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its
Revolving Loans and the amounts owed to it in respect of L/C Disbursements shall be proportionately
less than the unpaid principal portion of the Revolving Loans and amounts owed in respect of L/C
Disbursements of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such
other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a
participation in the Revolving Loans and amounts owed in respect of L/C Disbursements of such other
Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loans and participations in
the Revolving Loans and
44
amounts owed in respect of L/C Disbursements of each Lender shall be in the
same
proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans and amounts owed in
respect of L/C Disbursements then outstanding as the principal amount of its Revolving Loans and
the amounts owed to it in respect of L/C Disbursements prior to such exercise of bankers lien,
setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount of all Revolving Loans and
amounts owed in respect of L/C Disbursements outstanding prior to such exercise of bankers lien,
setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided, however, that, if any such purchase or purchases
or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto
shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the
extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest.
Any Lender holding a participation in a Revolving Loan or amount owed in respect of an L/C
Disbursement deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of bankers lien,
setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing to such Lender by reason thereof as
fully as if such Lender had made a Revolving Loan in the amount of such participation.
SECTION 2.19. Payments. (a) Except to the extent that any Tax is required to be withheld or
deducted under applicable law or regulation, but subject to the provisions of Section 2.20, the
Borrowers shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any L/C
Disbursement and any Fees or other amounts) hereunder without deduction, counter-claim or setoff in
immediately available funds from an account in the United States not later than 12:00 noon, local
time at the place of payment, on the date when due in immediately available funds to the
Administrative Agent at its offices at 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York. Each such payment
(other than principal of and interest on Non-US Currency Loans, which shall be made in the
applicable Non-US Currencies) shall be made in Dollars. The Administrative Agent shall promptly
distribute all payments for the accounts of the Lenders received by it to the Lenders.
(b) Whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any Fees or
other amounts) hereunder shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a
Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of
time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or Fees, if applicable.
(c) Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if any Lender shall fail to make any
payment required to be made by it hereunder to or for the account of the Administrative Agent or
any Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, until such time as all such
unsatisfied obligations of such Lender have been fully paid, (i) apply any amounts received by the
Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender for the benefit of the Administrative Agent or
the applicable Issuing Bank to satisfy such Lenders obligations to it under each such Section
and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and for
application to, any future obligations of such Lender under any such Section, in each case in any
order as determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.
SECTION 2.20. Taxes. (a) Each payment by each applicable Borrower under this Agreement
shall be made without withholding for any Taxes, unless such
45
withholding is required by any law.
If any Withholding Agent determines, in its sole
discretion exercised in good faith, that it is so required to withhold Taxes, then such
Withholding Agent may so withhold and shall timely pay the full amount of withheld Taxes to the
relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. If such Taxes are Indemnified
Taxes, then the amount payable by the applicable Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that,
net of such withholding (including such withholding applicable to additional amounts payable under
this Section), the applicable Credit Party receives the amount it would have received had no such
withholding been made.
(b) Each applicable Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental
Authority in accordance with applicable law.
(c) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes by any Borrower to a
Governmental Authority, such Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a
certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment or other
evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(d) Each Borrower shall indemnify each Credit Party for any Indemnified Taxes that are paid or
payable by such Credit Party in connection with this Agreement (including amounts paid or payable
under this Section 2.20(d)) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto,
whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant
Governmental Authority, except to the extent that such Borrower has paid additional amounts with
respect to such Taxes pursuant to Section 2.20(a) of this Agreement. The indemnity under this
Section 2.20(d) shall be paid within 10 days after the Credit Party delivers to the applicable
Borrower a certificate stating the amount of any Indemnified Taxes so paid or payable by such
Credit Party. Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest
error. Such Credit Party shall deliver a copy of such certificate to the Administrative Agent.
(e) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent for any Taxes (but, in the
case of any Indemnified Taxes, only to the extent that the Borrowers have not already indemnified
the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of any
Borrower to do so) attributable to such Lender that are paid or payable by the Administrative Agent
in connection with this Agreement and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect
thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant
Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 2.20(e) shall be paid within 10 days after
the Administrative Agent delivers to the applicable Lender a certificate stating the amount of
Taxes or expenses so paid or payable by the Administrative Agent. Such certificate shall be
conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error.
(f) (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, any applicable
withholding Tax with respect to any payments under this Agreement or the Loan Documents shall
deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, on or prior to the date such Lender becomes
a party to this Agreement and at the time or times reasonably requested by any Borrower or the
Administrative Agent, such properly
46
completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by
such Borrower or the
Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without, or at a reduced rate of,
withholding. In addition, any Lender shall, on or prior to the date such Lender becomes a party to
this Agreement and at the time or times reasonably requested by any Borrower or the Administrative
Agent, deliver such other documentation prescribed by law or reasonably requested by such Borrower
or the Administrative Agent as will enable such Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine
whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.
Upon the reasonable request of any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, any Lender shall update
any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section 2.20(f). If any form or
certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section expires or becomes obsolete or
inaccurate in any respect with respect to a Lender, such Lender shall promptly (and in any event
within 10 days after such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy) notify such Borrower and the
Administrative Agent in writing of such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy and update the form
or certification if it is legally eligible to do so.
(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Borrower is a US Person,
any Lender with respect to such Borrower shall, if it is legally eligible to do so, deliver
to such Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies reasonably
requested by such Borrower and the Administrative Agent) on or prior to the date on which
such Lender becomes a party hereto, duly completed and executed copies of whichever of the
following is applicable (including any applicable substitute or successor forms):
(A) in the case of a Lender that is a US Person, IRS Form W-9 certifying
that such Lender is exempt from US Federal backup withholding tax;
(B) in the case of a Non-US Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax
treaty to which the United States is a party (1) with respect to payments of
interest under this Agreement, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from,
or reduction of, US Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the interest article
of such tax treaty and (2) with respect to any other applicable payments under
this Agreement or the Loan Documents, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption
from, or reduction of, US Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the business
profits or other income article of such tax treaty;
(C) in the case of a Non-US Lender for whom payments under this Agreement
constitute income that is effectively connected with such Lenders conduct of a
trade or business in the United States, IRS Form W-8ECI;
(D) in the case of a Non-US Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption
for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code both (1) IRS Form
W-8BEN and (2) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G (a US Tax
Certificate) to the effect that such Lender is not (a) a bank within the
meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (b) a 10 percent shareholder of
such Borrower within the meaning of
47
Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code (c) a
controlled foreign corporation
described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (d) conducting a trade
or business in the United States with which the relevant interest payments are
effectively connected;
(E) in the case of a Non-US Lender that is not the beneficial owner of
payments made under this Agreement (including a partnership or a participating
Lender) (1) an IRS Form W-8IMY on behalf of itself and (2) the relevant forms
prescribed in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) and (F) of this paragraph (f)(ii) that
would be required of each such beneficial owner or partner of such partnership
if such beneficial owner or partner were a Lender; provided, however, that if
the Lender is a partnership and one or more of its partners are claiming the
exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, such Lender
may provide a US Tax Certificate on behalf of such partners; or
(F) any other form prescribed by law as a basis for claiming exemption
from, or a reduction of, US Federal withholding Tax together with such
supplementary documentation necessary to enable such Borrower or the
Administrative Agent to determine the amount of Tax (if any) required by law to
be withheld.
(iii) Each Lender shall deliver to the Withholding Agent, at the time or times
prescribed by law (including as prescribed as a result of any change in law or the taking
effect of any law occurring after the date hereof) and at such time or times reasonably
requested by the Withholding Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law
(including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code and as prescribed by any
change in law or the taking effect of any law occurring after the date hereof) and such
additional documentation reasonably requested by the Withholding Agent as may be necessary
for the Withholding Agent (A) to comply with its obligations under FATCA, (B) to determine
that such Lender has complied with such Lenders obligations under FATCA and (C) to
determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. For purposes of this Section
2.20(f)(iii), FATCA shall include any regulations or official interpretations thereof.
(g) If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has
received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.20
(including additional amounts paid pursuant to this Section 2.20), it shall pay to the indemnifying
party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made and
additional amounts paid under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund),
net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of such indemnified party and without
interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such
refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such
indemnified party the amount paid to such indemnified party pursuant to the previous sentence (plus
any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the
event such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This
Section 2.20(g) shall not be construed to require any party to make
48
available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems
confidential) to any other party or any other Person.
(h) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Borrower for any
Taxes incurred or asserted against the Administrative Agent or such Borrower by any Governmental
Authority and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom as a result of the failure by such Lender
to deliver, or as a result of the inaccuracy, inadequacy or deficiency of, any documentation
required to be delivered by such Lender to the Administrative Agent or such Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.20(f). The indemnity under this Section 2.20(h) shall be paid within 10 days after the
Administrative Agent or such Borrower delivers to the applicable Lender a certificate stating the
amount of Taxes or expenses so paid or payable by the Administrative Agent or such Borrower. Such
certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error.
(i) Each partys obligations under this Section 2.20 shall survive any assignment of rights
by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment,
satisfaction or discharge of all other obligations under this Agreement.
(j) For purposes of Sections 2.20(e), (f), (h) and (i), the term Lender includes any (i)
Issuing Bank and (ii) assignee and Participant under Section 10.04.
SECTION 2.21. Duty to Mitigate; Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances. (a)
Any Lender (including any assignee and any Lender for the benefit of a Participant) or Issuing Bank
claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or Section 2.20 or exercising its
rights under Section 2.15 shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory
restrictions) to file any certificate or document requested by the Company or to change the
jurisdiction of its applicable lending office if the making of such a filing or change would avoid
the need for or reduce the amount of any such additional amounts which may thereafter accrue or
avoid the circumstances giving rise to such exercise and would not, in the sole determination of
such Lender (including any assignee and any Lender for the benefit of a Participant) or Issuing
Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender (including any assignee and any Lender for the
benefit of a Participant) or Issuing Bank.
(b) In the event that any Lender (including any assignee and any Lender for the benefit of a
Participant) or Issuing Bank shall have delivered a notice or certificate pursuant to Section 2.14
or 2.15, or any Borrower shall be required to make additional payments to any Lender (including any
assignee and any Lender for the benefit of a Participant) or Issuing Bank under Section 2.20, the
Company shall have the right, at its own expense, upon notice to such Lender (including any
assignee and any Lender for the benefit of a Participant) or Issuing Bank and the Administrative
Agent, to require such Lender (including any assignee and any Lender for the benefit of a
Participant) or Issuing Bank to transfer and assign without recourse, representation or warranty
(in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.04) all interests,
rights and obligations contained hereunder to another financial institution approved by the
Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) which shall assume such
obligations; provided that (i) no such assignment shall conflict with any law,
49
rule or regulation or order of any Governmental Authority and (ii) the assignee or the
Company, as the case may be, shall pay to the affected Lender (including any assignee and any
Lender for the benefit of a Participant) or Issuing Bank in immediately available funds on the date
of such assignment the principal of and interest accrued to the date of payment on the Loans and
L/C Disbursements made by it hereunder and all other amounts accrued for its account or owed to it
hereunder and shall cause all Letters of Credit issued by it to be canceled on such date.
SECTION 2.22. Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the
contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for
so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:
(a) Facility Fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such
Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.07(a);
(b) the Commitment and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be
included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder
(including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 10.07);
provided, that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an
amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender
affected thereby;
(c) if any L/C Exposure exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:
(i) unless a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all
or any part of the L/C Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the
non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Shares, but only to
the extent the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders Revolving Credit Exposures plus such
Defaulting Lenders L/C Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders
Commitments;
(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially,
be effected, each Borrower shall within two Business Days following notice by the
Administrative Agent cash collateralize for the benefit of the applicable Issuing Bank only
such Borrowers obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lenders L/C Exposure (after
giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with
the procedures set forth in Article VII for so long as such L/C Exposure is outstanding;
(iii) if a Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lenders L/C
Exposure pursuant to clause (ii) above, such Borrower shall not be required to pay any L/C
Participation Fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.07(c) with respect to
such Defaulting Lenders L/C Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lenders L/C
Exposure is cash collateralized;
(iv) if the L/C Exposure of the Defaulting Lender is reallocated pursuant to clause
(i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section
50
2.07(a) and Section 2.07(c) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting
Lenders Applicable Shares; and
(v) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lenders L/C Exposure is neither
reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without
prejudice to any rights or remedies of the applicable Issuing Bank or any other Lender
hereunder, all Facility Fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting
Lender (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lenders Commitment that was
utilized by such L/C Exposure) and L/C Participation Fees payable under Section 2.07(c)
with respect to such Defaulting Lenders L/C Exposure shall be payable to such Issuing Bank
until and to the extent that such L/C Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized;
and
(d) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, each Issuing Bank shall not be required to
issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and
the Defaulting Lenders then outstanding L/C Exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of
the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the applicable Borrowers in
accordance with Section 2.22(c), and participating interests in any newly issued or increased
Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with
Section 2.22(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).
If (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a Lender Parent of any Lender shall occur following
the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) any Issuing Bank has a good
faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other
agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, such Issuing Bank shall not be required
to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless such Issuing Bank shall have entered into
arrangements with the applicable Borrowers or such Lender satisfactory to such Issuing Bank to
defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.
In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and each Issuing Bank each agree
that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a
Defaulting Lender, then the L/C Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the
inclusion of such Lenders Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of
the Loans of the other Lenders (other than Competitive Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall
determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its
Applicable Share.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Each Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Lenders as follows (it being agreed that
each Borrower other than the Company makes the following representations only as to itself, but
that the Company makes such representations as to all the Borrowers):
51
SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers. Each Borrower and each of the Significant Subsidiaries
(a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and
assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, (c) is
qualified to do business in every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where
the failure so to qualify would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) in the case of
each Borrower, has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its
obligations under the Loan Documents and to borrow hereunder and thereunder.
SECTION 3.02. Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of
each Loan Document to which it is or will be a party and the Borrowings hereunder (collectively,
the Transactions) (i) have been or, upon execution and delivery thereof, will be duly authorized
by all requisite corporate action and (ii) will not (A) violate (x) any provision of any law,
statute, rule or regulation (including the Margin Regulations) or of the certificate of
incorporation or other constitutive documents or by-laws of such Borrower, (y) any order of any
Governmental Authority or (z) any provision of any indenture, material agreement or other
instrument to which any Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its property is or may be
bound, where such violation is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (B) be in
conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both)
a default under any such indenture, material agreement or other instrument, where such default is
reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (C) result in the creation or
imposition of any lien upon any property or assets of any Borrower.
SECTION 3.03. Enforceability. This Agreement and each other Loan Document to which any
Borrower is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Borrower enforceable
in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 3.04. Governmental Approvals. No action, consent or approval of, registration or
filing with or other action by any Governmental Authority, other than those which have been taken,
given or made, as the case may be, is or will be required with respect to any Borrower in
connection with the Transactions.
SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements and Projections. (a) The Company has heretofore
furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders copies of its consolidated balance sheet and
statements of income, cash flow and retained earnings as of and for the year ended December 31,
2010, and the three months ended March 31, 2011, and June 30, 2011. Such financial statements
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and the results of
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance
with GAAP.
(b) The Company has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its unaudited pro forma consolidated
balance sheet and statements of income, cash flow and retained earnings as of and for the year
ended December 31, 2010, and the three months ended March 31, 2011, and June 30, 2011, prepared
giving effect to the Spin-Offs and the Transactions as if the Spin-Offs and the Transactions had
occurred, with respect to each such balance sheet, on the date thereof and, with respect to such
other financial
52
statements for each period, on the first day of such period. Such unaudited pro forma
financial statements, and any other pro forma financial statements contained in the Xylem Form 10
(as amended prior to the date hereof) (i) have been prepared by the Company in good faith, based on
the assumptions used to prepare the pro forma consolidated financial statements included in the
Confidential Information Memorandum (which assumptions are believed by the Company on the date
hereof to be reasonable), (ii) are based on the best information available to the Company as of the
date of delivery thereof after due inquiry and (iii) subject to clauses (i) and (ii) above, (A)
accurately reflect all adjustments necessary to give effect to the Spin-Offs and the Transactions
and (B) present fairly, in all material respects, subject to the qualifications described therein
and in the accompanying notes, the pro forma financial position, results of operations and cash
flows of the Company and the consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and for such period as if
the Spin-Offs and the Transactions had occurred on each such date or at the beginning of each such
period, as the case may be.
(c) There has been no material adverse change in the consolidated financial condition of the
Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole from the financial condition reported in the pro
forma financial statements referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section.
SECTION 3.06. Litigation; Compliance with Laws. (a) There are no actions, proceedings or
investigations filed or (to the knowledge of any Borrower) threatened or affecting any Borrower or
any Subsidiary in any court or before any Governmental Authority or arbitration board or tribunal
which question the validity or legality of this Agreement, the Transactions or any action taken or
to be taken pursuant to this Agreement and no order or judgment has been issued or entered
restraining or enjoining any Borrower or any Subsidiary from the execution, delivery or performance
of this Agreement nor is there any other action, proceeding or investigation filed or (to the
knowledge of any Borrower or any Subsidiary) threatened against any Borrower or any Subsidiary in
any court or before any Governmental Authority or arbitration board or tribunal which would be
reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially restrict the ability of any
Borrower to comply with its obligations under the Loan Documents.
(b) Neither any Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any law, rule or regulation
(including any law, rule or regulation relating to the protection of the environment or to employee
health or safety), or in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any
Governmental Authority, where such violation or default would be reasonably likely to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.
(c) Except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Company or any
Subsidiary has received notice of any claim with respect to or is otherwise aware of any
environmental liability to which it is or is reasonably likely to become subject.
SECTION 3.07. Federal Reserve Regulations. (a) Neither any Borrower nor any Subsidiary that
will receive proceeds of the Loans hereunder is engaged
53
principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for
the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.
(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and
whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry Margin Stock or to refund
indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, or for any other purpose which entails a
violation of, or which is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Margin Regulations.
SECTION 3.08. Investment Company Act. No Borrower is an investment company as defined in,
or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act).
SECTION 3.09. Use of Proceeds. All proceeds of the Loans and Letters of Credit shall be used
for the purposes referred to in the recitals to this Agreement and in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3.07.
SECTION 3.10. Full Disclosure; No Material Misstatements. None of the representations or
warranties made by any Borrower in connection with this Agreement as of the date such
representations and warranties are made or deemed made, and neither the Confidential Information
Memorandum nor any of the other reports, financial statements, certificates or other information
furnished by or on behalf of any Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to or
in connection with this Agreement or the credit facilities established hereby, contains or will
contain any material misstatement of fact or omits or will omit to state any material fact
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
or will be made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to forecasts or projected financial
information contained in the documents referred to above, the Company represents only that such
information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at
the time made and at the time so furnished and as of the date hereof (it being understood that such
forecasts and projections may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material).
SECTION 3.11. Taxes. Each Borrower and each of the Significant Subsidiaries has filed or
caused to be filed all Federal, state and local tax returns which are required to be filed by it,
and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns or on any
assessments received by it, other than any taxes or assessments the validity of which is being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and with respect to which appropriate
accounting reserves have to the extent required by GAAP been set aside.
SECTION 3.12. Employee Pension Benefit Plans. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably
expected to occur that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events for which liability is
reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions
used for purposes of FASB ASC Topic 715) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial
statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan by an
amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and the
54
present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the
assumptions used for purposes of FASB ASC Topic 715) did not, as of the date of the most recent
financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all
such underfunded Plans by an amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.13. OFAC. None of the Borrowers, nor any of their respective Affiliates, is in
violation of (i) any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury
Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive
order relating thereto, (ii) Executive Order No. 13,224, 66 Fed Reg 49,079 (2001), issued by the
President of the United States (Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with
Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism) or (iii) the anti-money laundering
provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56) (the USA PATRIOT Act) amending
the Bank Secrecy Act, 31 U.S.C. Section 5311 et seq and any other laws relating to terrorism or
money laundering.
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS OF LENDING
The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of
Credit hereunder are subject to the Closing Date having occurred and the satisfaction of the
following conditions:
SECTION 4.01. All Extensions of Credit. On the date of each Borrowing and on the date of
each issuance of a Letter of Credit:
(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such Borrowing as required by
Section 2.03 or Section 2.04, as applicable, or, in the case of the issuance of a Letter of Credit,
the applicable Issuing Bank shall have been requested to issue such Letter of Credit as
contemplated by Section 2.05.
(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III hereof (except those contained
in Sections 3.05(c) and 3.06(a)) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of
the date of such Borrowing or issuance of a Letter of Credit with the same effect as though made on
and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to
an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all
material respects on and as of such earlier date.
(c) At the time of and immediately after such Borrowing or issuance of a Letter of Credit no
Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
Each Borrowing and issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation
and warranty by each Borrower on the date of such Borrowing or issuance of a Letter of Credit as to
the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 4.01.
55
SECTION 4.02. Effective Date. On the Effective Date:
(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received favorable written opinions of (i) Dewey &
LeBoeuf, counsel for the Company, to the effect set forth in Exhibit C-1 hereto and (ii) Frank R.
Jimenez, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of the Company, to the effect set forth in Exhibit
C-2 hereto, each dated the Effective Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders
and the Issuing Banks and satisfactory to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and Cravath, Swaine
& Moore LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate of
incorporation, including all amendments thereto, of the Company, certified as of a recent date by
the Secretary of State of its state of incorporation, and a certificate as to the existence of the
Company as of a recent date from such Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Company dated the Effective Date and certifying (A) that attached
thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws of the Company as in effect on the Effective
Date and at all times since a date prior to the date of the resolutions described in (B) below, (B)
that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of
Directors of the Company authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents
to which the Company is a party and the Borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not
been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate of
incorporation referred to in clause (i) above has not been amended since the date of the last
amendment thereto shown on the certificate of existence furnished pursuant to such clause (i) and
(D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing this Agreement or any
other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of the Company; and (iii) a certificate
of another officer of the Company as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or
Assistant Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to (ii) above.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and
signed by a Financial Officer of the Company, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent
set forth in paragraph (e), the second sentence of paragraph (g) and paragraphs (h), (i), (k), (l),
(m), (n) and (o) of this Section and in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.01 (without giving
effect to the parenthetical in such paragraph (b)).
(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received all Fees and other amounts due and payable
for the accounts of the Lenders or for its own account on or prior to the Effective Date and, to
the extent invoiced prior to the Effective Date, all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel
that the Borrowers have agreed to pay or reimburse.
(e) The Credit Parties shall have received all documentation and other information required by
bank regulatory authorities under applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules
and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.
(f) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received (by inclusion in amendments
to the Xylem Form 10 prior to the date hereof, or otherwise) the
56
historical and pro forma financial statements and projections referred to in Section 3.05, as
well as unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income and cash flows of
the Company and the subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter (if any) ended after June 30, 2011, but at
least 60 days before the Effective Date, which financial statements shall not be materially
inconsistent with the pro forma financial statements or projections previously provided to the
Lenders or included in the Xylem Form 10.
(g) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received true and complete copies of
the Distribution Agreement and all other material agreements required to be delivered thereunder or
in connection therewith. The terms of the Distribution Agreement shall be consistent in all
material respects with the information set forth in the Form 10s, and no term or condition of the
Distribution Agreement or any related agreement shall have been waived, amended or otherwise
modified in a manner material and adverse to the rights or interests of the Lenders, except as
previously approved by the Lead Arrangers.
(h) All conditions to the Spin-Offs set forth in the Form 10s shall have been satisfied, and
the Spin-Offs and all related transactions shall have been consummated on terms consistent with
applicable law and, except for changes not materially detrimental to the creditworthiness of the
Company and the Subsidiaries or to the rights of the Lenders, with the information set forth in the
Form 10s and the pro forma financial information and projections delivered to the Lenders.
(i) There shall not have been any material payments by the Company to ITT Corporation in
connection with the Spin-Offs other than the payment of a cash dividend to ITT Corporation, which
shall have been determined in a manner heretofore disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders, and the assets, liabilities and capitalization of the Company after giving effect to such
dividend and all related transactions shall be consistent in all material respects with the
historical and pro forma financial statements and projections referred to in Section 3.05.
(j) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received copies of, and the Lead
Arrangers shall have been reasonably satisfied with, (i) the solvency opinion delivered to the
Board of Directors of ITT Corporation and (ii) the legal opinion and any private letter ruling
delivered to or obtained by ITT Corporation as to the tax-free nature of the Spin-Offs.
(k) Other than as set forth in the Xylem Form 10, after giving effect to the Spin-Offs and the
Transactions, the Company and the Subsidiaries shall have outstanding no Indebtedness, committed
credit facilities, guarantees or other material contingent obligations, letters of credit,
preferred stock or contingent obligations other than (a) the Commitments, Loans and Letters of
Credit, (b) the Xylem Notes, (c) commercial letters of credit obtained in the ordinary course of
business and (d) other Indebtedness and contingent obligations of the Company (i) set forth in the
Xylem Form 10 as being outstanding after giving effect to the Spin-Offs and (ii) to the extent not
set forth in the Xylem Form 10, in an aggregate amount not greater than $50,000,000.
(l) All conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the ITT Corporation Credit Agreement and
the Exelis Credit Agreement shall have been satisfied.
57
(m) There shall not have occurred since December 31, 2010, any event, condition or
circumstance that has had or could be reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
the business, results of operations, properties, assets or financial condition of the Company and
the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(n) There shall be no litigation or administrative proceeding that could reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on the Spin-Offs or on the business, results of
operations, properties, assets or financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as
a whole.
(o) All requisite Governmental Authorities and material third parties shall have approved or
consented to the Spin-Offs and the Transactions to the extent required, all applicable notice or
appeal periods shall have expired and there shall be no governmental or judicial action, actual or
threatened, that could reasonably be expected to restrain, prevent or impose burdensome conditions
on the Spin-Offs or the Transactions.
SECTION 4.03. First Borrowing by Each Borrowing Subsidiary. On or prior to the first date on
which Loans are made to or Letters of Credit are issued for the benefit of any Borrowing
Subsidiary:
(a) The Credit Parties shall have received the favorable written opinion of counsel
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, addressed to the Credit Parties and satisfactory to the
Credit Parties and to Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent, addressing
such legal issues as the Administrative Agent or such counsel may reasonably request.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement
executed by such Borrowing Subsidiary.
(c) It shall not be unlawful for such Subsidiary to become a Borrower hereunder or for any
Lender to make Loans or otherwise extend credit to such Subsidiary as provided herein or for any
Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit for the account of such Subsidiary.
(d) The Credit Parties shall have received (i) all documentation and other information
required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable know your customer and anti-money
laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act and (ii) such documents and
certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the
organization, existence and good standing of such Borrowing Subsidiary, the authorization of the
Transactions insofar as they relate to such Borrowing Subsidiary and any other legal matters
relating to such Borrowing Subsidiary, its Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement or such Transactions, all
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
58
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Each Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender and the Administrative Agent that so long
as this Agreement shall remain in effect or the principal of or interest on any Loan, any Fees or
any other amounts payable hereunder shall be unpaid or any Letters of Credit have not been canceled
or have not expired or any amounts drawn thereunder have not been reimbursed in full, unless the
Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, it will, and will cause each of the
Significant Subsidiaries to:
SECTION 5.01. Existence. Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in
full force and effect its corporate existence, rights and franchises, except as expressly permitted
under Section 6.01; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the abandonment
or termination of the existence, rights or franchises of any Significant Subsidiary or any rights
or franchises of any Borrower if such abandonment or termination is in the best interests of the
Borrowers and is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Lenders.
SECTION 5.02. Business and Properties. Comply in all material respects with all applicable
laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority (including any of the foregoing
relating to the protection of the environment or to employee health and safety), whether now in
effect or hereafter enacted; and at all times maintain and preserve all property material to the
conduct of its business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition and from
time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions,
improvements and replacements thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in connection
therewith may be properly conducted at all times.
SECTION 5.03. Financial Statements, Reports, etc. In the case of the Company, furnish to the
Administrative Agent for distribution to each Lender:
(a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, its consolidated balance sheet and the
related consolidated statements of income and cash flows showing its consolidated financial
condition as of the close of such fiscal year and the consolidated results of its operations during
such year, all audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP or another independent registered public accounting
firm of recognized national standing selected by the Company and accompanied by an opinion of such
accountants (without a going concern or like qualification or exception and without any
qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated
financial statements fairly present its financial condition and results of operations on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (it being agreed that the requirements of this paragraph
may be satisfied by the delivery pursuant to paragraph (d) below of an annual report on Form 10-K
containing the foregoing);
(b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal
year, its consolidated balance sheet and related consolidated statements of income, cash flow and
stockholders equity, showing its consolidated financial condition
59
as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the consolidated results of its operations during
such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, all certified by one of its
Financial Officers as fairly presenting its financial condition and results of operations on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments (it being
agreed that the requirements of this paragraph may be satisfied by the delivery pursuant to
paragraph (d) below of a quarterly report on Form 10-Q containing the foregoing);
(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) or (b) above, a
certificate of a Financial Officer (i) certifying that, to the best of such Financial Officers
knowledge, no Event of Default or Default has occurred or, if such an Event of Default or Default
has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed
to be taken with respect thereto and (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations
demonstrating compliance with Section 6.06;
(d) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all reports on forms 10-K,
10-Q and 8-K filed by it with the SEC, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of or all
the functions of the SEC, or, in the case of the Company, copies of all reports distributed to its
shareholders, as the case may be; and
(e) promptly, from time to time, such other information as any Lender shall reasonably request
through the Administrative Agent.
Information required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 5.03
shall be deemed to have been distributed to the Lenders if such information, or one or more annual
or quarterly reports containing such information, shall have been posted by the Administrative
Agent on an IntraLinks or similar site to which the Lenders have been granted access or shall be
available on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission at http://www.sec.gov (and a
confirming electronic correspondence shall have been delivered or caused to be delivered to the
Lenders providing notice of such posting or availability). Information required to be delivered
pursuant to this Section 5.03 may also be delivered by electronic communications pursuant to
procedures approved by the Administrative Agent.
SECTION 5.04. Insurance. Keep its insurable properties adequately insured at all times by
financially sound and reputable insurers, and maintain such other insurance, to such extent and
against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as is
customary with companies similarly situated and in the same or similar businesses (it being
understood that the Borrowers and the Significant Subsidiaries may self-insure to the extent
customary with companies similarly situated and in the same or similar businesses).
SECTION 5.05. Obligations and Taxes. Pay and discharge promptly when due all taxes,
assessments and governmental charges imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of
its property, as well as all other material liabilities, in each case before the same shall become
delinquent or in default and before penalties accrue thereon, unless and to the extent that the
same are being contested in good faith by
60
appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves with
respect thereto shall, to the extent required by GAAP, have been set aside.
SECTION 5.06. Litigation and Other Notices. Give the Administrative Agent prompt written
notice of the following (which the Administrative Agent shall promptly provide to the Lenders):
(a) the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or written notice of intention of any
Person to file or commence, any action, suit or proceeding which is reasonably likely to result in
a Material Adverse Effect;
(b) any Event of Default or Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the action
(if any) which is proposed to be taken with respect thereto; and
(c) any change in any of the Ratings.
SECTION 5.07. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections. Maintain financial
records in accordance with GAAP and, upon reasonable notice, at all reasonable times, permit any
authorized representative designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect
the properties of the Company and of any Significant Subsidiary and to discuss the affairs,
finances and condition of the Company and any Significant Subsidiary with a Financial Officer of
the Company and such other officers as the Company shall deem appropriate.
SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans only for the purposes set forth
in the recitals to this Agreement.
SECTION 5.09. Distribution Agreement and Related Agreements. Comply with all its obligations
under the Distribution Agreement and all other agreements with ITT Corporation, Exelis Inc. or
their subsidiaries entered into pursuant thereto or in connection therewith.
ARTICLE VI
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Each Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender and the Administrative Agent that so long
as this Agreement shall remain in effect or the principal of or interest on any Loan, any Fees or
any other amounts payable hereunder shall be unpaid or any Letters of Credit have not been canceled
or have not expired or any amounts drawn thereunder have not been reimbursed in full, unless the
Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, it will not, and will not cause or permit any
of the Subsidiaries to:
SECTION 6.01. Priority Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Priority
Indebtedness other than:
(a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;
61
(b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.01, and extensions,
renewals or replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal
amount thereof; provided that no additional Subsidiaries will be added as obligors or guarantors in
respect of any Indebtedness
referred to in this clause (b) and no such Indebtedness shall be secured by any additional
assets (other than as a result of any Lien covering after-acquired property in effect on the date
hereof);
(c) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to the Company or any other Subsidiary, or Indebtedness of
the Company to any Subsidiary; provided that no such Indebtedness shall be assigned to, or
subjected to any Lien in favor of, a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary;
(d) Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations and obligations under conditional sale
or other title retention agreements) incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or
improvement of, and secured only by, any fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved
by the Company or any Subsidiary, and extensions, renewals or replacements of any such Indebtedness
that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof or add additional Subsidiaries as
obligors or guarantors in respect thereof and that are not secured by any additional assets;
provided that such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or
the completion of such construction or improvement and does not exceed the cost of acquiring,
constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets;
(e) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof; provided that
such Indebtedness and any Liens securing the same exist at the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary and are not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a
Subsidiary, and any such Liens do not extend to additional assets of the Company or any Subsidiary,
and extensions, renewals or replacements of any of the Indebtedness referred to above in this
clause that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof or add additional Subsidiaries
as obligors or guarantors in respect thereof and that are not secured by any additional assets;
(f) Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary incurred after the date hereof, the net proceeds of
which are promptly dividended to the Company or one or more Domestic Subsidiaries; provided that
such Indebtedness is not secured by assets of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary; and
(g) other Priority Indebtedness to the extent the sum, without duplication, of (i) the
aggregate amount thereof outstanding at any time and (ii) the aggregate sales price for the assets
transferred in all sale and lease-back arrangements permitted under Section 6.03 and in effect at
any time shall not exceed the greater of (i) $150,000,000 and (ii) 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets.
SECTION 6.02. Liens. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or
asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including
accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:
62
(a) Permitted Encumbrances;
(b) Liens existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.02, and extensions or
renewals of any such Liens that do not extend to additional assets or increase the amount of the
obligations secured thereby;
(c) any Lien securing indebtedness of a Subsidiary to the Company or another Subsidiary or of
the Company to a Subsidiary, provided that in the case of any sale or other disposition of such
indebtedness by the Company or a Subsidiary, such sale or other disposition shall be deemed to
constitute the creation of another Lien not permitted by this clause (c);
(d) Liens deemed to exist in connection with sale and lease-back transactions permitted under
Section 6.03;
(e) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Company or any
Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Liens secure only Indebtedness (including Capital Lease
Obligations and obligations under conditional sale or other title retention agreements) permitted
by Section 6.01(d) and obligations relating thereto not constituting Indebtedness and (ii) such
Liens shall not extend to any other asset of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than the proceeds
and products thereof); provided further that in the event purchase money
obligations are owed to any Person with respect to financing of more than one purchase of any fixed
or capital assets, such Liens may secure all such purchase money obligations and may apply to all
such fixed or capital assets financed by such Person;
(f) any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Company or any
Subsidiary or existing on any asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary (or of any Person not
previously a Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary in a transaction
permitted hereunder) after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or
is so merged or consolidated); provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation
of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary (or such merger or
consolidation), (ii) such Lien shall not extend to any other asset of the Company or any Subsidiary
and (C) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the date of such
acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or is so merged or consolidated) and any
extensions, renewals and refinancings thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount
thereof;
(g) sales of accounts receivable and interests therein pursuant to Securitization Transactions
constituting Priority Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01; and
(h) Liens securing other Priority Indebtedness to the extent such Priority Indebtedness and
such Liens are permitted under Section 6.01.
SECTION 6.03. Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. Enter into any arrangement, directly or
indirectly, with any Person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property used or useful in its
business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and
63
thereafter rent or lease such property or
other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the
property being sold or transferred,
except (a) any such arrangement entered into with respect to a property within 180 days after
the acquisition thereof and (b) other such arrangements to the extent the sum, without duplication,
of (a) the aggregate sales price for the assets transferred in all such arrangements in effect at
any time and (b) the aggregate amount of Priority Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(g) and
outstanding at such time shall not exceed the greater of (i) $150,000,000 and (ii) 10% of
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
SECTION 6.04. Fundamental Changes. (a) In the case of the Company or any other Borrower,
merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or
consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a
series of transactions and including by means of any merger or sale of capital stock or otherwise)
all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or
dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such
transaction, (a) the Company or any Borrower may merge or consolidate with any Person if (i) in the
case of any such merger involving the Company, the Company is the surviving Person and (ii) in the
case of any other such Merger, a Borrower is the surviving Person and (b) any Borrower other than
the Company may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
assets to, or liquidate or dissolve into, the Company.
(b) Remain engaged primarily in businesses of the type conducted by the Company and the
Subsidiaries on the date of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto.
SECTION 6.05. Restrictive Agreements. Directly or indirectly enter into, incur or permit to
exist any agreement or other arrangement that restricts the ability of any Subsidiary to pay
dividends or other distributions with respect to its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or
advances to the Company or any Subsidiary or to guarantee Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (A) restrictions on and conditions to
the assignment of agreements between the Company or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority
or amounts owed under such agreements, including those restrictions and conditions imposed by 31
USCS § 3727 and FAR Subpart 32.8 and any such assignments shall be in full compliance with 31 USCS
§ 3727 and FAR Subpart 32.8 or any successor law or regulation, (B) other restrictions and
conditions imposed by law or by any Loan Document, (C) restrictions and conditions existing on the
date hereof identified on Schedule 6.05 (but shall apply to any amendment or modification expanding
the scope of any such restriction or condition), (D) in the case of any Subsidiary that is not a
wholly-owned Subsidiary, restrictions and conditions imposed by its organizational documents or any
related joint venture or similar agreement, provided that such restrictions and conditions apply
only to such Subsidiary and to any Equity Interests in such Subsidiary, (E) customary restrictions
and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of any asset, provided that such
restrictions and conditions apply only to the asset that is to be sold, (F) restrictions and
conditions imposed by agreements relating to Indebtedness of any Subsidiary in existence at the
time such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary (but shall apply to any
64
amendment or modification
expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition), provided that such restrictions and
conditions apply only to such Subsidiary or (G)
restrictions and conditions imposed by agreements relating to Indebtedness of Foreign
Subsidiaries permitted under Section 6.01, provided that such restrictions and conditions apply
only to Foreign Subsidiaries.
SECTION 6.06. Leverage Ratio. At any time permit the Leverage Ratio to be greater than 3.50
to 1.00.
ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
In case of the happening of any of the following events (each an Event of Default):
(a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made in or in connection with the execution
and delivery of this Agreement or the Borrowings or issuances of Letters of Credit hereunder shall
prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or
furnished;
(b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan or the reimbursement
with respect to any L/C Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at
the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or
otherwise;
(c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or L/C Disbursement or
any Fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in paragraph (b) above) due
hereunder, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue
unremedied for a period of five days;
(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance of any covenant, condition or
agreement contained in Section 5.01 or Article VI;
(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance of any covenant, condition or
agreement contained herein or in any other Loan Document (other than those specified in clauses
(b), (c) or (d) above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after
notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the Company;
(f) the Company or any Subsidiary shall (i) fail to pay any principal or interest, regardless
of amount, due in respect of any Material Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided
in the agreement or instrument under which such Indebtedness was created, or (ii) fail to observe
or perform any other term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in any agreement or
instrument evidencing or governing any Material Indebtedness, or any other event shall occur or
condition shall exist, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in such agreement or instrument
referred to in this clause (ii), if the effect of any failure referred to in this clause (ii) is to
cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or a trustee on its
65
or
their behalf or the applicable counterparty to cause, an acceleration of the maturity of such
Indebtedness or a termination or similar event in respect thereof;
(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in
a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of the Company, or of a substantial
part of the property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary with assets having gross book value
in excess of $25,000,000, under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter
amended, or any other Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii)
the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official
for the Company or for a substantial part of the property or assets of the Company or any
Subsidiary with assets having gross book value in excess of $25,000,000 or (iii) the winding up or
liquidation of the Company; and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days
or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
(h) the Company or any Subsidiary with assets having a gross book value in excess of
$25,000,000 shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under
Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal
or state bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of,
or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition
described in (g) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee,
custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Company or for a substantial part
of the property or assets of the Company, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of
a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit
of creditors, (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts
as they become due or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
(i) one or more final judgments shall be entered by any court against the Company or any of
the Subsidiaries for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $50,000,000 and such
judgment or judgments shall not have been paid, covered by insurance, discharged or stayed for a
period of 60 days, or a warrant of attachment or execution or similar process shall have been
issued or levied against property of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries to enforce any such
judgment or judgments;
(j) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when
taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect; or
(k) a Change in Control shall occur;
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to any Borrower described in
paragraph (g) or (h) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the
Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall, by notice to the Company, take
any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the
Commitments, (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in
part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued
interest thereon and any unpaid
66
accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued
hereunder, shall become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of
any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived anything contained herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, (iii) require the Borrowers to deposit with the Administrative Agent cash
collateral in an amount equal to the aggregate L/C Exposures to secure the Borrowers reimbursement
obligations under Section 2.05; and, in the case of any event with respect to any Borrower
described in paragraph (g) or (h) above, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the
principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid
accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder shall automatically
become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all
of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding,
and the Borrowers shall deposit with the Administrative Agent cash collateral in an amount equal to
the aggregate L/C Exposure to secure the Borrowers reimbursement obligations under Section 2.05.
ARTICLE VIII
GUARANTEE
The Company unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and punctual payment and
performance, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for
prepayment or otherwise, of the Obligations. The Company further agrees that the Obligations may
be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that
it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any
Obligations.
To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company waives presentment to, demand
of payment from and protest to the Borrowing Subsidiaries of any of the Obligations, and also
waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment. To the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, the obligations of the Company hereunder shall not be affected
by (a) the failure of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender to assert any claim
or demand or to enforce or exercise any right or remedy against the Borrowing Subsidiaries under
the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise; or (b) any rescission, waiver, amendment or
modification of, or any release from, any of the terms or provisions of any Loan Document, any
guarantee or any other agreement.
The Company further agrees that its guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and
not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative
Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender to any of the security, if any, held for payment of the
Obligations or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative
Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, in favor of the Borrowing Subsidiaries or any other Person.
Except to the extent that any Tax is required to be withheld or deducted under applicable law
or regulation, but subject to the provisions of Section 2.20, the obligations of the Company
hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any
reason, including any claim of waiver, release,
67
surrender, alteration or compromise of any of the
Obligations, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or
termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the
Obligations or otherwise. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Company hereunder shall not
be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of the Administrative Agent, any
Issuing Bank or any Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under any Loan
Document, any guarantee or any other agreement, by any law or regulation of any jurisdiction or any
other event affecting any term of the Obligations, by any waiver or modification of any provision
thereof, by any default, failure or delay, wilful or otherwise, in the performance of the
Obligations, or by any other act or omission which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary
the risk of the Company or that would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Company as a matter
of law or equity.
To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company waives any defense based on or
arising out of any defense available to the Borrowing Subsidiaries, including any defense based on
or arising out of any disability of the Borrowing Subsidiaries, or the unenforceability of the
Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of
the Borrowing Subsidiaries or any other circumstances that might constitute a defense of any of the
Borrowing Subsidiaries, other than final and indefeasible payment in full in cash of the
Obligations. The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders may, at their election,
foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or non-judicial
sales, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any of
the Borrowing Subsidiaries or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the
Borrowing Subsidiaries, or any security without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of
the Company hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been fully, finally and
indefeasibly paid in cash. Pursuant to applicable law, the Company waives any defense arising out
of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or
to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of the Company
against the Borrowing Subsidiaries or any security.
The Company further agrees that its guarantee shall continue to be effective or be reinstated,
as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any
Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Lender upon the bankruptcy or
reorganization of any Borrowing Subsidiary or otherwise.
In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which the
Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have at law or in equity against the
Company by virtue hereof, upon the failure of any Borrowing Subsidiary to pay any Obligation when
and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment
or otherwise, the Company hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the
Administrative Agent, forthwith pay or cause to be paid to the Administrative Agent in cash the
amount of such unpaid Obligation.
68
The Company hereby irrevocably waives and releases any and all rights of subrogation,
indemnification, reimbursement and similar rights which it may have against or in respect of the
Borrowing Subsidiaries at any time relating to the Obligations, including all rights that would
result in its being deemed a creditor of the Borrowing
Subsidiaries under the United States Code as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any
comparable provision of any successor statute.
ARTICLE IX
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent
as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to
exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan
Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
Any bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers
in its capacity as a Lender or an Issuing Bank as any other Lender or Issuing Bank and may exercise
the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may
accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity
for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Company or any Subsidiary or other
Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.
The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set
forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the
Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of
whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any
duty to take any discretionary action or to exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary
rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is
required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the
Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith to be
necessary, under the circumstances as provided in the Loan Documents), provided that the
Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion, could expose
the Administrative Agent to liability or be contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, and
(c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have
any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating
to the Company or any Subsidiary that is communicated to or obtained by any bank serving as
Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not
be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the
Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as
the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith to be necessary, under the circumstances as
provided in the Loan Documents) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct,
as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment. The
Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written
notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent
69
by the Company, a Lender or an Issuing Bank,
and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire
into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document,
(ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in
connection therewith, (iii)
the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions
set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of
any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any
condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt
of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall not incur any liability for
relying, upon any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other
writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by
the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or
by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability
for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel
for the Company), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable
for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel,
accountants or experts.
The Administrative Agent may perform any of and all its duties and exercise its rights and
powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents
appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform
any of and all their duties and exercise their rights and powers through their respective Related
Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the
Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their
respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for
herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
Subject to the terms of this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by
notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Company. Upon receipt of any such notice of
resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Company, to
appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and
shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives
notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and
the Issuing Banks, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a Lender with an office
in the United States of America, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000, or
an Affiliate of any such Lender. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent
hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights,
powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative
Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents. The fees payable by the Company to the successor Administrative Agent shall be the same
as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Company and such
70
successor.
After the Administrative Agents resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section
10.02, as well as any exculpatory, reimbursement and indemnification provisions set forth in any
other Loan Document, shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative
Agent, its sub agents and their respective
Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it
was acting as Administrative Agent or as sub-agent, as the case may be.
Each Lender and Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon
the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or Issuing Bank, or any of the Related Parties of any
of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made
its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and Issuing Bank
also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or
any other Lender or Issuing Bank, or any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based
on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make
its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan
Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement and funding its Loans on the
Effective Date, or delivering its signature page to an Assignment and Assumption or an Accession
Agreement pursuant to which it shall become a Lender hereunder, shall be deemed to have
acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document
required to be delivered to, or be approved by or satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent or the
Lenders on the Effective Date.
No Lender or Issuing Bank shall have any right individually to enforce any guarantee of the
Obligations, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan
Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders and the
Issuing Bank in accordance with the terms thereof. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank will be
deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the guarantees of the Obligations provided under the
Loan Documents, to have agreed to the foregoing provisions.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Lead Arrangers nor any Person
named on the cover page of this Agreement as a Syndication Agent, a Documentation Agent or a Joint
Bookrunner shall have any duties or obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document
(except in its capacity, as applicable, as a Lender or an Issuing Bank), but all such Persons shall
have the benefit of the indemnities provided for hereunder.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 10.01. Notices. (a)Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly
permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph
71
(b) below), all notices and other
communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight
courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax or by electronic
communication, as follows:
(i) if to any Borrower, to Xylem Inc., 1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, New York
10604, Attention of Mike Speetzen, Chief Financial Officer (Fax No. 914-696-2930; E-mail:
mike.speetzen@itt.com), as agent for such Borrower;
(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Loan and Agency
Services Group, 1111 Fannin Street, Floor 10, Houston, TX 77022, Attention of Jeremy Jones
(Fax No. 713-750-2878; E-mail: jeremy.m.jones@jpmorgan.com), with a copy to JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A. at 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention of Robert Bryant (Fax
No. 212-270-6539; E-mail: rob.d.bryant@jpmorgan.com) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Loan
and Agency Group (London) at 125 London Wall, Floor 9, London, EC2Y 5AJ, United Kingdom,
Attention of Loan and Agency London (Fax No. +44 207 777 2360; Email:
Loan_and_Agency_London@jpmorgan.com) Re: Xylem Inc.; and
(iii) if to any Issuing Bank, to it at its address (or fax number or e-mail address)
most recently specified by it in a notice delivered to the Administrative Agent and the
Company (or, in the absence of any such notice, to the address (or fax number or e-mail
address) set forth in the Administrative Questionnaire of the Lender that is serving as
such Issuing Bank or is an Affiliate thereof);
(iv) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or fax number or e-mail address)
set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.
Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail,
shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by fax shall be deemed to have been
given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be
deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient);
and notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in this clause (a)
and paragraph (b) below shall be effective as provided in such paragraph.
(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders and Issuing Banks hereunder may be
delivered or furnished by electronic communications (including email and Internet and intranet
websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing
shall not apply to notices under Article II to any Lender or Issuing Bank if such Lender or Issuing
Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving
notices under such Article by electronic communication. Any notices or other communications to the
Administrative Agent or the Company may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications
pursuant to procedures approved by the recipient thereof prior thereto; provided that approval of
such procedures may be limited or rescinded by any such Person by notice to each other such Person.
72
SECTION 10.02. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and
warranties made by the Borrowers herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or
delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied
upon by the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and
shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans and issuance of Letters of Credit
regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders or the Issuing Banks or on their behalf, and
shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any
Loan or any Fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid, any
Letter of Credit is outstanding or the Commitments have not been terminated. The provisions of
Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 10.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless
of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the expiration
of the Commitments, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement,
or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
SECTION 10.03. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date
and when it shall have been executed by the Company and the Administrative Agent and when the
Administrative Agent shall have received copies hereof (telecopied or otherwise) which, when taken
together, bear the signature of each Lender, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that the
Borrowers shall not have the right to assign any rights hereunder or any interest herein without
the prior consent of all the Lenders.
SECTION 10.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties
hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such
party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any party that are contained
in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of its successors and assigns.
(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its
interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its
Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided, however, that (i) such assignment
shall be subject to the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of: (1)
the Company, unless (x) the assignee is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, or
(y) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided that the Company shall be deemed
to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the
Administrative Agent within 10 Business Days after having received notice thereof, (2) the
Administrative Agent, and (3) each Issuing Bank, (ii) the parties to each such assignment shall
execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, and a processing and
recordation fee of $3,500, (iii) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire, (iv) the amount of the Commitment assigned
(determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is
delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000, except in the event that
the amount of the Commitment
73
of such assigning Lender remaining after such assignment shall be zero
and (v) without providing (1) prior notice to the Administrative Agent and (2) information
reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent so that it may comply with information reporting
requirements under the Code, no assignment shall be made to a prospective assignee that
bears a relationship to any Borrower described in Section 108(e)(4) of the Code. Upon
acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, from and after the effective
date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, which effective date shall be at least five
Business Days after the execution thereof, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and,
to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and
obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the
extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations
under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all or the
remaining portion of an assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender
shall cease to be a party hereto (but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections
2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 10.05, as well as to any Fees accrued for its account hereunder and not yet
paid)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender assigning its rights and obligations under this
Agreement may retain any Competitive Loans made by it outstanding at such time, and in such case
shall retain its rights hereunder in respect of any Loans so retained until such Loans have been
repaid in full in accordance with this Agreement.
(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Assumption, the assigning Lender thereunder
and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other
parties hereto as follows: (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial
owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim, (ii) except as
set forth in (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in
connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
hereto or the financial condition of the Borrowers or the performance or observance by the
Borrowers of any obligations under this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished
pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter
into such Assignment and Assumption; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of
this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to
Section 5.03 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own
credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Assumption; (v) such assignee will
independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, such assigning Lender or any
other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (vi)
such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its
behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative
Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and
(vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations
which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
74
(d) The Administrative Agent shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a
copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the
names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and the principal amount of the Loans
owing to, each Lender pursuant to
the terms hereof from time to time (the Register). The entries in the Register shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Banks and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant
to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall
be available for inspection by each party hereto, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon
reasonable prior notice.
(e) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning
Lender and an assignee together with an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the
assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation
fee referred to in paragraph (b) above and the written consent of the Company to such assignment
(if required under paragraph (a) above), the Administrative Agent shall (i) accept such Assignment
and Assumption and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register. Each assignee,
by its execution and delivery of an Assignment and Assumption, shall be deemed to have represented
to the assigning Lender and the Administrative Agent that such assignee is an Eligible Assignee.
(f) Each Lender may sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (each, a
Participant) in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including
all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided, however, that (i) such
Lenders obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain
solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) each
Participant shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in
Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20 to the same extent as if it were the selling Lender (and limited to
the amount that could have been claimed by the selling Lender had it continued to hold the interest
of such Participant), except that all claims made pursuant to such Sections shall be made through
such selling Lender, (iv) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other
Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such selling Lender in connection with such
Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement and (v) without providing (1) prior notice to
the Administrative Agent and (2) information reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent so
that it may comply with information reporting requirements under the Code, no participation shall
be made to a prospective Participant that bears a relationship to any Borrower described in Section
108(e)(4) of the Code. In no event shall a Lender that sells a participation agree with the
Participant to take or refrain from taking any action hereunder except that such Lender may agree
with the Participant that it will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to (i)
increase or extend the term of such Lenders Commitment, or extend the time or waive any
requirement for the reduction or termination, of such Lenders Commitment, (ii) extend the date
fixed for the payment of principal of or interest on the related Loans or any portion of any fee
hereunder payable to the Participant, (iii) reduce the amount of any such payment of principal or
(iv) reduce the rate at which interest is payable thereon, or any fee hereunder payable to the
Participant, to a level below the rate at which the
75
Participant is entitled to receive such
interest or fee. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a
non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers (solely for tax purposes), maintain a register on which it
enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of
each
Participants interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the
Participant Register); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any
portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any
information relating to a Participants interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or
its other obligations under this Agreement) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary
to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form
under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant
Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose
name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of
this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
(g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or
proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section, disclose to the assignee or
participant or proposed assignee or participant any information relating to the Borrowers furnished
to such Lender; provided that, prior to any such disclosure, each such assignee or participant or
proposed assignee or participant shall execute an agreement for the benefit of the Company whereby
such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the
confidentiality of any such information.
(h) The Borrowers shall not assign or delegate any rights and duties hereunder without the
prior written consent of all Lenders.
(i) Any Lender may at any time pledge all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to
a Federal Reserve Bank or any central bank; provided that no such pledge shall release any Lender
from its obligations hereunder or substitute any such Bank for such Lender as a party hereto. In
order to facilitate such an assignment to a Federal Reserve Bank, each Borrower shall, at the
request of the assigning Lender, duly execute and deliver to the assigning Lender a promissory note
or notes evidencing the Loans made to such Borrower by the assigning Lender hereunder in the form
of Exhibit F.
SECTION 10.05. Expenses; Indemnity. (a) The Borrowers agree to pay all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Joint
Bookrunners named on the cover of this Agreement and their Affiliates in connection with the
arrangement and syndication of the credit facility established hereby and the preparation,
negotiation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents (and all related commitment or fee
letters) or in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or
thereof, or incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the
administration, enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with the Loan Documents
(including all such out-of pocket expenses incurred during any workout or restructuring) or in
connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including the reasonable fees
and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and each
76
Lead Arranger and Joint
Bookrunner or, in the case of enforcement or protection of their rights, the Lenders (which, in the
case of preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of the Loan Documents, but
not the enforcement or protection of rights
thereunder, shall be limited to a single counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Lead
Arrangers and the Joint Bookrunners).
(b) The Borrowers agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the
Syndication Agent and the Joint Bookrunners named on the cover page of this Agreement, the Issuing
Banks, each Lender, each of their Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees and agents of
the foregoing (each such Person being called an Indemnitee) against, and to hold each Indemnitee
harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related reasonable expenses,
including reasonable counsel fees and expenses, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee
arising out of (i) the arrangement and syndication of the credit facility established hereby and
the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents (and all related
commitment or fee letters) or consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) the use
of the proceeds of the Loans or issuance of Letters of Credit or (iii) any claim, litigation,
investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, regardless of whether initiated by
any third party or by any Borrower and whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided
that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a final and non-appealable
judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful
misconduct of such Indemnitee.
(c) The provisions of this Section shall remain operative and in full force and effect
regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the
invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any investigation made
by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or any Lender. All amounts due
under this Section shall be payable on written demand therefor.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision, this Section 10.05 shall not apply with respect to
any matters, liabilities or obligations relating to Taxes.
SECTION 10.06. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND
GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF
OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.
SECTION 10.07. Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Banks or any Lender in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or
discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise
thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative
Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any
rights or remedies which they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement
or
77
consent to any departure therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be
permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the
specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand
on any Borrower or any Subsidiary in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further
notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except
pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the Required
Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment or L/C Exposure of any
Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or
L/C Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder,
without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the date of any
scheduled payment of the principal amount of any Loan or L/C Disbursement, or any interest thereon,
or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or
postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each
Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.17, or change any other provision of any Loan
Document in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without
the written consent of each Lender, (v) change Section 10.04(h), (vi) limit or release the
guarantee set forth in Article VIII, without the written consent of each Lender, or (vii) change
any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of Required Lenders or any other
provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify
any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written
consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise
affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank hereunder without the
prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement may be amended by an agreement in
writing entered into by the Borrowers, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent (and, if
its rights or obligations are affected thereby, the Issuing Bank) if (i) by the terms of such
agreement the Commitment of each Lender not consenting to the amendment provided for therein shall
terminate upon the effectiveness of such amendment and (ii) at the time such amendment becomes
effective, each Lender not consenting thereto receives payment in full of the principal of and
interest accrued on each Loan made by it and all other amounts owing to it or accrued for its
account under this Agreement.
SECTION 10.08. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the agreements referenced in Section
2.07(b) constitute the entire contract among the parties relative to the subject matter hereof.
Any previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by
this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any
party other than the parties hereto any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by
reason of this Agreement.
SECTION 10.09. Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in
this Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby. The parties shall endeavor in
78
good-faith negotiations to replace the
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which
comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
SECTION 10.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts,
each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute
but one contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 10.03.
SECTION 10.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein
are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the
construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
SECTION 10.12. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or
demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such
Lender to or for the credit or obligations of the Company and any Borrowing Subsidiary now or
hereafter existing under any Loan Document held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such
Lender shall have made any demand thereunder and although such obligations may be unmatured. Each
Lender agrees promptly to notify the Company and the Administrative Agent after such setoff and
application made by such Lender, but the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity
of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to
other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.
SECTION 10.13. JURISDICTION; CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS. (A) EACH PARTY HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION
OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT OR FEDERAL COURT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA SITTING IN NEW YORK
COUNTY, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY LETTER OF CREDIT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY
JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL
CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK
STATE OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES
THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN
OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.
(B) EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY
79
LEGALLY AND EFFECTIVELY DO SO, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR THEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF
VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY NEW
YORK STATE OR FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF
THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE
DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
(C) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER
PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.01. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY
PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.
SECTION 10.14. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY
HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED,
EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO
ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN
INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATION
IN THIS SECTION.
SECTION 10.15. Borrowing Subsidiaries. Within two Business Days after the receipt by the
Administrative Agent of a Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement executed by a Subsidiary and the Company,
the Administrative Agent shall deliver to each Lender a notice of such request to become a
Borrowing Subsidiary under this Agreement. If the designation of such Borrowing Subsidiary
obligates the Administrative Agent or a Lender to comply with know your customer or similar
identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available
to it, the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall deliver to the Company, (a) within five
Business Days after the receipt of such a Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement in respect of a Domestic
Subsidiary or (b) within 10 Business Days after the receipt of such a Borrowing Subsidiary
Agreement in respect of a Foreign Subsidiary, a request to that effect, and the Company shall,
promptly upon receipt of such request, supply such documentation and other evidence as is
reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in order for the Administrative
Agent or such Lender to carry out and comply with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act or any
other applicable laws and regulations, and, unless the results of such inquiry conflict with the
requirements of such laws and regulations, or if no such request by the Administrative Agent or any
Lender is made within the time period set forth above, such Borrowing Subsidiary shall become a
party hereto and a Borrower hereunder with the same effect as
80
if it had been an original party to
this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Subsidiary shall become a Borrower Subsidiary if
it shall be unlawful for such Subsidiary to become a Borrower hereunder or for any Lender to make
Loans or otherwise extend credit to such Subsidiary as provided herein or for any Issuing Bank to
issue Letters of
Credit for the account of such Subsidiary. Upon the execution by the Company and a Borrowing
Subsidiary and delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Borrowing Subsidiary Termination with
respect to such Borrowing Subsidiary, such Borrowing Subsidiary shall cease to be a Borrowing
Subsidiary hereunder; provided that no Borrowing Subsidiary Termination will become effective as to
any Borrowing Subsidiary (other than to terminate such Borrowing Subsidiarys right to obtain
further Loans or Letters of Credit under this Agreement) at a time when any principal of or
interest on any Loan to such Borrowing Subsidiary or any Letter of Credit issued for the account of
such Borrowing Subsidiary shall be outstanding hereunder. Promptly following receipt of any
Borrowing Subsidiary Termination, the Administrative Agent shall send a copy thereof to each
Lender.
SECTION 10.16. Conversion of Currencies. (a) If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in
any court, it is necessary to convert a sum owing hereunder in one currency into another currency,
each party hereto agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, that the rate of
exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures in the relevant
jurisdiction the first currency could be purchased with such other currency on the Business Day
immediately preceding the day on which final judgment is given.
(b) The obligations of the Borrowers in respect of any sum due to any party hereto or any
holder of the obligations owing hereunder (the Applicable Creditor) shall, notwithstanding any
judgment in a currency (the Judgment Currency) other than the currency in which such sum is
stated to be due hereunder (the Agreement Currency), be discharged only to the extent that, on
the Business Day following receipt by the Applicable Creditor of any sum adjudged to be so due in
the Judgment Currency, the Applicable Creditor may in accordance with normal banking procedures in
the relevant jurisdiction purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency; if the amount
of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Applicable
Creditor in the Agreement Currency, the Borrowers agree, as a separate obligation and
notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Applicable Creditor against such loss. The
obligations of the Borrowers contained in this Section 10.16 shall survive the termination of this
Agreement and the payment of all other amounts owing hereunder.
SECTION 10.17. USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to
the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information
that identifies the Borrowers, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and
other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrowers in accordance with its
requirements.
SECTION 10.18. No Fiduciary Relationship. The Company, on behalf of itself and its
subsidiaries, agrees that in connection with all aspects of the transactions contemplated hereby
and any communications in connection therewith, the Company, the Subsidiaries and their Affiliates,
on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the
81
Lenders, the Issuing Banks and their Affiliates,
on the other hand, will have a business relationship that does not create, by implication or
otherwise, any fiduciary duty on the part of the Administrative Agent, the
Lenders, the Issuing
Banks or their Affiliates, and
no such duty will be deemed to have arisen in connection with any such transactions or
communications.
SECTION 10.19. Non-Public Information. Each Lender acknowledges that all non-public
information, including requests for waivers and amendments, furnished by the Company or the
Administrative Agent pursuant to or in connection with, or in the course of administering, this
Agreement will be syndicate-level information, which may contain MNPI. Each Lender hereby advises
the Company and the Administrative Agent that (a) it has developed compliance procedures regarding
the use of MNPI and that it will handle MNPI in accordance with such procedures and applicable law,
including Federal, state and foreign securities laws, and (b) it has identified in its
Administrative Questionnaire a credit contact who may receive information that may contain MNPI in
accordance with its compliance procedures and applicable law, including Federal, state and foreign
securities laws.
82
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their
respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYLEM INC., as Borrower,
|
|
|
by |
/s/ Samir Patel |
|
|
|
Name: |
Samir Patel |
|
|
|
Title: |
Treasurer |
|
|
[Xylem Inc. Credit Agreement Signature Page]
|
|
|
|
|
|
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
individually and as Administrative Agent,
|
|
|
by |
/s/
Robert D. Bryant |
|
|
|
Name: |
Robert D. Bryant |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
|
[Xylem Inc. Credit Agreement Signature Page]
|
|
|
|
|
|
CITIBANK, N.A.,
|
|
|
by |
/s/
Andrew Sidford |
|
|
|
Name: |
Andrew Sidford |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
|
[Xylem Inc. Credit Agreement Signature Page]
SIGNATURE PAGE TO XYLEM INC.
CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF OCTOBER 25, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lender: __________________________,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For any Lender requiring a second signature line:
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
[Xylem Inc. Credit Agreement Signature Page]
SCHEDULE 2.01
Commitments
|
|
|
|
|
Lender |
|
Commitment |
|
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. |
|
$ |
50,000,000 |
|
Citibank, N.A. |
|
$ |
50,000,000 |
|
Barclays Bank PLC |
|
$ |
50,000,000 |
|
Société Générale |
|
$ |
50,000,000 |
|
The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch |
|
$ |
40,000,000 |
|
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc |
|
$ |
40,000,000 |
|
U.S. Bank National Association |
|
$ |
40,000,000 |
|
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. |
|
$ |
40,000,000 |
|
BNP Paribas |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
ING Bank N.V. Dublin Branch |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
Mizuho Corporate Bank (USA) |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
Svenska Handelsbanken Ab (publ) |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
The Northern Trust Company |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
UBS Loan Finance LLC |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
Crédit Industriel et Commercial |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A. New York |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
SEB AG |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
The Bank of New York Mellon |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
600,000,000 |
|
SCHEDULE 6.01
Existing Indebtedness
|
|
|
|
|
Borrower |
|
Lender |
|
Balance |
ITT do Brasil Ltda
|
|
Banco Citibank SA
|
|
BRL 22,332,497.81 |
SCHEDULE 6.02
Existing Liens
None.
SCHEDULE 6.05
Existing Restrictive Agreements
None.
EXHIBIT A-1
[FORM OF]
COMPETITIVE BID REQUEST
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders referred to below,
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179
[Date]
Attention: [ ]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, ________________ (the Borrower), refers to the Four-Year Competitive
Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc.,
the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and
not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit
Agreement. The Borrower hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section 2.03(a) of the Credit
Agreement that it requests a Competitive Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that
connection sets forth below the terms on which such Competitive Borrowing is requested to be made:
|
|
|
|
|
(A) Date of Competitive Borrowing
(which is a Business Day) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(B) Currency of Competitive Borrowing1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(C) Principal amount
of Competitive Borrowing2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(D) Interest rate basis3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(E) Interest Period and the
last day thereof4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Dollar or a Non-US Currency. |
|
2 |
|
An integral multiple of 1,000,000
units of the applicable currency with a Dollar Equivalent of at least
$10,000,000 but not greater than the Total Commitment then available. |
|
3 |
|
A Eurocurrency Borrowing or a Fixed
Rate Borrowing. |
|
4 |
|
Shall be subject to the definition of
the term Interest Period and end not later than the Maturity Date. |
Upon acceptance of any or all of the Loans offered by the Lenders in response to this request,
the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that the conditions to lending
specified in Section 4.01(b) and (c) of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
[NAME OF BORROWER],
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
[Financial Officer] |
|
|
2
EXHIBIT A-2
[FORM OF]
NOTICE OF COMPETITIVE BID REQUEST
[Name of Lender]
[Address]
[Date]
Attention: [ ]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement. _____________ (the Borrower) made a
Competitive Bid Request on , 20[ ], pursuant to Section 2.03(a) of the Credit
Agreement, and in that connection you are invited to submit a Competitive Bid by
[Date]/[Time].1 Your Competitive Bid must comply with Section 2.03(b) of the Credit
Agreement and the terms set forth below on which the Competitive Bid Request was made:
|
|
|
|
|
(A) Date of Competitive Borrowing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(B) Currency of Competitive Borrowing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(C) Principal amount of
Competitive Borrowing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(D) Interest rate basis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(E) Interest Period and the
last day thereof. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
The Competitive Bid must be received
by the Administrative Agent (i) in the case of Eurocurrency Competitive Loans,
not later than 9:30 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before a
proposed Competitive Borrowing, and (ii) in the case of Fixed Rate Loans, not
later than 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Competitive
Borrowing. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A-3
[FORM OF]
COMPETITIVE BID
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders referred to below,
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179
[Date]
Attention: [ ]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, [Name of Lender], refers to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving
Credit Facility Agreement dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing
Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative
Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement. The
undersigned hereby makes a Competitive Bid pursuant to Section 2.03(b) of the Credit Agreement, in
response to the Competitive Bid Request made by ___________ (the Borrower) on , 20[ ], and in that connection sets forth below the terms on which such Competitive Bid is
made:
|
|
|
|
|
(A) Principal Amount 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(B) Competitive Bid Rate 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(C) Interest Period and last
day thereof |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The undersigned hereby confirms that it is prepared, subject to the conditions set forth in
the Credit Agreement, to extend credit to the Borrower upon acceptance by the Borrower of this bid
in accordance with Section 2.03(d) of the Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
1 |
|
An integral multiple of 1,000,000
units of the applicable currency and may be equal to the entire principal
amount of the Competitive Borrowing requested. Multiple bids will be accepted
by the Administrative Agent. |
|
2 |
|
i.e., LIBO Rate + or %,
in the case of Eurocurrency Competitive Loans, or %, in the case of
Fixed Rate Loans. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
[NAME OF LENDER],
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
2
EXHIBIT A-4
[FORM OF]
COMPETITIVE BID ACCEPT/REJECT LETTER
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders referred to below
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179
[Date]
Attention: [ ]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, ______________________, refers to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc.,
the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and
not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit
Agreement.
In accordance with Section 2.03(c) of the Credit Agreement, we have received a summary of bids
in connection with our Competitive Bid Request dated , and in accordance with
Section 2.03(d) of the Credit Agreement, we hereby accept the following bids for maturity on
[date]:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Amount |
|
Currency |
|
Fixed Rate/Margin |
|
Lender |
|
|
|
|
[%]/[+/-. %] |
|
|
We hereby reject the following bids:
|
|
|
|
Principal Amount |
|
Currency |
|
Fixed Rate/Margin |
|
Lender |
|
|
|
|
[%]/[+/-. %] |
|
|
The Competitive Loans should be deposited in JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. account number [
] on [date].
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
[NAME OF BORROWER],
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A-5
[FORM OF]
REVOLVING BORROWING REQUEST
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders referred to below,
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179
[Date]
Attention: [ ]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, ____________________________ (the Borrower), refers to the Four-Year
Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of October 25, 2011 (as
amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement),
among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent. Capitalized
terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms
in the Credit Agreement. The Borrower hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section 2.04 of the
Credit Agreement that it requests a Revolving Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that
connection sets forth below the terms on which such Revolving Borrowing is requested to be made:
|
|
|
|
|
(A) Date of Revolving Borrowing
(which is a Business Day) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(B) Principal amount of
Revolving Borrowing1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(C) Interest rate basis2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(D) Interest Period and the
last day thereof3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Upon acceptance of any or all of the Loans made by the Lenders in response to this request,
the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that the conditions to lending
specified in Section 4.01(b) and (c) of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied.
|
|
|
1 |
|
An integral multiple of $5,000,000
and not less than $10,000,000 (or an aggregate principal amount equal to the
Total Commitment then available) but not greater than the Total Commitment then
available. |
|
2 |
|
Eurocurrency Revolving Loan or ABR
Loan. |
|
3 |
|
Shall be subject to the definition of
the term Interest Period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
[NAME OF BORROWER],
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
[Financial Officer] |
|
|
EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF]
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
This Assignment and Assumption (this Assignment and Assumption) is dated as of the Effective
Date set forth below and is entered into by and between the Assignor (as defined below) and the
Assignee (as defined below). Capitalized terms used in this Assignment and Assumption and not
otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Four-Year Competitive Advance and
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc.,
the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, receipt of a copy of which is
hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1
attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this
Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.
For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the
Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to
and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the
Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below, (i) all of the
Assignors rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any
other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and
percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the
Assignor under the facility identified below (including any Competitive Loans or Letters of Credit
included in such facility) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law,
all claims, suits, causes of action and any other rights of the Assignor (in its capacity as a
Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the
Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan
transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including,
but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all
other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant
to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii)
above being referred to herein collectively as the Assigned Interest). Such sale and assignment
is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and
Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.
|
1. |
|
Assignor (the Assignor): |
|
|
2. |
|
Assignee (the Assignee): |
Assignee is an Affiliate of: [Name of Lender]
|
3. |
|
Borrowers: |
|
|
4. |
|
Administrative Agent: |
|
|
5. |
|
Assigned Interest: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage |
|
|
of |
|
Amount of |
|
Assigned of |
|
|
Commitment/Loans of |
|
Commitment/Loans |
|
Commitment/ |
|
|
of all Lenders |
|
Assigned |
|
Loans1 |
Commitment Assigned |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
|
Revolving Loans |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
|
Competitive Loans |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
|
Effective Date: , 200[ ] [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR].
|
|
|
1 |
|
Set forth, to at least nine decimals, as a
percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder. |
2
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as
Assignor,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as
Assignee,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consented to:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
as Administrative Agent,
|
|
by |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Consented to:
[ ], as Issuing Bank,
|
|
by |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Consented to:
Xylem Inc.,
as the Company,
|
|
by |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: ]2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
No consent of the Company shall be required
for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or, if an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee. |
3
Annex I
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
1. Representations and Warranties.
1.1 Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and
beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any
lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken
all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any
statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement, (ii)
the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit
Agreement, (iii) the financial condition of the Company, the Borrowing Subsidiaries, or any of
their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of the Credit Agreement
or (iv) the performance or observance by the Company, the Borrowing Subsidiaries, or any of their
Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under the
Credit Agreement.
1.2. Assignee. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power
and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and
Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the
Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement
that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a
Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date under the Assignment and Assumption, it shall be
bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the
Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy
of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered
pursuant to Section 5.03 thereof (or, prior to the first such delivery, the financial statements
referred to in Section 3.05 thereof), and such other documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and
Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis
and decision independently and without reliance on any agent or any other Lender, and (v) if the
Assignee is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States, attached to this
Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section
2.20 of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i)
it will, independently and without reliance on the Assignor, any agent or any other Lender, and
based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make
its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement, and (ii) it
will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit
Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make
all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees
and other amounts) to the Assignee whether such amounts have accrued prior to or on or after the
Effective Date. The Assignor and the Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments
by the Administrative Agent for periods prior to the Effective Date or with respect to the making
of this assignment directly between themselves.
3. General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This
Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall
constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this
Assignment and Assumption by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as
delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and
Assumption shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York
without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof other than Section 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the
New York General Obligations Law.
2
EXHIBIT C-1
[FORM OF]
OPINION OF DEWEY & LEBOEUF, COUNSEL FOR XYLEM INC.
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
1 The execution, delivery and performance by Xylem Inc. of the Loan Documents1, and
the borrowings of Xylem Inc. under the Credit Agreement will not violate any provision of law,
statute, rule or regulation (including without limitation, the Margin Regulations) of the United
States of America or the State of New York.
2. Each Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Xylem Inc.
enforceable against Xylem Inc. in accordance with its terms, subject to any applicable bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or conveyance or other similar laws of
general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors rights from time to time
in effect, and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether such principles are
considered in any proceeding in equity or at law.
|
|
|
1 |
|
For opinion purposes, Loan Documents will be
defined as those Loan Documents to be executed and delivered as of the
Effective Date. |
EXHIBIT C-2
[FORM OF]
OPINION OF FRANK R. JIMENEZ, GENERAL COUNSEL AND CORPORATE
SECRETARY FOR XYLEM INC.
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
1. Xylem Inc. (i) is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the
[State of Indiana], (ii) has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its property and
assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, (iii) is qualified to do business in every
jurisdiction within the United States where such qualification is required, except where the
failure so to qualify would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (iv) has all requisite
corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan
Documents to which it is a party, and to borrow funds thereunder.
2. The execution, delivery and performance by Xylem Inc. of the Loan Documents, and the
borrowings of Xylem Inc. under the Credit Agreement, (collectively, the Transactions) (i) have
been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action and (ii) will not (a) violate (1) any
provision of law, statute, rule or regulation of the Indiana Business Corporation Law, or of the
articles of incorporation or other constitutive documents or by-laws of Xylem Inc., (2) any order
known to me of any governmental authority or (3) any provision of any indenture, material agreement
or other material instrument to which Xylem Inc. is a party or by which it or its property is or
may be bound, (b) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or
lapse of time or both) a default under any such indenture, agreement or other instrument or (c)
result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any property or assets of Xylem Inc., other
than pursuant to the Loan Documents.
3. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by Xylem Inc.
4. No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any
government authority is or will be required in connection with the Transactions, except such as
have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect.
5. Neither Xylem Inc. nor any of its subsidiaries is an investment company as defined in, or
subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.
2
EXHIBIT D-1
[FORM OF]
BORROWING SUBSIDIARY AGREEMENT
BORROWING SUBSIDIARY AGREEMENT dated as of
[ ], [ ], among XYLEM INC., an Indiana corporation (the
Company), [Name of Subsidiary], a [ ] corporation (the
Subsidiary), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
administrative agent (the Administrative Agent) for the lenders (the
Lenders) party to the Credit Agreement referred to below.
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among the Company, the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agent and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent.
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to
such terms in the Credit Agreement.
Under the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have agreed, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions therein set forth, to make competitive advance and revolving credit loans to, and to
issue Letters of Credit for the account of, the Company and its subsidiaries that execute and
deliver to the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement in the form hereof. The
Company represents that the Subsidiary is a subsidiary of the Company and that the guarantee of the
Company contained in Article VIII of the Credit Agreement applies to the obligations of the
Subsidiary. In consideration of being permitted to borrow, and to have Letters of Credit issued
for its account, under the Credit Agreement upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
therein, the Subsidiary agrees that from and after the date of this Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement
it will be, and will be liable for the observance and performance of all the obligations of, a
Borrowing Subsidiary under the Credit Agreement to the same extent as if it had been one of the
original parties to the Credit Agreement and that it will furnish to the Administrative Agent and
the Lenders copies of its financial statements on an annual basis.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Subsidiary have caused this Borrowing Subsidiary
Agreement to be duly executed by their authorized officers as of the date first appearing above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYLEM INC.,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF SUBSIDIARY],
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Accepted as of the date first appearing above:
|
|
|
|
|
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK N.A.,
as Administrative Agent,
|
|
by |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
EXHIBIT D-2
[FORM OF]
BORROWER TERMINATION AGREEMENT
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders referred to below,
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179
[ ], 20[ ]
Re: Borrower Termination Agreement
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among the Xylem Inc., an Indiana corporation (the Company), the
Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and
not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit
Agreement.
The Company hereby terminates the status of [NAME OF TERMINATED BORROWING SUBSIDIARY] (the
"Terminated Borrower) as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement. [The Company represents and
warrants that all Loans made to the Terminated Borrower have been repaid, all Letters of Credit
issued for the account of the Terminated Borrower have been drawn in full or have expired and all
amounts payable by the Terminated Borrower in respect of any drawings under any Letter of Credit
issued for the account of such Terminated Borrower, interest and/or fees (and, to the extent
notified by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any other amounts payable under the Credit
Agreement by the Terminated Borrower) have been paid in full on or prior to the date hereof.][The
Company and the Terminated Borrower acknowledge that the Terminated Borrower shall continue to be a
Borrower until such time as all Loans made to the Terminated Borrower have been repaid, all Letters
of Credit issued for the account of the Terminated Borrower have been drawn in full or have expired
and all amounts payable by the Terminated Borrower in respect of any drawings under any Letter of
Credit issued for the account of such Terminated Borrower, interest and/or fees (and, to the extent
notified by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any other amounts payable under the Credit
Agreement by the Terminated Borrower) have been paid in full.] The execution and delivery of this
Borrower Termination Agreement shall be immediately effective to terminate the right of the
Terminated Borrower to request or receive further extensions of credit under the Credit
Agreement.
THIS INSTRUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE
OF NEW YORK.
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYLEM INC.,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
EXHIBIT E
[FORM OF]
ISSUING BANK AGREEMENT
ISSUING BANK AGREEMENT dated as of [ ], [ ] (this
Agreement), between XYLEM INC., an Indiana corporation (the
Company) and the financial institution identified on Schedule I hereto
as the Issuing Bank (the Issuing Bank).
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among the Company, the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agent and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent.
Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein
shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement. The rules of construction
set forth in Section 1.02 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.
SECTION 2. Letter of Credit Commitment. The Issuing Bank hereby agrees to be an Issuing
Bank under, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the Credit Agreement, to issue
Letters of Credit under, the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that Letters of Credit issued by
the Issuing Bank hereunder shall be subject to the limitations, if any, set forth on Schedule I
hereto, in addition to the limitations set forth in the Credit Agreement.
SECTION 3. Issuance Procedure. In order to request the issuance of a Letter of Credit
hereunder, the applicable Borrower (or the Company on behalf of the applicable Borrower) shall hand
deliver or fax a notice (specifying the information required by Section 2.05(b) of the Credit
Agreement) to the Issuing Bank, at its address or fax number specified on Schedule I hereto (or
such other address or fax number as the Issuing Bank may specify by notice to the Company), not
later than the time of day (local time at such address) specified on Schedule I hereto prior to the
proposed date of issuance of such Letter of Credit. A copy of such notice shall be sent,
concurrently, by the applicable Borrower (or the Company on behalf of the applicable Borrower) to
the Administrative Agent in the manner specified for Borrowing Requests under the Credit Agreement.
Upon receipt of such notice, the Issuing Bank shall consult the Administrative Agent by telephone
in order to determine (i) whether the conditions specified in the last sentence of Section 2.05(b)
of the Credit Agreement will be satisfied in connection with the issuance of such Letter of Credit
and (ii) whether the requested expiration date for such Letter of Credit complies with the proviso
to Section 2.05(c) of the Credit Agreement.
SECTION 4. Issuing Bank Fees, Interest and Payments. The Issuing Bank Fees payable to the
Issuing Bank in respect of Letters of Credit issued hereunder are specified on Schedule I hereto
(and such fees shall be in addition to the Issuing Banks customary documentary and processing
charges in connection with the issuance, amendment or transfer of any Letter of Credit issued
hereunder). Each payment of Issuing Bank Fees payable hereunder shall be made not later than 12:00
(noon), local time at the place of payment, on the date when
due, in immediately available funds, to the account of the Issuing Bank specified on Schedule
I hereto (or to such other account of the Issuing Bank as it may specify by notice to the Company).
SECTION 5. Credit Agreement Terms. Notwithstanding any provision hereof which may be
construed to the contrary, it is expressly understood and agreed that (a) this Agreement is
supplemental to the Credit Agreement and is intended to constitute an Issuing Bank Agreement, as
defined therein (and, as such, constitutes an integral part of the Credit Agreement as though the
terms of this Agreement were set forth in the Credit Agreement), (b) each Letter of Credit issued
hereunder and each and every L/C Disbursement made under any such Letter of Credit shall constitute
a Letter of Credit and an L/C Disbursement, respectively, for all purposes of the Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (c) the Issuing Banks commitment to issue Letters of
Credit hereunder and each and every Letter of Credit requested or issued hereunder shall be subject
to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and entitled to the benefits of the Loan
Documents and (d) the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated herein
as though set forth herein in full and shall supersede any contrary provisions hereof.
SECTION 6. Assignment. The Issuing Bank may not assign its commitment to issue Letters of
Credit hereunder without the consent of the Company and prior notice to the Administrative Agent.
In the event of an assignment by the Issuing Bank of all its other interests, rights and
obligations under the Credit Agreement, then the Issuing Banks commitment to issue Letters of
Credit hereunder shall terminate unless the Issuing Bank, the Company and the Administrative Agent
otherwise agree.
SECTION 7. Effectiveness. This Agreement shall not be effective until counterparts hereof
executed on behalf of each of the Company and the Issuing Bank have been delivered to and accepted
by the Administrative Agent.
2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to
be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYLEM INC.,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
[ISSUING BANK],
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Accepted:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK N.A., as
Administrative Agent,
SCHEDULE I to
Issuing Bank Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
A.
|
|
Issuing Bank: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Issuing Banks Address and
Telecopy Number for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C.
|
|
Time of Day by Which Notices Must
be Received
|
|
A notice requesting the issuance of
a Letter of Credit must be received
by the Issuing Bank by 10:00 a.m.
(New York time) not less than five
Business Days prior to the proposed
date of issuance. |
|
|
|
|
|
D.
|
|
Special Terms:
|
|
The aggregate L/C Exposure in
respect of Letters of Credit issued
pursuant to this Agreement shall not
exceed $[ ]. |
|
|
|
|
|
E.
|
|
Issuing Bank Fronting Fee:
|
|
[ ]% per annum on the average
daily undrawn amount of the Letters
of Credit, payable on the same dates
that L/C Participation Fees are
payable under the Credit Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
|
F.
|
|
Issuing Banks Account for
Payment of Issuing
Bank Fees: |
|
|
EXHIBIT F
[FORM OF]
PROMISSORY NOTE
New York, New York
[Date]
For value received, [NAME OF BORROWER], a [ ] corporation (the Borrower),
promises to pay to the order of [name of Lender] (the Lender) (i) the unpaid principal amount of
each Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement referred to below, when and
as due and payable under the terms of the Credit Agreement, and (ii) interest on the unpaid
principal amount of each such Loan on the dates and at the rate or rates provided for in the Credit
Agreement. All such payments of principal and interest shall be made in the currencies and to the
accounts specified in the Credit Agreement, in immediately available funds.
All Loans made by the Lender, and all repayments of the principal thereof, shall be recorded
by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, appropriate notations to evidence the foregoing
information with respect to each such Loan then outstanding shall be endorsed by the Lender on the
schedule attached hereto, or on a continuation of such schedule attached hereto and made a part
hereof; provided that the failure of the Lender to make any such recordation or endorsement shall
not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement.
This note is one of the promissory notes issued pursuant to the Four-Year Competitive Advance
and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc.,
the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agent and
Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement for provisions for
the mandatory and optional prepayment hereof and the acceleration of the maturity hereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF BORROWER],
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
SCHEDULE OF LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Principal |
|
|
Unpaid |
|
|
Notations |
|
Date |
|
|
Amount of Loan |
|
|
Repaid |
|
|
Principal Balance |
|
|
Made By |
|
2
EXHIBIT G-1
[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE
(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not
Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby
certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any
Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is
not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent
shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not
a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of
the Code and (v) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the
undersigneds conduct of U.S. trade or business.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of
its non-U.S. person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned
agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall
promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at
all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and
currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to
the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall
have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF LENDER]
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Date: ________ __, 20[ ]
EXHIBIT G-2
[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE
(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships
For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby
certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing
such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are
the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii)
with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement, neither the undersigned
nor any of its partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered
into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of
the Code, (iv) none of its partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the
meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a controlled
foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and
(vi) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigneds or its
partners/members conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY
accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest
exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information
provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the
calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two
calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall
have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF LENDER]
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Date: ________ __, 20[ ]
EXHIBIT G-3
[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE
(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are
Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby
certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of
which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section
881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the
meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation
related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (v) the interest
payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigneds conduct of a U.S. trade
or business.
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S.
person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if
the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such
Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a
properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each
payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such
payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall
have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Date: ________ __, 20[ ]
EXHIBIT G-4
[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE
(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are
Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of October 25, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby
certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is
providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such
participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its
partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the
ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code,
(iv) none of its partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning
of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a controlled foreign
corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) the
interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigneds or its
partners/members conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an
IRS Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By
executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this
certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned
shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective
certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or
in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall
have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
Date: ________ __, 20[ ]
exv10w7
Exhibit 10.7
XYLEM 1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
EFFECTIVE AS OF 10/31/11
1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE
1.1 Establishment of the Plan. Xylem Inc., an Indiana corporation, hereby establishes an incentive
compensation plan to be known as the Xylem 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Plan), as set
forth in this document. The Plan first became effective as of October 31, 2011 (the Effective
Date) following the spin-off of Xylem Inc. from ITT Corporation (the Predecessor Corporation) on
October 31, 2011. The Predecessor Corporation maintained a similar plan prior to the spin-off (the
Predecessor Plan), and the Plan was created to govern the awards under the Predecessor Plan, as
revised to reflect the spin-off from the Predecessor Corporation. The Plan shall remain in effect
until terminated by the Board as provided in Section 9.1 hereof, and Participants shall receive
full credit for their service and participation with the Predecessor Corporation as provided in
Section 5.8 hereof.
1.2 Purposes. The purposes of the Plan are to promote the achievement of long-term objectives of
the Company by tying Key Employees long-term incentive opportunities to preestablished goals; to
attract and retain Key Employees of outstanding competence, and to encourage teamwork among them;
and to reward performance based on the successful achievement of the preestablished objectives.
Awards will be made, at the discretion of the Committee, to Key Employees (including officers and
Directors who are also employees) whose responsibilities and decisions directly affect the
performance of any Participating Company. It is intended that, if desired, compensation payable
under the Plan will qualify as performance-based compensation, within the meaning of Section
162(m) of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder.
2. DEFINITIONS Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth
below:
(a) An Acceleration Event shall be deemed to have occurred if the conditions set forth in any one
or more of the following paragraphs shall have been satisfied:
(i) a report on Schedule 13D shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to
Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act disclosing that any person (within the meaning of Section 13(d)
of the Exchange Act), other than the Company or a Subsidiary or any employee benefit plan sponsored
by the Company or a Subsidiary, is the Beneficial Owner directly or indirectly of twenty percent
(20%) or more of the outstanding Common Stock $1 par value, of the Company (the Stock);
(ii) any person (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company
or a Subsidiary, or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a Subsidiary, shall
purchase shares pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer to acquire any Stock of the Company
(or securities convertible into Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration, provided
that after consummation of the offer, the person in question is the Beneficial Owner, directly or
indirectly, of twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding
2
Stock of the Company (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act
in the case of rights to acquire Stock);
(iii) the consummation of
(a) any consolidation, business combination or merger involving the Company, other than a
consolidation, business combination or merger involving the Company in which holders of Stock
immediately prior to the consolidation, business combination or merger (x) hold fifty percent (50%)
or more of the combined voting power of the Company (or the corporation resulting from the merger
or consolidation or the parent of such corporation) after the merger and (y) have the same
proportionate ownership of common stock of the Company (or the corporation resulting from the
merger or consolidation or the parent of such corporation), relative to other holders of Stock
immediately prior to the merger, business combination or consolidation, immediately after the
merger as immediately before; or
(b) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related
transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of the Company;
(iv) there shall have been a change in a majority of the members of the Board within a 12-month
period unless the election or nomination for election by the Companys stockholders of each new
director during such 12-month period was approved by the vote of two-thirds of the directors then
still in office who (x) were directors at the beginning of such 12-month period or (y) whose
nomination for election or election as directors was recommended or approved by a majority of the
directors who where directors at the beginning of such 12-month period; or
(v) any person (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company or
a Subsidiary or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored by the Company or a
Subsidiary) becomes the Beneficial Owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of the Stock.
(b) Award means an award granted to a Key Employee in accordance with the provisions of the Plan
and approved by the Committee.
(c) Award Agreement means the written agreement evidencing an Award granted to a Key Employee
under the Plan and approved by the Committee.
(d) Beneficial Owner shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the general
rules and regulations under the Exchange Act.
(e) Board of Directors or Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(f) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as now in effect or as hereafter amended. (All
citations to sections of the Code are to such sections as they may from time to time be amended or
renumbered.)
(g) Committee means the Compensation and Personnel Committee of the Board or such other committee
as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan, all of whose
3
members shall be Non-Employee Directors under the Exchange Act and Outside Directors under
Section 162(m) of the Code.
(h) Company means Xylem Inc., an Indiana corporation, and its successors and assigns; provided,
however, that for purposes of grants made under the Predecessor Plan, Company shall mean the
Predecessor Corporation as the original grantor.
(i) Director means an individual who is a member of the Board.
(j) Disability means the complete permanent inability of a Key Employee to perform all of his or
her duties under the terms of his or her employment with any Participating Company, as determined
by the Committee upon the basis of such evidence, including independent medical reports and data,
as the Committee deems appropriate or necessary.
(k) Effective Date means the date this Plan becomes effective, as set forth in Section 1.1
herein.
(l) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any
successor act thereto.
(m) Key Employee means an employee (including any officer or Director who is also an employee) of
any Participating Company whose responsibilities and decisions, in the judgment of the Committee,
directly affect the performance of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
(n) Participant means an employee of a Participating Company who is a Key Employee and who has
received an Award under the Plan.
(o) Participating Company means the Company or any Subsidiary or other affiliate of the Company
or any corporation which at the time of award qualifies as a subsidiary of the Company under
Section 425(f) of the Code.
(p) Performance Goal means one or more Performance Measures expressed as an objective formula to
be used in calculating the amount payable, if any, with respect to a designated Award and shall be
established by the Committee within the first ninety (90) days of the applicable Performance
Period. A Performance Goal may provide for various levels of payout depending upon the degree to
which the Performance Goal has been achieved.
(q) Performance Measure means one or more financial or other objectives determined by the
Committee as provided in Section 3.4 herein.
(r) Performance Period means the period determined by the Committee, which shall be in excess of
one year, during which the Performance Goal shall be achieved.
(s) Retirement means eligibility to receive immediate retirement benefits under a Participating
Company tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan.
(t) Subsidiary means any corporation in which the Company owns directly or indirectly through its
Subsidiaries at least a majority of the total combined voting power of all classes of
4
stock, or any other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) in
which the Company or its Subsidiaries own at least a majority of the combined equity thereof.
3. ADMINISTRATION
3.1 The Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, the members of which shall
serve at the pleasure of the Board.
3.2 Authority of the Committee. Subject to the provisions herein, the Committee shall have full
power to select the Key Employees to whom Awards are granted; to determine the size and frequency
of Awards (which need not be the same for each Participant); to determine the terms and conditions
of each Award; to establish Performance Measures, Performance Goals and Performance Periods (which
need not be the same for each Participant); to set forth guidelines governing the amounts of
Awards; to revise the amounts of Awards and/or the Performance Measures and/or Performance Goals
during a Performance Period to the extent necessary to preserve the intent thereof, and to the
extent necessary to prevent dilution of Participants rights; to construe and interpret the Plan
and any agreement or instrument entered into under the Plan; to establish, amend, rescind, or waive
rules and regulations for the Plans administration; and, subject to the provisions of Article 9
herein, to amend, modify, and/or terminate the Plan. Further, the Committee shall have the full
power to make all other determinations which may be necessary or advisable for the administration
of the Plan, to the extent consistent with the provisions of the Plan.
As permitted by law, the Committee may delegate its authority and responsibilities; provided,
however, that the Committee may not delegate certain of its responsibilities hereunder where such
delegation may jeopardize compliance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) of the
Code, and all rules and regulations thereunder.
3.3 Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the
provisions of the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, including the
Company, its shareholders, employees, Participants, and their estates and beneficiaries.
3.4 Performance Goals and Measures. Performance Goals shall be based on one or more Performance
Measures as established by the Committee, which may include financial measures with respect to the
Company and its Subsidiaries or with respect to a Participating Company. Performance Measures may
include factors such as the attainment of certain target levels of or changes in (i) economic value
added; (ii) after-tax profits; (iii) operational cash flow; (iv) debt or other similar financial
obligations; (v) earnings; (vi) revenues; (vii) net income; (viii) return on capital; (ix)
shareholders equity; (x) return on shareholders equity; and (xi) total shareholder return
(measured as a change in the market price of the common stock of the Company plus dividend yield)
relative to one or more indices such as the S&P 500 or the S&P Industrials. In addition to these
Performance Measures, Awards that are not intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for
purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code may be based on such additional or other criteria as the
Committee may determine.
5
4. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
4.1 Eligibility and Participation. Eligibility shall be limited to Key Employees. Participation
shall be at the discretion of the Committee.
5. AWARDS
5.1 Award Timing and Frequency. The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the
number and frequency of Awards to each Participant. Participation in the Plan shall begin on the
first day of each Performance Period. However, the Committee, at its sole discretion, may grant an
Award to a Key Employee during any Performance Period. In such cases, the Participants degree of
participation for such Performance Period may be pro rated, based on whatever method the Committee
shall determine.
5.2 Award Value. Each Award shall have an initial value that is established by the Committee at the
time of Award. The maximum payment that may be made with respect to Awards to any Participant in
any one calendar year shall be $10,000,000; provided, however, that this limitation shall not apply
with respect to any Award that is paid in a calendar year prior to the year it would ordinarily be
paid because of an Acceleration Event or other transaction or event that provides for accelerated
payment of Awards.
5.3 Achieving Award Value. The Committee shall establish Performance Goals to be achieved during
the Performance Period and the various percentage payouts, if any, for each Award which are
dependent upon the degree to which the Performance Goals have been achieved, all as shall be
referred to in the individual Award Agreement.
5.4 Certification of Performance Targets. After the end of each Performance Period, and prior to
the payment for such Performance Period, the Committee must certify in writing the degree to which
the Performance Goals and Performance Measures for the Performance Period were achieved. The
Committee shall calculate the amount of each Participants Award for such Performance Period based
upon the Performance Measures and Performance Goals for each Participant. In establishing
Performance Targets and Performance Measures and in calculating the degree of achievement thereof,
the Committee may ignore extraordinary items, property transactions, changes in accounting
standards and losses or gains arising from discontinued operations. The Committee shall have no
authority or discretion to increase the amount of any Participants Award as so determined, but it
may reduce the amount or totally eliminate any Award if it determines in its absolute and sole
discretion that such action is appropriate in order to reflect the Participants performance or
unanticipated factors during the Performance Period.
5.5 Form and Timing of Payment of Awards. Payment with respect to earned Awards shall be made as
soon as practicable following the close of the applicable Performance Period. Payment shall be made
solely in the form of cash.
5.6 Funding of Awards. Awards need not be funded during the Performance Period. Any obligation of
the Company to make payments with respect to Awards shall be a general obligation of the Company
with Participants to whom payment of an Award may have been earned and due being general creditors
of the Company.
5.7 Award Agreements. Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, which shall be approved
by the Committee, signed by an officer of the Company and by the Participant, and
6
contain or refer to the terms and conditions that apply to the Award, which shall include, but
shall not be limited to, the amount of the Award, the Performance Measures, the Performance Goals,
the levels of payout dependent upon the degree to which the Performance Goals have been achieved,
and the length of the Performance Period. The terms and conditions need not be the same for each
Participant, or for each Performance Period.
5.8 Prior Participation. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all
prior service and participation by a Participant with the Predecessor Corporation shall be credited
in full towards a Participants service and participation with the Company.
6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
6.1 Termination of Employment Due to Death, Disability, or Retirement. In the event a Participants
employment is terminated by reason of death, Disability or Retirement, the Participant may be
entitled to a pro rata payment with respect to Awards in accordance with such rules and regulations
as the Committee shall adopt.
6.2 Termination for Reasons Other than Death, Disability, or Retirement. In the event a
Participants employment is terminated for reasons other than death, Disability, or Retirement, and
other than that brought about by an Acceleration Event, all rights to any Awards shall be
forfeited, unless the Committee determines otherwise.
7. ACCELERATION EVENT
Upon the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, the Performance Goals attainable under all
outstanding Awards shall be deemed to have been fully earned at one hundred percent achievement
level and shall be paid out in cash upon the effective date of the Acceleration Event.
Subject to Article 9 herein, prior to the effective date of an Acceleration Event, the Committee
shall have the authority to make any modifications to outstanding Awards as it determines to be
necessary to provide Participants with an appropriate payout with respect to their Awards.
8. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
8.1 Designation of Beneficiary. Each Participant may file with the Participating Company a written
designation of one or more persons as the beneficiary who shall be entitled to receive payout, if
any, with respect to the Award upon his or her death. The Participant may from time to time revoke
or change his or her beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing
a new designation with the Participating Company. The last such designation received by the
Participating Company shall be controlling; provided however, that no designation, or change or
revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Participating Company prior to the
Participants death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt.
8.2 Death of Beneficiary. In the event that all the beneficiaries named by a Participant pursuant
to Section 8.1 herein predecease the Participant, any amounts that would have been paid to the
Participant or the Participants beneficiaries under the Plan shall be paid to the Participants
estate.
7
9. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
9.1 Amendment, Modification, and Termination. The Board may terminate, amend, or modify the Plan.
9.2 Awards Previously Granted. No termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall in any
manner adversely affect any outstanding Award, without the written consent of the Participant
holding such Award.
10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
10.1 Employment. Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the
Company to terminate any Participants employment at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any
right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
10.2 Nontransferability. No Award may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise
alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
10.3 Rights to Common Stock. Awards do not give Participants any right whatsoever with respect to
shares of the Companys common stock.
10.4 Costs of the Plan. All costs of the Plan including, but not limited to, payout of Awards and
administrative expenses, shall be incurred as general obligations of the Company.
10.5 Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the right to require Participants to remit to the
Company an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable Federal, state, foreign and local withholding
tax requirements, or to deduct from all payments under the Plan amounts sufficient to satisfy all
such requirements.
10.6 Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to payout of Awards
shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the
result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or other acquisition of all or
substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.
10.7 Indemnification. Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee or the Board
shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability,
or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or
resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which
he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and
against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Companys
approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or
proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own
expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his
or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other
rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Companys Articles of
Incorporation, By-laws, insurance or other agreement or otherwise.
8
10.8 Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company under the Plan
shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail to
the Secretary of the Company. Notice to the Secretary of the Company, if mailed, shall be addressed
to the principal executive offices of the Company. Notice mailed to a Participant shall be at such
address as is given in the records of the Company. Notices shall be deemed given as of the date of
delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for
registration or certification.
10.9 Severability. In the event that any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for
any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the
Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
10.10 Requirements of Law. The granting and payout of Awards shall be subject to all applicable
laws, rules, and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national
securities exchanges as may be required.
10.11 Governing Law. To the extent not preempted by Federal law, the Plan, and all agreements
hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.
exv10w8
Exhibit 10.8
XYLEM 1997 ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN
EFFECTIVE AS OF 10/31/11
1. PURPOSE
The purpose of this Xylem 1997 Annual Incentive Plan is to provide incentive compensation in
the form of a bonus to eligible executives of Xylem Inc. (the Company) for achieving specific
pre-established performance objectives and to continue to motivate participating executives to
achieve their business goals, while tying a portion of their compensation to measures affecting
shareholder value; provided, however, that for purposes of grants made under the Predecessor Plan,
the term Company shall include the ITT Corporation (the Predecessor Corporation) as the
original grantor. The Incentive Plan seeks to enable the Company to continue to be competitive in
its ability to attract and retain executives of the highest caliber.
This Xylem 1997 Annual Incentive Plan (the Incentive Plan) first became effective as of
October 31, 2011 following the spin-off of Xylem Inc. from the Predecessor Corporation on October
31, 2011; provided, however, that for purposes of grants made under the Predecessor Plan, the term
Incentive Plan shall include shall include the Predecessor Plan as it existed at the time of the
grant. The Predecessor Corporation maintained a similar plan prior to the spin-off (the
Predecessor Plan), and the Incentive Plan was created to govern the awards under the Predecessor
Plan, as revised to reflect the spin-off from the Predecessor Corporation. The Plan shall remain
in effect as provided in Article IX hereof, and participants shall receive full credit for their
service and participation with the Predecessor Corporation as provided in Article IX hereof.
2. PLAN ADMINISTRATION
The Compensation and Personnel Committee (the Committee) of the Board of Directors (the
Board) of the company shall have full power and authority to administer, construe and interpret
the provisions of the Incentive Plan and to adopt and amend administrative rules and regulations,
agreements, guidelines and instruments for the administration of the Incentive Plan and for the
conduct of its business as the Committee considers appropriate.
The Committee shall have full power, to the extent permitted by law, to delegate its authority
to any officer or employee of the Company to administer and interpret the procedural aspects of the
Incentive Plan, subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan, including adopting and enforcing rules
to decide procedural and administrative issues.
The Committee may rely on opinions, reports or statements of officers or employees of the
Company and of counsel to the Company (inside or retained counsel), public accountants and other
professional or expert persons.
The Board reserves the right to amend or terminate the Incentive Plan in whole or in part at
any time; provided, however, that no amendments shall adversely affect or impair the rights of any
participant previously accrued thereby, without the written consent of the participant.
2
No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or for
any determination made by him or her in good faith with respect to the Incentive Plan, and the
Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee against any cost or expense
(including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the
approval of the Committee) arising out of any act or omission in connection with the administration
or interpretation of the Incentive Plan, unless arising out of such persons own fraud or bad
faith.
3. ELIGIBLE EXECUTIVES
Executives of the Company or its affiliates in salary grade 19 and above shall be eligible to
participate in the Incentive plan; provided, however, that for purposes of grants made under the
Predecessor Plan, the term Company shall include ITT Corporation as the original grantor.
4. PLAN YEAR, PERFORMANCE PERIODS, PERFORMANCE MEASURES AND PERFORMANCE TARGETS
Each fiscal year of the Incentive Plan (the Plan Year) shall begin on January 1 and end on
December 31. The performance period (the Performance Period) with respect to which bonuses may be
payable under the Incentive Plan shall be the Plan Year unless the Committee designates one or more
different Performance Periods.
The Committee shall establish the performance measures (the Performance Measures) to be used
which may include, but shall not be limited to, net operating profit after tax, economic value
added, earnings per share, return on equity, return on total capital, or such other measures as
determined by the Committee. In addition, Performance Measures may be based upon other objectives
such as negotiating transactions or sales and developing long-term goals. The Performance Measures
shall be objectively determinable and, to the extent that they are expressed in standard accounting
terms, shall be according to generally accepted accounting principles as in existence on the date
on which the applicable Performance Period is established and without regard to any changes in such
principles after such date. For purposes of the Plan, economic value added shall mean the amount of
economic profit created in excess of the amount required to satisfy the obligations to and normal
expectations of the Companys lenders and investors.
The Committee shall establish the performance targets (the Performance Targets) to be
achieved which shall be based on one or more Performance Measures relating to the Company as a
whole or to the specific businesses of the Company, subsidiaries, operating companies, or operating
units as determined by the Committee and shall be expressed as an objective formula to be used in
calculating the amount of bonus award each executive shall be eligible to receive. There may be a
sliding scale of payment dependent upon the percentage levels of achievement of Performance
Targets.
The Performance Measures and Performance Targets, which may be different with respect to each
executive and each Performance Period, must be set forth in writing by the Committee within the
first ninety (90) days of the applicable Performance Period.
3
5. CERTIFICATION OF PERFORMANCE TARGETS AND CALCULATION OF BONUS AWARDS
After the end of each Performance Period, and prior to the payment for such Performance
Period, the Committee must certify in writing the degree to which the Performance Targets for the
Performance Period were achieved, including the specific target objective or objectives and the
satisfaction of any other material terms of the bonus award. The Committee shall calculate the
amount of each executives bonus for such Performance Period based upon the Performance Measures
and Performance Targets for each executive. In establishing Performance Targets and Performance
Measures and in calculating the degree of achievement thereof, the Committee may ignore
extraordinary items, property transactions, changes in accounting standards and losses or gains
arising from discontinued operations. The Committee shall have authority and discretion to increase
or decrease the amount of any executives bonus as so determined, and may totally eliminate any
bonus award if it determines in its absolute and sole discretion that such action is appropriate in
order to reflect the executives performance or unanticipated factors during the Performance
Period.
6. PAYMENT OF AWARDS
Approved bonus awards shall be payable by the Company in cash to each executive, or to the
executives estate in the event of the executives death, as soon as practicable after the end of
each Performance Period. No bonuses may be paid under the Incentive Plan until the Committee has
certified in writing that the relevant Performance Targets were achieved.
If an executive is not an employee on the last day of the Performance Period, the Committee
shall have sole discretion to determine what portion, if any, the executive shall be entitled to
receive with respect to any award for the Performance Period. The Committee shall have the
authority to adopt appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Incentive Plan
in such termination cases.
The Company retains the right to deduct from any bonus awards paid under the Incentive Plan
any Federal, state, local or foreign taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such
payment.
7. OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Any award made under this Incentive Plan shall be subject to the discretion of the Committee.
No person shall have any legal claim to be granted an award under the Incentive Plan and the
Committee shall have no obligation to treat executives uniformly. Except as may be otherwise
required by law, bonus awards under the Incentive Plan shall not be subject in any manner to
anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment,
execution, or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary. Bonuses awarded under the
Incentive Plan shall be payable from the general assets of the Company, and no executive shall have
any claim with respect to any specific assets of the Company.
Nothing contained in the Incentive Plan shall give any executive the right to continue in the
employment of the Company or affect the right of the Company to terminate an executive.
4
8. ACCELERATION EVENT.
An Acceleration Event shall occur if (i) a report on Schedule 13D shall be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(the Act) disclosing that any person (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Act), other than
the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or
a subsidiary of the Company, is the beneficial owner directly or indirectly of twenty percent (20%)
or more of the outstanding Common Stock $1 par value, of the Company (the Stock): (ii) any person
(within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Act), other than the Company or a subsidiary of the
Company, or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company,
shall purchase shares pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer to acquire any Stock of the
Company (or securities convertible into Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration,
provided that after consummation of the offer, the person in question is the beneficial owner (as
such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of twenty percent (20%)
or more of the outstanding Stock of the Company (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of Rule
13d-3 under the Act in the case of rights to acquire Stock); (iii) the consummation of (A) any
consolidation, business combination or merger involving the Company, other than a consolidation,
business combination or merger involving the Company in which holders of Stock immediately prior to
the consolidation, business combination or merger (x) hold fifty percent (50%) or more of the
combined voting power of the Company (or the corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation
or the parent of such corporation) after the merger and (y) have the same proportionate ownership
of common stock of the Company (or the corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation or
the parent of such corporation), relative to other holders of Stock immediately prior to the
merger, business combination or consolidation, immediately after the merger as immediately before,
or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related
transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, (iv) there shall have been a
change in a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company within a 12-month
period unless the election or nomination for election by the Companys stockholders of each new
director during such 12-month period was approved by the vote of two-thirds of the directors then
still in office who (x) were directors at the beginning of such 12-month period or (y) whose
nomination for election or election as directors was recommended or approved by a majority of the
directors who were directors at the beginning of such 12-month period or (v) any person (within the
meaning of Section 13(d) of the Act) (other than the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or
any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary of the
Company) becomes the beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act) of
twenty percent (20%) or more of the Stock.
Upon the occurrence of such Acceleration Event, the Performance Measures for each Performance
Period with respect to which bonuses may be payable under the Incentive Plan shall be deemed to be
achieved at the greater of (i) the Performance Target established for such Performance Measures or
(ii) the Companys actual achievement of such Performance Measures as of the Acceleration Event.
Payment of the bonuses, for the full year, will be made to each Participating Executive, in cash,
within five (5) business days following such Acceleration Event.
5
9. MISCELLANEOUS.
The Incentive Plan shall be effective October 31, 2011. The Plan shall remain in effect
unless/until terminated by the Board; provided, however, that if an Acceleration Event has occurred
no amendment or termination shall impair the rights of any executive with respect to any prior
award.
This Incentive Plan shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State
of New York.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Incentive Plan to the contrary, all prior service
and participation by a participant with the Predecessor Corporation shall be credited in full
towards a participants service and participation with the Company.
exv10w9
Exhibit 10.9
XYLEM ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
EFFECTIVE AS OF 10/31/11
1. Purpose
The purpose of this Xylem Annual Incentive Plan for Executive Officers is to provide incentive
compensation in the form of a cash award to executive officers of Xylem Inc. (the Company) for
achieving specific pre-established performance objectives and to continue to motivate participating
executive officers to achieve their business goals, while tying a portion of their compensation to
measures affecting shareholder value; provided, however, that for purposes of grants made under the
Predecessor Plan, the term Company shall include the ITT Corporation (the Predecessor
Corporation) as the original grantor. The Incentive Plan seeks to enable the Company to continue
to be competitive in its ability to attract and retain executive officers of the highest caliber.
The Xylem Annual Incentive Plan (the Incentive Plan) first became effective as of October
31, 2011 following the spin-off of Xylem Inc. from the Predecessor Corporation on October 31, 2011;
provided, however, that for purposes of grants made under the Predecessor Plan, the term Incentive
Plan shall include shall include the Predecessor Plan as it existed at the time of the grant. The
Predecessor Corporation maintained a similar plan prior to the spin-off (the Predecessor Plan),
and the Incentive Plan was created to govern the awards under the Predecessor Plan, as revised to
reflect the spin-off from the Predecessor Corporation. The Incentive Plan shall remain in effect
as provided in Article IX hereof, and participants shall receive full credit for their service and
participation with the Predecessor Corporation as provided in Article IX hereof.
It is intended that compensation payable under the Incentive Plan will qualify as
performance-based compensation, within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the Code) and regulations promulgated thereunder, if such qualification is
desired.
2. Plan Administration
The Compensation and Personnel Committee (the Committee) of the Board of Directors (the
Board) of the Company, as constituted by the Board from time to time, shall be comprised
completely of outside directors as defined under Section 162(m) of the Code.
The Committee shall have full power and authority to administer, construe and interpret the
provisions of the Incentive Plan and to adopt and amend administrative rules and regulations,
agreements, guidelines and instruments for the administration of the Incentive Plan and for the
conduct of its business as the Committee considers appropriate.
Except with respect to matters which under Section 162 (m) of the Code are required to be
determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee, the Committee shall have
2
full power, to the extent permitted by law, to delegate its authority to any officer or
employee of the Company to administer and interpret the procedural aspects of the Incentive Plan,
subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan, including adopting and enforcing rules to decide
procedural and administrative issues.
The Committee may rely on opinions, reports or statements of officers or employees of the
Company and of counsel to the Company (inside or retained counsel), public accountants and other
professional or expert persons.
The Board reserves the right to amend or terminate the Incentive Plan in whole or in part at
any time; provided, however, that except as necessary to maintain an outstanding incentive awards
qualification as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code
(Performance-Based Compensation), no amendments shall adversely affect or impair the rights of
any participant that have previously accrued hereunder, without the written consent of the
participant. Unless otherwise prohibited by applicable law, any amendment required to cause an
incentive award to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation may be made by the Committee. No
amendment to the Incentive Plan may be made to alter the class of individuals who are eligible to
participate in the Incentive Plan, the performance criteria specified in Section 4 hereof or the
maximum incentive award payable to any participant without shareholder approval unless shareholder
approval of the amendment is not required in order for incentive awards paid to participants to
constitute Performance-Based Compensation.
No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or for
any determination made by him or her in good faith with respect to the Incentive Plan, and the
Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee against any cost or expense
(including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the
approval of the Committee) arising out of any act or omission in connection with the administration
or interpretation of the Incentive Plan, unless arising out of such persons own fraud or bad
faith.
3. Eligible Executives
Executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, as defined by the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, Rule 3b-7, as that definition may be amended from time to time, shall be eligible to
participate in the Incentive Plan. The Committee shall select from all eligible executive officers,
those to whom incentive awards shall be granted under the Incentive Plan.
4. Plan Year, Performance Periods, Performance Measures and Performance Targets
Each fiscal year of the Incentive Plan (the Plan Year) shall begin on January 1 and end on
December 31. The performance period (the Performance Period) with respect to which incentive
awards may be payable under the Incentive Plan shall be the Plan Year unless the Committee
designates one or more different Performance Periods.
The Committee shall establish the performance measures (the Performance Measures) to be used
which may include, one or more of the following criteria: (i) consolidated earnings before or after
taxes (including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization);
3
(ii) net income; (iii) operating income; (iv) earnings per share; (v) book value per share;
(vi) return on shareholders equity; (vii) expense management; (viii) return on investment; (ix)
improvements in capital structure; (x) profitability of an identifiable business unit or product;
(xi) maintenance or improvement of profit margins; (xii) stock price; (xiii) market share; (xiv)
revenues or sales (including organic revenue); (xv) costs; (xvi) cash flow; (xvii) working capital
(xviii) return on assets; (xix) total shareholder return; (xx) return on invested or total capital
and (xxi) economic value added.
In addition, to the extent consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code, Performance Measures
may be based upon other objectives such as negotiating transactions or sales, implementation of
Company policy, development of long-term business goals or strategic plans, negotiation of
significant corporate transactions, meeting specified market penetration goals, productivity
measures, geographic business expansion goals, cost targets, customer satisfaction or employee
satisfaction goals, goals relating to merger synergies, management of employment practices and
employee benefits, or supervision of litigation and information technology, and goals relating to
acquisitions or divestitures of subsidiaries and/or other affiliates or joint ventures; provided
however, that the measurement of any such Performance Measures must be objectively determinable.
All Performance Measures shall be objectively determinable and, to the extent they are
expressed in standard accounting terms, shall be according to generally accepted accounting
principles as in existence on the date on which the applicable Performance Period is established
and without regard to any changes in such principles after such date (unless the modification of a
Performance Measure to take into account such a change is pre-established in writing at the time
the Performance Measures are established in writing by the Committee and/or the modification would
not affect the ability of the incentive award to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, incentive awards that are not intended to qualify as
Performance-Based Compensation may be based on the Performance Measures described above or such
other measures as the Committee may determine.
The Committee shall establish the performance targets (the Performance Targets) to be
achieved which shall be based on one or more Performance Measures relating to the Company as a
whole or to the specific businesses of the Company, subsidiaries, operating groups, or operating
units, as determined by the Committee. Performance Targets may be established on such terms as the
Committee may determine, in its discretion, including in absolute terms, as a goal relative to
performance in prior periods, or as a goal compared to the performance of one or more comparable
companies or an index covering multiple companies. The Committee also shall establish with respect
to each incentive award an objective formula to be used in calculating the amount of incentive
award each participant shall be eligible to receive. There may be a sliding scale of payment
dependent upon the percentage levels of achievement of Performance Targets.
The Performance Measures and Performance Targets, which may be different with respect to each
participant and each Performance Period, must be set forth in writing by the Committee within the
first ninety (90) days of the applicable Performance Period or, if sooner, prior to the time when
25 percent of the relevant Performance Period has elapsed.
4
5. Certification of Performance Targets and Calculation of Incentive Awards
After the end of each Performance Period, and prior to the payment for such Performance
Period, the Committee must certify in writing the degree to which the Performance Targets for the
Performance Period were achieved, including the specific target objective or objectives and the
satisfaction of any other material terms of the incentive award. The Committee shall calculate the
amount of each participants incentive award for such Performance Period based upon the Performance
Measures and Performance Targets for such participant. In establishing Performance Targets and
Performance Measures and in calculating the degree of achievement thereof, the Committee may ignore
extraordinary items, property transactions, changes in accounting standards and losses or gains
arising from discontinued operations. The Committee shall have no authority or discretion to
increase the amount of any participants incentive award as so determined to the extent such
incentive award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, but it may reduce the
amount or totally eliminate any such incentive award if it determines in its absolute and sole
discretion that such action is appropriate in order to reflect the participants performance or
unanticipated factors during the Performance Period. The Committee shall have the authority to
increase or decrease the amount of an incentive award to the extent the incentive award is not
intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation.
The maximum payment that may be made with respect to incentive awards under the Plan to any
participant in any one calendar year shall be $8,000,000; provided, however, that this limitation
shall not apply with respect to any incentive award that is paid in a calendar year prior to the
year it would ordinarily be paid because of an Acceleration Event or other transaction or event
that provides for accelerated payment of an incentive award.
6. Payment of Awards
Approved incentive awards shall be payable by the Company in cash to each participant, or to
the participants estate in the event of the participants death, as soon as practicable (and in
any event no later than 21/2 months) after the end of each Performance Period. No incentive award
that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation may be paid under the Incentive Plan
until the Committee has certified in writing that the relevant Performance Targets were achieved.
If a participant is not an employee on the last day of the Performance Period, the Committee shall
have sole discretion to determine what portion, if any, the participant shall be entitled to
receive with respect to any award for the Performance Period. The Committee shall have the
authority to adopt appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Incentive Plan
in such termination cases.
The Company retains the right to deduct from any incentive awards paid under the Incentive
Plan any Federal, state, local or foreign taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such
payment.
Notwithstanding the above, no incentive awards shall be paid under the Incentive Plan unless
the Incentive Plan is approved by the requisite shareholders of the Company.
5
7. Other Terms and Conditions
Any award made under this Incentive Plan shall be subject to the discretion of the Committee.
No person shall have any legal claim to be granted an award under the Incentive Plan and the
Committee shall have no obligation to treat participants uniformly. Except as may be otherwise
required by law, incentive awards under the Incentive Plan shall not be subject in any manner to
anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment,
execution, or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary. Incentive awards granted under the
Incentive Plan shall be payable from the general assets of the Company, and no participant shall
have any claim with respect to any specific assets of the Company.
Nothing contained in the Incentive Plan shall give any participant the right to continue in
the employment of the Company or affect the right of the Company to terminate the employment of a
participant.
8. Acceleration Event.
An Acceleration Event shall occur if (i) a report on Schedule 13D shall be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(the Act) disclosing that any person (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Act), other than
the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or
a subsidiary of the Company, is the beneficial owner directly or indirectly of twenty percent (20%)
or more of the outstanding Common Stock $1 par value, of the Company (the Stock); (ii) any person
(within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Act), other than the Company or a subsidiary of the
Company, or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company,
shall purchase shares pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer to acquire any Stock (or
securities convertible into Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration, provided that
after consummation of the offer, the person in question is the beneficial owner (as such term is
defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of twenty percent (20%) or more of
the outstanding Stock (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of Rule 13d-3 under the Act in the
case of rights to acquire Stock); (iii) the consummation of (A) any consolidation, business
combination or merger involving the Company, other than a consolidation, business combination or
merger involving the Company in which holders of Stock immediately prior to the consolidation,
business combination or merger (x) hold fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of
the Company (or the corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation or the parent of such
corporation) after the merger and (y) have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the
Company (or the corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation or the parent of such
corporation), relative to other holders of Stock immediately prior to the merger, business
combination or consolidation, immediately after the merger as immediately before, or (B) any sale,
lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all
or substantially all the assets of the Company, (iv) there shall have been a change in a majority
of the members of the Board within a 12-month period unless the election or nomination for election
by the Companys stockholders of each new director during such 12-month period was approved by the
vote of two-thirds of the directors then still in office who (x) were directors at the beginning of
such 12-month period or (y) whose nomination for election or election as directors was recommended
or approved by a majority of the directors who were directors at the beginning of such 12-month
period or (v) any person (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Act) (other than the Company
or any subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan
6
(or related trust) sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company) becomes the
beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act) of twenty percent (20%) or
more of the Stock.
Upon the occurrence of such Acceleration Event, the Performance Measures for each Performance
Period with respect to which incentive awards may be payable under the Incentive Plan shall be
deemed to be achieved at the greater of (i) the Performance Target established for such Performance
Measures or (ii) the Companys actual achievement of such Performance Measures as of the
Acceleration Event. Payment of the incentive awards, for the full year, will be made to each
participant, in cash, within five (5) business days following such Acceleration Event.
9. Miscellaneous.
The Incentive Plan shall be effective October 31, 2011 subject to the approval of the
requisite shareholders of the Company. Once approved, the Incentive Plan shall remain in effect
unless/until terminated by the Board; provided, however, that if an Acceleration Event has occurred
no amendment or termination shall impair the rights of any participant with respect to any prior
award.
This Incentive Plan shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State
of New York.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Incentive Plan to the contrary, all prior service
and participation by a participant with the Predecessor Corporation shall be credited in full
towards a participants service and participation with the Company.
exv10w11
Exhibit 10.11
XYLEM
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR
SALARIED EMPLOYEES
Effective as of October 31, 2011 including amendments effective as of
January 1, 2012
INTRODUCTION
The Xylem Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees Plan (the Plan) first
became effective as of October 31, 2011 (the Effective Date) following the spin-off of Xylem Inc.
from ITT Corporation (the Predecessor Corporation) on October 31, 2011. The Predecessor
Corporation maintained a similar plan, the ITT Excess Savings Plan prior to the spin-off (the
Predecessor Plan). Under the terms of the Benefits and Compensation Matters Agreement dated
October 25, 2011, the Predecessor Corporation agreed that the spinoff of Xylem Inc. from ITT
Corporation would not trigger a separation from service for purposes of IRC Section 409A for Xylem
Employees. The Plan was created as a spin-off of the Predecessor Plan and to provide a means of
restoring the contributions lost under the Xylem Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees due
to the application of the limitations imposed on qualified plans by Section 401(a)(17) of the of
the Internal Revenue Code.
The Plan shall remain in effect as provided in Section 6.01 hereof, and Members shall be deemed to
receive full credit for their service and participation with the Predecessor Corporation as
provided in Section 3.03 hereof. Further, the Plan shall not deprive a Member of the right to
payment of deferred compensation credited as of the date of termination or amendment, in accordance
with the terms of the Plan as of the date of such termination or amendment.
Effective as of January 1, 2012, the Plan is further amended to reflect the enhanced employer
contribution formula provided under the Xylem Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees
(successor plan to the ITT Salaried Investment and Savings Plan) and to cease Salary Deferrals by
eligible employees effective as of January 1, 2012.
The Predecessor Plan was effective as of January 1, 1987. The purpose of the Plan was to provide a
means of restoring the contributions lost under the ITT Investment and Savings Plan for Salaried
Employees due to the application of the limitations imposed on qualified plans by Section 415 of
the Internal Revenue Code.
As of January 1, 1989, the Predecessor Plan was amended to provide (i) a means for restoring, for
an employee participating in the ITT Investment and Savings Plan for Salaried Employees (the
Savings Plan), the matching and other employer contributions lost under said Plan due to the
application of the limitations imposed on qualified plans by Section 401(a)(17) and Section
402(g)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code (the Code) and (ii) a means of providing such employees
with an opportunity to defer a portion of their salary in accordance with the terms of said Plan as
hereinafter set forth.
As of January 1, 1995, the Predecessor Plan was further amended to provide a means of restoring,
for an employee participating in the ITT Investment and Savings Plan for Salaried Employees,
matching and other employer contributions lost due to the deferral of base compensation under
another nonqualified deferred compensation program. As of December 19, 1995, the Predecessor Plan
was renamed and continued as the ITT Industries Excess Savings Plan.
As of January 1, 1996, the Predecessor Plan was further amended to solely provide to individuals
who are designated as Eligible Employees under the Plan on and after January 1, 1996, a means to
restore the contributions lost under the Savings Plan due to the application of the limitations
imposed by Sections 415 and 401(a)(17) of the Code and providing such employees with an opportunity
to defer a portion of their base salary and to transfer any liabilities not attributable to such
benefits to the ITT Industries Deferred Compensation Plan. The Predecessor Plan was further
amended, effective as of (i) January 1, 1997, to provide additional optional forms of distributions
and to revise the participation requirements, (ii) July 1, 1997, to revise the eligibility
requirements to permit an Eligible Employee to participate in his first year of employment, and
(iii) September 1, 1997, to further expand the distribution options available under the Plan.
In July, 2004, the Predecessor Plan was amended and restated to make certain changes regarding the
effect of an Acceleration Event and to unify the definition of Acceleration Event with other
employee benefit plans of ITT Industries, and to make certain other technical amendments.
Effective as of July 1, 2006, the plan name was revised to the ITT Excess Savings Plan. Effective
as of January 1, 2008, the Predecessor Plan was amended to make certain administrative changes.
Effective as of December 31, 2008, the Predecessor Plan was amended and restated to comply with the
provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
All benefits payable under this Plan, which is intended to constitute both an unfunded excess
benefit plan under Section 3(36) of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended (ERISA), and a nonqualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan for a select group of
management employees under Title I of ERISA, shall be paid out of the general assets of the
Corporation. The Corporation may establish and fund a trust in order to aid it in providing
benefits due under the Plan.
XYLEM
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
XYLEM
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.01 Eligibility |
|
|
8 |
|
2.02 Participation and Filing Requirements |
|
|
9 |
|
2.03 Termination of Participation |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
III SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.01 Amount of Contributions |
|
|
10 |
|
3.02 Investment of Accounts |
|
|
12 |
|
3.03 Vesting of Accounts |
|
|
13 |
|
3.04 Individual Accounts |
|
|
13 |
|
3.05 Valuation of Accounts |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.01 Commencement of Payment |
|
|
15 |
|
4.02 Method of Payment |
|
|
15 |
|
4.03 Payment upon the Occurrence of a Change in Control |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.01 Funding |
|
|
16 |
|
5.02 No Contract of Employment |
|
|
16 |
|
5.03 Unsecured Interest |
|
|
16 |
|
5.04 Facility of Payment |
|
|
17 |
|
5.05 Withholding Taxes |
|
|
17 |
|
5.06 Nonalienation |
|
|
17 |
|
5.07 Transfers |
|
|
17 |
|
5.08 Claims Procedure |
|
|
18 |
|
5.09 Compliance |
|
|
20 |
|
5.10 Acceleration of or Delay in Payments |
|
|
20 |
|
5.11 Construction |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.01 Right to Terminate |
|
|
22 |
|
6.02 Right to Amend |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII ADMINISTRATION |
|
|
23 |
|
Page 1
XYLEM
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED
EMPLOYEES
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
1.01 |
|
Acceleration Event shall mean Acceleration Event as that term is defined under the
provisions of the Predecessor Plan as in effect on October 3, 2004. |
|
1.02 |
|
Accounts shall mean the Deferral Account, the Floor Contribution Account, Core Contribution
Account, the Matching Contribution Account and the Transition Credit Contribution Account. |
|
1.03 |
|
Associated Company shall mean any division, unit, subsidiary, or affiliate of the
Corporation which is an Associated Company as such term is defined in the Savings Plan. |
|
1.04 |
|
Beneficiary shall mean the person or persons designated pursuant to the provisions of the
Savings Plan to receive benefits under said Savings Plan after a Members death. |
|
1.05 |
|
Change of Control shall mean an event which shall occur if there is: (i) a change in the
ownership of the Corporation; (ii) a change in the effective control of the Corporation; or
(iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Corporation. |
|
|
|
For purposes of this Section, a change in the ownership occurs on the date on which any one
person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regs.
1.409A-2(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock that, together with stock held by such
person or group constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting
power of the stock of the Corporation. |
|
|
|
A change in the effective control occurs on the date on which either (i) a person, or more
than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regs. 1.409A-2(i)(5)(v)(B)), |
Page 2
|
|
acquires ownership of stock possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of
the Corporation, taking into account all such stock acquired during the 12-month
period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition, or (ii) a majority of the members
of the Board of Directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose
appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of such Board of
Directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, but only if no other corporation
is a majority shareholder. |
|
|
A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of assets occurs on the date on which any
one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regs.
1.409A-2(i)(5)(v)(B)), other than a person or group of persons that is related to the
Corporation, acquires assets that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than
40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Corporation immediately
prior to such acquisition or acquisitions, taking into account all such assets acquired
during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition. |
|
|
|
The determination as to the occurrence of a Change in Control shall be based on objective
facts and in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations
promulgated thereunder. |
|
1.06 |
|
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. |
|
1.07 |
|
Committee shall mean the Benefits Administration Committee under the Savings Plan. |
|
1.08 |
|
Company shall mean the Corporation with respect to its employees or any Participating
Corporation or Participating Division (as such terms are defined in the Savings Plan)
authorized to participate in the Plan by the Corporation, with respect to each of its
employees. |
|
1.09 |
|
Corporation shall mean Xylem Inc., an Indiana corporation, or any successor by merger,
purchase or otherwise. |
Page 3
1.10 |
|
Company Core Contribution Rate shall mean the rate of Company Core Contributions (as such
term in defined under the provisions of the Savings Plan) for a particular Plan Year. |
|
1.11 |
|
Company Transition Credit Contribution Rate shall mean the rate of Company Transition
Credit Contributions (as such term in defined under the provisions of the Savings Plan) for a
particular Plan Year. |
|
1.12 |
|
Core Contribution Account shall mean the bookkeeping account (or subaccount(s)) maintained
for each Member to record all amounts credited on his behalf under Section 3.01(d) and
earnings on those amounts pursuant to Section 3.02. |
|
1.13 |
|
Deferral Account shall mean the bookkeeping account (or subaccount(s)) maintained for each
Member to record the amounts credited on his behalf under Section 3.01(a) and earnings on
those amounts pursuant to Section 3.02, and with respect to an individual who become a Member
of Plan on the Effective Date and who immediately prior to the Effective Date was a member in
the Predecessor Plan, the amount deferred under Section 3.01(a) of the Predecessor Plan by
such member adjusted as provided in Section 3.02. |
|
1.14 |
|
Effective Date shall mean October 31, 2011. |
|
1.15 |
|
Eligible Employee shall mean an Employee of the Company who is eligible to participate in
the Plan as provided in Section 2.01. |
|
1.16 |
|
Employee shall have the meaning set forth in the Savings Plan. |
|
1.17 |
|
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time
to time. |
Page 4
1.18 |
|
Excess Matching Contributions shall mean the amount of contributions credited on a Members
behalf under Section 3.01(b). |
|
1.19 |
|
Excess Floor Contributions shall mean the amount of contributions credited on a Members
behalf under Section 3.01(c) of the Predecessor Plan. |
|
1.20 |
|
Excess Core Contributions shall mean the amount of contributions credited on a Members
behalf under Section 3.01(d). |
|
1.21 |
|
Excess Transition Credit Contributions shall mean the amount of contributions credited on a
Members behalf under Section 3.01(e). |
|
1.22 |
|
Floor Contribution Account shall mean the bookkeeping account (or subaccount(s)) maintained
for each individual who become a Member on the Effective Date and who immediately prior to the
Effective Date was a member in the Predecessor Plan, to record the amount credited on the
Members behalf under Section 3.01(c) of the Predecessor Plan adjusted as provided in Section
3.02. |
|
1.23 |
|
Matching Company Contribution shall have the meaning set forth in the Savings Plan. |
|
1.24 |
|
Matching Contribution Account shall mean the bookkeeping account (or subaccount(s))
maintained for each Member to record all amounts credited on his behalf under Section 3.01(b)
and earnings on those amounts pursuant to Section 3.02 and with respect to an
individual who becomes a Member of the Plan on the Effective Date and who immediately prior to
the Effective Date was a member in the Predecessor Plan, the amount credited on the Members
behalf under Section 3.01(b) of the Predecessor Plan adjusted as
provided in Section 3.02. |
|
1.25 |
|
Member shall mean each Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan pursuant to Article
II and each individual who was a member in the Predecessor Plan immediately |
Page 5
|
|
prior to the
Effective Date and had amounts transferred from the Predecessor Plan to this Plan effective as
of the Effective Date. |
1.26 |
|
Plan shall mean the Xylem Supplemental Savings Plan for Salaried Employees as set forth in
this document, as it may be amended from time to time; provided, however, that the term Plan
shall include the Predecessor Plan with respect to all prior service and participation by
Member with the Predecessor Corporation. |
|
1.27 |
|
Plan Year shall mean the calendar year. |
|
1.28 |
|
Predecessor Plan shall mean the ITT Excess Savings Plan as effective immediately prior to
the Effective Date. |
|
1.29 |
|
Reporting Date shall mean each business day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open
for business, or such other day as the Committee may determine. |
|
1.30 |
|
Salary shall mean (i) with respect to Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2012, an
Eligible Employees Salary as such term is defined in the ITT Salaried Investment and
Savings Plan as in effect prior to the Effective Date disregarding any reduction required due
to the application of the Statutory Compensation Limitation and (ii) with respect to Plan
Years beginning on and after January 1, 2012, an Eligible Employees Salary as such term is
defined in the Savings Plan as in effect on and after the Effective Date disregarding any
reduction required due to the application of the Statutory Compensation Limitation.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely for purposes of calculating the Employer contribution
amounts pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.02(b), (d) and (e) on and after the Effective
Date the term Salary shall mean Salary as such term is defined in the Savings Plan as in
effect on and after the Effective Date disregarding any reduction required due to the
application of the Statutory Compensation Limitation. Salary shall be determined before any
reduction pursuant to an Eligible Employees election to make Salary Deferrals under this
Plan, but after reduction for deferrals under any other nonqualified deferred compensation
program maintained by the Company. |
Page 6
1.31 |
|
Salary Deferrals shall mean the amount of Salary a Member has elected to defer for a Plan
Year beginning prior to January 1, 2012 pursuant to a Salary Reduction Agreement in accordance
with the provisions of Section 3.01(a). |
|
1.32 |
|
Salary Reduction Agreement shall mean with respect to an individual who becomes a Member
effective as of the Effective Date and who immediately prior to the Effective Date was a
Member in the Predecessor Plan the completed Agreement entered into by said Member pursuant to
Section 2.02 of the Predecessor Plan under which be elected to deferred a portion of his
Salary under the provisions of Section 3.01(a) of the Predecessor Plan. |
|
1.33 |
|
Savings shall have the meaning set forth in the Savings Plan. |
|
1.34 |
|
Savings Plan shall mean the Xylem Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees (successor
plan to the ITT Salaried Investment and Savings Plan) as amended from time to time. |
|
1.35 |
|
Special DC Credit Contribution Rate shall mean the rate of Special DC Credit Contributions
(as such term is defined under the provisions of the Savings Plan) for a particular Plan Year. |
|
1.36 |
|
Statutory Compensation Limitation shall mean the limitations set forth in Section
401(a)(17) of the Code as in effect each calendar year for the Savings Plan. |
|
1.37 |
|
Termination of Employment shall mean a Separation from Service as such term is defined in
the Treasury Regs. under Section 409A of the Code, as modified by the rules described below: |
|
(a) |
|
An Employee who is absent from work due to military leave, sick leave, or other
bona fide leave of absence pursuant to Company policies shall incur a |
Page 7
|
|
|
Termination of
Employment on the first date immediately following the later of (i) the six-month
anniversary of the commencement of the leave (eighteen month
anniversary for a disability leave of absence) or (ii) the expiration of the
Employees right, if any, to reemployment under statute or contract or pursuant to
Company policies. For this purpose, a disability leave of absence is an absence
due to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected
to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less
than 6 months, where such impairment causes the employee to be unable to perform the
duties of his job or a substantially similar job.; |
|
(b) |
|
For purposes of determining whether another organization is an Associated
Company of the Corporation, common ownership of at least 50% shall be determinative; |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Corporation specifically reserves the right to determine whether a sale or
other disposition of substantial assets to an unrelated party constitutes a Termination
of Employment with respect to the executive providing services to the seller
immediately prior to the transaction and providing services to the buyer after the
transaction. Such determination shall be made in accordance with the requirements of
Code Section 409A. |
|
|
Whether Termination of Employment has occurred shall be determined by the Committee in
accordance with Code Section 409A, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and other
applicable guidance, as modified by rules described above. The terms or phrases terminates
employment, termination of employment, employment is terminated, or any other similar
terminology shall have the same meaning as a Termination of Employment. |
|
1.38 |
|
Transition Credit Contribution Account shall mean the bookkeeping account (or
subaccount(s)) maintained for each Member to record all amounts credited on his behalf under
Section 3.01(e) and earnings on those amounts pursuant to Section 3.02. |
Page 8
ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION
|
(a) |
|
(i) An Employee shall be an Eligible Employee as of the Effective Date with
respect to the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2011
(the 2011 Plan Year) if the Employee (A) is eligible to participate in the Savings
Plan during that period, (B) was an Eligible Employee under the terms of the
Predecessor Plan with respect to the during that particular calendar year beginning
January 1, 2011 and (C) his Salary in that calendar year exceeds the Statutory
Compensation Limitation in effect for that particular year. |
|
(ii) |
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing effective as of the Effective Date,
an Employee who was not a member of the Predecessor Plan shall be an Eligible
Employee solely for the purposes of applying the provisions of Section 3.02(b),
(d) and (e) hereof with respect to the 2011 Plan Year, provided the Employee (A)
is eligible to participate in the Savings Plan during the 2011 Plan Year and (B)
his Salary during the 2011 Plan Year causes his total Salary for the calendar
year ending December 31, 2011 to exceed the Statutory Compensation Limitation in
effect for that particular year. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Effective as of January 1, 2012, an Employee shall be an Eligible
Employee for the portion of a particular Plan Year during which (A) the Employee
is eligible to participate in the Savings Plan and (B) the Eligible Employees
Salary in that particular Plan Year exceeds the Statutory Compensation Limitation
in effect for that particular Plan Year. |
|
(b) |
|
Upon reemployment by the Company, an Employee shall become an Eligible Employee
again only upon completing the eligibility requirement described in Section 2.01(a). |
Page 9
2.02 |
|
Participation and Filing Requirements |
|
(a) |
|
An Eligible Employee shall become a Member when contributions are credited on
his behalf pursuant to Article 3. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Subject to the provisions of this Section, with respect to the Plan Year
beginning on the Effective Date and ending as of December 31, 2011, any Eligible
Employee who has met the eligibility requirements of Section 2.01(a)(i) for that Plan
Year shall have Salary Deferrals credited to his Deferral Account in the 2011 Plan Year
in accordance with the Salary Reduction Agreement executed by such Eligible Employee
under the provision of the Predecessor Plan with respect to the calendar year beginning
January 1, 2011 which authorized Salary Deferrals under the Predecessor Plan for that
year in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01(a) thereto. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Member receives a hardship withdrawal of
elective deferrals from the Savings Plan or any other plan which is maintained by the
Company or an Associated Company and which meets the requirements of Section 401(k) of
the Code (or any successor thereof), the Members Salary Reduction Agreement in effect
at that time shall be cancelled. Any subsequent Salary payment which would have been
deferred pursuant to that Salary Reduction Agreement, but for the application of this
Section 2.02(b), shall be paid to the Member as if he had not entered into the Salary
Reduction Agreement. |
2.03 |
|
Termination of Participation |
|
(a) |
|
A Members participation in the Plan shall terminate when the vested values of
the Members Accounts under the Plan are totally distributed to, or on behalf of, the
Member. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Upon reemployment by the Company, a former Member shall become a Member again
only upon completing, subsequent to his reemployment, the eligibility and participation
requirements of Section 2.01 and 2.02, respectively. |
Page 10
ARTICLE
III SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS
3.01 |
|
Amount of Contributions |
|
|
|
For any Plan Year, the amount of contributions credited under the Plan on behalf of a Member
pursuant to this Article 3 shall be equal to the sum of the Salary Deferrals, Excess
Matching Contributions, Excess Core Contributions and Excess Transition Credit Contributions
determined under (a), (b), (c) and (d) below: |
|
(a) |
|
Salary Deferrals |
|
|
|
|
The amount of Salary Deferrals for the period beginning on the Effective Date and
ending on December 31, 2011 (the 2011 Plan Year) shall be equal to the designated
percentage of Salary elected by the Member in his Salary Reduction Agreement executed
under the provisions of the Predecessor Plan, provided that the allocation under the
Plan and the reduction in the Eligible Employees Salary corresponding to such
election shall be made only with respect to Salary that is otherwise earned and
payable to such Member during the portion of Plan Year beginning on the Effective Date
and ending as of December 31, 2011 in excess of the Statutory Compensation Limitation
for that year. |
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, effective with respect to Plan
Years beginning on and after January 1, 2012, Salary Deferrals are no longer permitted
under the provision of the Plan and a Member shall not be eligible to defer any Salary
earned on and after January 1, 2012. |
Page 11
|
(b) |
|
Excess Matching Contributions |
|
|
|
|
The amount of Excess Matching Contributions credited to a Members Matching
Contribution Account for the portion of the Plan Year beginning on the Effective Date
and ending on December 31, 2011 shall be equal to three percent (3%) of the portion of
an Eligible Employees Salary paid during that portion of the Plan Year which causes
his Salary for the calendar year ending December 31, 2011 to exceed the Statutory
Compensation Limitation for that Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
With respect to Plan Years commencing on and after January 1, 2012, the amount of
Excess Matching Contributions credited to a Members Matching Contribution Account for
each particular Plan Year shall be equal to three percent (3%) of the portion of an
Eligible Employees Salary in that particular Plan Year that exceeds the Statutory
Compensation Limitation for that year. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Excess Core Contributions |
|
|
|
|
With respect to Plan Years commencing on and after January 1, 2012, the amount of
Excess Core Contributions credited to a Members Core Contribution Account for each
particular Plan Year shall be equal to Company Core Contribution Rate applicable to
the Eligible Employee for that particular Plan Year applied to the portion of such
Eligible Employees Salary in that particular Plan Year that exceeds the Statutory
Compensation Limitation for that Plan Year. |
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Excess Core Contributions for the portion of the
2011 Plan Year beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2011 shall
be equal to the Eligible Employees Company Core Contribution Rate for 2011 multiplied
by such Eligible Employees Salary for that portion of the Plan Year which causes his
Salary for the calendar year beginning January 1, 2011 to exceed the Statutory
Compensation Limitation for that year. |
Page 12
|
(d) |
|
Excess Transition Credit Contributions |
|
|
|
|
With respect to Plan Years commencing on and after January 1, 2012, the amount of
Excess Transition Credit Contributions credited to a Members Company Transition
Credit Contribution Account for each particular Plan Year shall be equal to Company
Transition Credit Contribution Rate applicable to the Eligible Employee for that
particular Plan Year applied to the portion of an Eligible Employees Salary in that
particular Plan Year that exceeds the Statutory Compensation Limitation for that Plan
Year. |
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Excess Transition Credit Contributions credited to a
Members Company Transition Credit Contribution Account for the portion of the Plan
Year beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2011 shall be equal to
the Eligible Employees Company Transition Credit Contribution Rate for 2011
multiplied by such Eligible Employees Salary for that portion of the Plan Year which
causes his Salary for the total 2011 Plan Year to exceed the Statutory Compensation
Limitation for that year. |
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the forgoing, there shall be credited to a Members Transition Credit
Contribution Account an amount equal to the Special DC Credit Contribution Rate, if
any, applicable to the Eligible Employee for a particular Plan Year applied to the
portion of such Eligible Employees Salary in that particular Plan Year that exceeds
the Statutory Compensation Limitation for that year. |
|
|
(e) |
|
The contributions credited on a Members behalf pursuant to paragraphs (a),
(b), (c), and (d) above shall be credited to a Members Accounts at the same time as
they would have been credited to his accounts under the Savings Plan if not for the
application of the Statutory Compensation Limitations. |
|
3.02 |
|
Investment of Accounts |
|
|
|
|
A Member shall have no choice or election with respect to the investments of his Accounts.
As of each Reporting Date, there shall be credited or debited an amount of |
Page 13
|
|
|
earnings or losses on the balance of the Members Accounts as of such Reporting Date which
would have been credited had the Members Accounts been invested in the stable value fund
maintained under the Savings Plan, or such other fund as determined by the PFTIC, as such
term is defined in the Savings Plan. |
|
(a) |
|
The Member shall be fully vested in his Excess Floor Contributions Account and
the Salary Deferrals, Excess Matching Contributions, Excess Core Contributions and
Excess Transition Credit Contributions (and earnings thereon) made on his behalf under
Section 3.01(a), (b), (c), and (d) respectively. Effective as of the Effective Date, a
Member who is employed by the Company on or after the Effective Date shall be fully
vested in the Excess Matching Contributions held in his Matching Contribution Account
which were made on his behalf under Section 3.01(b) of the Predecessor Plan (and
earnings thereon). |
|
|
(b) |
|
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all prior
service and participation by a Member with the Predecessor Corporation shall be deemed
credited in full towards a Members service and participation with the Company. |
|
(a) |
|
The Committee shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, on the book of the
Corporation records showing the individual balances of each Members Accounts (or
subaccounts). At least once a year, each Member shall be furnished with a statement
setting forth the value of his Accounts. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Accounts established under this Plan shall be hypothetical in nature and shall
be maintained for bookkeeping purposes only so that hypothetical earnings or losses on
the amounts credited on a Members behalf under this Plan can be credited or debited,
as the case may be. |
Page 14
3.05 |
|
Valuation of Accounts |
|
(a) |
|
The Committee shall value or cause to be valued each Members Accounts at least
quarterly. On each Reporting Date there shall be allocated to the Accounts of each
Member the appropriate amount determined in accordance with Section 3.02. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Whenever an event requires a determination of the value of a Members Accounts,
the value shall be computed as of the Reporting Date immediately preceding the date of
the event, except as otherwise specified in this Plan. |
Page 15
ARTICLE IV PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS
4.01 |
|
Commencement of Payment |
|
(a) |
|
Except as otherwise provided below, a Member shall be entitled to receive
payment of his Deferral Account, his Floor Contribution Account, his Core Contribution
Account and his Transition Credit Contribution Account and the vested portion of his
Matching Contribution Account as determined under Section 3.03 upon his Termination of
Employment with the Company and all Associated Companies for any reason, other than
death. The distribution of such Accounts shall be made in the seventh month following
the date the Members Termination of Employment occurs. |
|
|
(b) |
|
In the event of the death of a Member prior to the full payment of his
Accounts, the unpaid portion of his Accounts shall be paid to his Beneficiary in the
month following the month in which the Members date of death occurs. |
4.02 |
|
Method of Payment |
|
|
|
The payment of such Members Deferral Account, his Floor Contribution Account, his Core
Contribution Account and his Transition Credit Contribution Account and the vested portion
of his Matching Contribution Account shall be made in a single lump sum payment. |
|
4.03 |
|
Payment upon the Occurrence of a Change in Control |
|
|
|
Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, all Members shall automatically receive the
balance of their Deferral Account, Floor Contribution Account, Core Contribution Account and
Transition Credit Contribution Account and the vested portion of their Matching Contribution
Account in a single lump sum payment. Such lump sum payment shall be made within 90 days of
the date the Change in Control occurs. If the Member dies after such Change in Control, but
before receiving such payment, it shall be made to his Beneficiary. |
Page 16
ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS
5.01 |
|
Funding |
|
|
|
All amounts payable in accordance with this Plan shall constitute a general unsecured
obligation of the Corporation. Such amounts, as well as any administrative costs relating
to the Plan, shall be paid out of the general assets of the Corporation. |
|
5.02 |
|
No Contract of Employment |
|
|
|
The Plan is not a contract of employment and the terms of employment of any Member shall not
be affected in any way by this Plan or related instruments, except as specifically provided
therein. The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal
rights upon any person for a continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the
rights of the Company or an Associated Company to discharge any person and to treat him
without regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon him under this Plan. Each
Member and all persons who may have or claim any right by reason of his participation shall
be bound by the terms of this Plan and all agreements entered into pursuant thereto. |
|
5.03 |
|
Unsecured Interest |
|
|
|
Neither the Corporation nor the Board of Directors nor the Committee in any way guarantees
the performance of the investment fund designated under Section 3.02. No special or
separate fund shall be established, and no segregation of assets shall be made, to assure
the payments thereunder. No Member hereunder shall have any right, title, or interest
whatsoever in any specific assets of the Corporation. Nothing contained in this Plan and no
action taken pursuant to its provisions shall create or be construed to create a trust of
any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Corporation and a Member or any other
person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments under this Plan,
such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured creditor of the Corporation. |
Page 17
5.04 |
|
Facility of Payment |
|
|
|
In the event that the Committee shall find that a Member or Beneficiary is unable to care
for his affairs because of illness or accident or has died, or if a Beneficiary is a minor
the Committee may direct that any benefit payment due him, unless claim shall have been made
therefore by a duly appointed legal representative, be paid on his behalf to his spouse, a
child, a parent or other blood relative, or to a person with whom he resides, and any such
payment so made shall thereby be a complete discharge of the liabilities of the Corporation
and the Plan for that payment. |
|
5.05 |
|
Withholding Taxes |
|
|
|
The Company or an Associated Company shall have the right to deduct from each payment to be
made under the Plan any required withholding taxes. |
|
5.06 |
|
Nonalienation |
|
|
|
Subject to any applicable law, no benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to
anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any
attempt to do so shall be void, nor shall any such benefit be in any manner liable for or
subject to garnishment, attachment, execution or levy, or liable for or subject to the
debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of a person entitled to such benefits. |
|
5.07 |
|
Transfers |
|
(a) |
|
In the event the Corporation (i) sells, causes the sale of, or sold the stock
or assets of any employing company in the controlled group of the Corporation to a
third party or (ii) distributes or distributed to the holders of shares of the
Corporations common stock all of the outstanding shares of common stock of a
subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Corporation, and, as a result of such sale or
distribution, such company or its employees are no longer eligible to participate
hereunder, the liabilities with respect to the benefits accrued under this Plan for a
Member who, as a result of such sale or distribution, is no longer eligible to
participate in this Plan, shall, at the discretion and direction of the Corporation
(and approval by the new employer), be transferred to a similar plan of such new
employer and become a |
Page 18
|
|
|
liability thereunder. Upon such transfer (and acceptance thereof) the liabilities for
such transferred benefits shall become the obligation of the new employer and the
liability under this Plan for such benefits shall cease. |
|
(b) |
|
Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, at the discretion and
direction of the Corporation, liabilities with respect to benefits accrued by a Member
under a plan maintained by such Members former employer may be transferred to this
Plan and upon such transfer become the obligation of the Corporation. |
|
(a) |
|
Submission of Claims |
|
|
|
|
Claims for benefits under the Plan shall be submitted in writing to the Committee or
to an individual designated by the Committee for this purpose. |
|
(b) |
|
Denial of Claim |
|
|
|
|
If any claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied, the claimant shall be given
written notice within 90 days following the date on which the claim is filed, which
notice shall set forth |
|
(i) |
|
the specific reason or reasons for the denial; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial
is based; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
a description of any additional material or information necessary
for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or
information is necessary; and |
|
|
(iv) |
|
an explanation of the Plans claim review procedure, including information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to submit the
claim for review and the time limits for requesting a review. |
Page 19
|
|
|
If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim,
written notice of an extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the end of
the initial period of 90 days following the date on which the claim is filed. Such an
extension may not exceed a period of 90 days beyond the end of said initial period. |
|
|
|
|
If the claim has not been granted and written notice of the denial of the claim is not
furnished within 90 days following the date on which the claim is filed, the claim
shall be deemed denied for the purpose of proceeding to the claim review procedure. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Claim Review Procedure |
|
|
|
|
The claimant or his authorized representative shall have 60 days after receipt of
written notification of denial of a claim to request a review of the denial by making
written request to the Committee, and may review pertinent documents and submit issues
and comments in writing within such 60-day period. |
|
|
|
|
Not later than 60 days after receipt of the request for review, the Committee (or the
committee designated by the Company to hear such appeals, the Appeals Committee)
shall render and furnish to the claimant a written decision, which shall include
specific reasons for the decision and shall make specific references to pertinent Plan
provisions on which it is based. If special circumstances require an extension of
time for processing, the decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later
than 120 days after receipt of the request for review, provided that written notice
and explanation of the delay are given to the claimant prior to commencement of the
extension. Such decision by the Appeals Committee shall not be subject to further
review. If a decision on review is not furnished to a claimant within the specified
time period, the claim shall be deemed to have been denied on review. |
Page 20
|
(d) |
|
Exhaustion of Remedy |
|
|
|
|
No claimant shall institute any action or proceeding in any state or federal court of
law or equity or before any administrative tribunal or arbitrator for a claim for
benefits under the Plan until the claimant has first exhausted the procedures set
forth in this section. |
5.09 |
|
Compliance |
|
|
|
The Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the provisions
hereof shall be interpreted in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 409A
and the regulations thereunder, and the Plan shall be operated accordingly. If any
provision of the Plan would otherwise frustrate or conflict with this intent, the provision
will be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict. |
|
5.10 |
|
Acceleration of or Delay in Payments |
|
|
|
The Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect to
accelerate the time or form of payment of a benefit owed to the
Member hereunder, provided such acceleration is permitted under
Treas. Regs. Section 1.409A-3(j)(4). The Committee may also, in its
sole and absolute discretion, delay the time for payment of a benefit
owed to the Member hereunder, to the extent permitted under Treas.
Regs. Section 1.409A-2(b)(7). |
|
5.11 |
|
Construction |
|
(a) |
|
The Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded deferred compensation
arrangement maintained for a select group of management or highly compensated employees
within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, and all
rights under this Plan shall be governed by ERISA. Subject to the preceding sentence,
the Plan shall be construed, regulated and administered in accordance with the laws of
the State of New York, to the extent such laws are not superseded by applicable federal
laws. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The masculine pronoun shall mean the feminine wherever appropriate. |
Page 21
|
(c) |
|
The illegality of any particular provision of this document shall not affect
the other provisions and the document shall be construed in all respects as if such
invalid provision were omitted. |
|
|
(d) |
|
The headings and subheadings in the Plan have been inserted for convenience of
reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions thereof. |
Page 22
ARTICLE VI AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
6.01 |
|
Right to Terminate |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, the Corporation may, by action of the
Board of Directors, terminate this Plan and the related Deferral Agreements at any time. To
the extent consistent with the rules relating to Plan terminations and liquidation in
Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) or otherwise consistent with Code Section
409A, the Corporation may provide that each Member or Beneficiary shall receive a single sum
payment in cash equal to the balance of the Members Accounts. The single sum payment shall
be made within 90 days following the date the Plan is terminated and shall be in lieu of any
other benefit which may be payable to the Member or Beneficiary under this Plan. Unless so
distributed, in the event of a Plan termination, the Corporation shall continue to maintain
the Deferral Account, the Floor Contribution Account, the Matching Contribution Account, the
Core Contribution Account and the Transition Credit Contribution Account until distributed
pursuant to the terms of the Plan. |
|
6.02 |
|
Right to Amend |
|
|
|
The Board of Directors or its delegate may amend or modify this Plan and the related
Deferral Agreements in any way either retroactively or prospectively. However, except that
without the consent of the Member or Beneficiary, if applicable, no amendment or
modification shall reduce or diminish such persons right to receive any benefit accrued
hereunder prior to the date of such amendment or modification, and after the occurrence of
an Acceleration Event, no modification or amendment shall be made to Sections 3.03(b) and
4.03. |
Page 23
ARTICLE VII ADMINISTRATION
|
(a) |
|
The Committee shall have the exclusive responsibility and complete
discretionary authority to control the operation, management and administration of the
Plan, with all powers necessary to enable it properly to carry out such
responsibilities, including, but not limited to, the power to interpret the Plan and
any related documents, to establish procedures for making any elections called for
under the Plan, to make factual determinations regarding any and all matters arising
hereunder, including, but not limited to, the right to determine eligibility for
benefits, the right to construe the terms of the Plan, the right to remedy possible
ambiguities, inequities, inconsistencies or omissions, and the right to resolve all
interpretive, equitable or other questions arising under the Plan. The decisions of
the Committee on all matters shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons to
the extent permitted by law. |
|
|
(b) |
|
To the extent permitted by law, all agents and representatives of the Committee
shall be indemnified by the Corporation and held harmless against any claims and the
expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct
relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross
negligence, willful neglect or willful misconduct. |
exv10w13
Exhibit
10.13
XYLEM
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
The Xylem Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the Plan) first became effective
as of October 31, 2011 following the spin-off of Xylem Inc. from ITT Corporation (the Predecessor
Corporation) on October 31, 2011. The Predecessor Corporation maintained a similar plan prior to
the spin-off (the Predecessor Plan). The Plan was created as a spin-off of the Predecessor Plan
to govern prior deferrals by Non-Employee Directors made under the Predecessor Plan and to provide
Non-Employee Directors with a means of deferring director fees in accordance with the terms of the
Plan.
The Plan shall remain in effect as provided in Section 6.01 hereof, and Participants shall be
deemed to receive full credit for their service and participation with the Predecessor Corporation
as provided in Section 4.06(c) hereof. Further, the Plan shall not deprive a Participant of the
right to payment of deferred compensation credited as of the date of termination or amendment, in
accordance with the terms of the Plan as of the date of such termination or amendment.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS |
|
|
1 |
|
1.01 Adoption Date |
|
|
1 |
|
1.02 Administrative Committee |
|
|
1 |
|
1.03 Beneficiary |
|
|
1 |
|
1.04 Board |
|
|
1 |
|
1.05 Business Day |
|
|
1 |
|
1.06 Code |
|
|
1 |
|
1.07 Corporation |
|
|
1 |
|
1.08 Deferral Account |
|
|
1 |
|
1.09 Deferral Agreement |
|
|
1 |
|
1.10 Deferral Election Deadline |
|
|
2 |
|
1.11 Deferrals |
|
|
2 |
|
1.12 Director Fees |
|
|
2 |
|
1.13 Grandfathered Deferrals |
|
|
2 |
|
1.14 In-Service Subaccount |
|
|
2 |
|
1.15 Non-Employee Director |
|
|
2 |
|
1.16 Participant |
|
|
2 |
|
1.17 Plan |
|
|
3 |
|
1.18 Predecessor Corporation |
|
|
3 |
|
1.19 Predecessor Plan |
|
|
3 |
|
1.20 Prior Deferrals |
|
|
3 |
|
1.21 Prior Deferrals Agreement |
|
|
3 |
|
1.22 Reporting Date |
|
|
3 |
|
1.23 Retirement |
|
|
4 |
|
1.24 Retirement Subaccount |
|
|
4 |
|
1.25 Service Year |
|
|
4 |
|
1.26 Specified Distribution Date |
|
|
4 |
|
1.27 Unforeseeable Emergency |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 2. INTRODUCTION AND PARTICIPATION |
|
|
5 |
|
2.01 Introduction |
|
|
5 |
|
2.02 Participation |
|
|
5 |
|
2.03 Termination of Participation |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 3. DEFERRALS |
|
|
6 |
|
3.01 Deferral Elections |
|
|
6 |
|
3.02 Amount of Deferral |
|
|
7 |
|
3.03 Crediting to Deferral Account |
|
|
7 |
|
3.04 Vesting |
|
|
7 |
|
3.05 Unforeseeable Emergency |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 4. MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNTS |
|
|
8 |
|
4.01 Adjustment of Account |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
4.02 Investment Elections |
|
|
8 |
|
4.03 Changing Investment Elections of Amounts Held in Deferral Accounts |
|
|
9 |
|
4.04 Compliance with Securities Laws and Trading Policies and Procedures |
|
|
9 |
|
4.05 Individual Accounts |
|
|
10 |
|
4.06 Valuation of Accounts |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT OF BENEFITS |
|
|
11 |
|
5.01 Time of Payment |
|
|
11 |
|
5.02 Method of Payment |
|
|
14 |
|
5.03 Unforeseeable Emergency |
|
|
14 |
|
5.04 Designation of Beneficiary |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 6. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION |
|
|
16 |
|
6.01 Right to Amend or Terminate |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 7. GENERAL PROVISIONS |
|
|
17 |
|
7.01 Funding and Payment of Expense |
|
|
17 |
|
7.02 Unsecured Interest |
|
|
17 |
|
7.03 Facility of Payment |
|
|
17 |
|
7.04 Withholding Taxes |
|
|
18 |
|
7.05 Nonalienation |
|
|
18 |
|
7.06 Construction and Governing Law |
|
|
18 |
|
7.07 Discharge of Corporations Obligation |
|
|
18 |
|
7.08 Successors |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 8. ADMINISTRATION |
|
|
20 |
|
8.01 Administration |
|
|
20 |
|
ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS
1.01 |
|
Adoption Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a). |
|
1.02 |
|
Administrative Committee shall mean the Boards Leadership Development and Compensation
Committee or the person or persons appointed by the Boards Leadership Development and
Compensation Committee pursuant to Article 8 hereof to administer the Plan. |
|
1.03 |
|
Beneficiary shall mean the person or persons designated by a Participant pursuant to the
provisions of Section 5.04. |
|
1.04 |
|
Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation. |
|
1.05 |
|
Business Day shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange, or a successor
thereto, is open. |
|
1.06 |
|
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. |
|
1.07 |
|
Corporation shall mean Xylem Inc., an Indiana corporation, or any successor by merger,
purchase or otherwise; provided, however, that for purposes of deferrals made under the
Predecessor Plan, Corporation shall mean the Predecessor Corporation as the original deferral
recorder. |
|
1.08 |
|
Deferral Account shall mean the bookkeeping account (or subaccounts) maintained for each
Participant to record the amount of Director Fees such Participant has elected to defer in
accordance with Article 3 and/or pursuant to a Prior Deferral Agreement, adjusted pursuant to
Article 4. |
|
1.09 |
|
Deferral Agreement shall mean the completed agreement, including any amendments,
attachments and appendices thereto, in such form and with such title as is approved by the
Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of the Board or the |
2
|
|
Administrative Committee, between a Non-Employee Director and the Corporation, under which
the Non-Employee Director agrees to defer a portion of his or her Director Fees earned for a
specified Service Year. |
|
1.10 |
|
Deferral Election Deadline shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a). |
1.11 |
|
Deferrals shall mean the amount of deferrals credited to a Participants Deferral Account
pursuant to Section 3.03. |
|
1.12 |
|
Director Fees shall mean the fees paid in cash, including, without limitation, any annual
retainer, monthly fee, Board meeting fee or committee meeting fee that a Non-Employee Director
may be entitled to receive for services as a member of the Board or a committee thereof. |
|
1.13 |
|
Grandfathered Deferrals shall mean deferred Director Fees (and any earnings thereon,
including amounts attributable to dividends on such deferred Director Fees) that were
initially deferred prior to 2005. For avoidance of doubt, an amount will be treated as
initially deferred prior to 2005 if the amount would have been paid before 2005 had it not
been deferred. |
|
1.14 |
|
In-Service Subaccount shall mean the bookkeeping account described in Section 5.01(a)
maintained to record Deferrals (and related gains and losses on such Deferrals) that a
Participant has elected to have paid upon the first to occur of the Specified Distribution
Date, the Participants Retirement or the Participants death. |
|
1.15 |
|
Non-Employee Director shall mean a member of the Board who is not concurrently an employee
of the Corporation. |
|
1.16 |
|
Participant shall mean, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.02, each Non-Employee
Director who has executed a Deferral Agreement pursuant to the requirements of Articles 2 and
3. |
3
1.17 |
|
Plan shall mean the Xylem Deferred Compensation Plan For Non-Employee Directors, as set
forth in this document, as it may be amended from time to time; provided, however, that the
term Plan shall include the Predecessor Plan with respect to all prior service and
participation by a Participant with the Predecessor Corporation and preserving all rights by
Participants regarding Grandfathered Deferrals. |
|
1.18 |
|
Predecessor Corporation shall mean the Corporation as such term was defined under the
Predecessor Plan immediately prior to October 31, 2011. |
|
1.19 |
|
Predecessor Plan shall mean the ITT Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee
Directors as in effect prior to October 31, 2011. |
|
1.20 |
|
Prior Deferrals shall mean Deferrals relating to annual cash retainers that were (a)
initially deferred after 2004 pursuant to a Prior Deferral Agreement, (b) not yet distributed
as of the Adoption Date and (c) deferred by Non-Employee Directors who consent to have their
Prior Deferrals become subject to the terms of the Plan. For avoidance of doubt, (a) an amount
will be treated as initially deferred after 2004 if the amount would have been paid after 2004
had it not been deferred and (b) the term Prior Deferrals shall not include any restricted
stock, restricted stock units or Grandfathered Deferrals. |
|
1.21 |
|
Prior Deferral Agreement shall mean a deferral agreement and/or document that was effective
prior to the Adoption Date and that governs the Directors Prior Deferrals. For avoidance of
doubt, the term Prior Deferral Agreement shall not include any agreement or document governing
(a) restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards or a Non-Employee Directors election to
receive restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards or (b) Grandfathered Deferrals. |
|
1.22 |
|
Reporting Date shall mean the first Business Day of each calendar month following the
Adoption Date, or such other day as the Administrative Committee may determine. |
4
1.23 |
|
Retirement shall mean, subject to Section 8.01(c), the termination of a Non-Employee
Directors service as a member of the Board. |
|
1.24 |
|
Retirement Subaccount shall mean the bookkeeping account described in Section 5.01(a)
maintained to record Deferrals (and related gains and losses on such Deferrals) that a
Participant has elected to have paid upon the first to occur of the Participants Retirement
or death. |
|
1.25 |
|
Service Year shall mean the period beginning on the date of the Annual Meeting of
Shareholders in any year and ending on the day immediately preceding the date of the Annual
Meeting of Shareholders for the subsequent year, or such other period as shall be specified
from time to time by the Administrative Committee. |
|
1.26 |
|
Specified Distribution Date shall mean a Business Day selected by a Participant pursuant to
Section 5.01(a). |
|
1.27 |
|
Unforeseeable Emergency shall mean a severe financial hardship to a Participant resulting
from (a) an illness or accident of the Participant or the Participants spouse, beneficiary or
dependent (as defined in Code Section 152, without regard to Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and
(d)(1)(B)), (b) loss of the Participants property due to casualty (including the need to
rebuild a home following damage to the home not otherwise covered by insurance) or (c) other
similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the
control of the Participant; provided, however, that an Unforeseeable Emergency shall only
exist to the extent the severe financial hardship would constitute an Unforeseeable Emergency
under Code Section 409A, related regulations and other applicable guidance. |
5
ARTICLE 2. INTRODUCTION AND PARTICIPATION
|
(a) |
|
The Plan was adopted by the Board on October 11, 2011 (the Adoption Date). |
|
|
(b) |
|
The Plan shall govern (i) Deferrals (as adjusted pursuant to Article 4) made
pursuant to a Deferral Agreement executed after the Adoption Date and (ii) Prior
Deferrals (as adjusted pursuant to Article 4). All Prior Deferral Agreements will be
deemed amended to the extent the terms of the Prior Deferral Agreement are inconsistent
with the terms of the Plan so that, to the extent of any such inconsistency, the terms
of the Plan will govern. |
|
(a) |
|
All Non-Employee Directors shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. An
individual who is determined to be a Non-Employee Director with respect to a Service
Year and who desires to have Deferrals credited on his or her behalf pursuant to
Article 3 must execute a Deferral Agreement with the Administrative Committee
authorizing Deferrals under the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Sections
2.02(b) and 3.01. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The Deferral Agreement shall be in writing and properly completed upon a form
approved by the Administrative Committee, which shall be the sole judge of the proper
completion thereof. Such Deferral Agreement shall provide for the deferral of all or a
portion of the Non-Employee Directors Director Fees and shall include such other
provisions as the Administrative Committee deems appropriate. |
2.03 |
|
Termination of Participation |
|
|
|
Participation shall cease when all benefits to which a Participant or Beneficiary is
entitled to hereunder are distributed. |
6
ARTICLE 3. DEFERRALS
|
(a) |
|
Except as provided in Section 3.01(d), a Non-Employee Director may elect to
defer Director Fees that will be earned in the Service Year that begins in the
following calendar year by filing a Deferral Agreement with the Administrative
Committee on or before (i) the close of business on the last Business Day of the
calendar year preceding the calendar year in which such Service Year begins or (ii)
such earlier date as may be specified by the Administrative Committee (the Deferral
Election Deadline). |
|
|
(b) |
|
Except as provided in Sections 3.01(d) and 3.05 and subject to such
restrictions as the Administrative Committee may establish from time to time, a
Non-Employee Directors election to defer Director Fees earned in any Service Year
shall become irrevocable on the Deferral Election Deadline. A Non-Employee Director may
revoke or change his or her election to defer Director Fees at any time prior to the
date the election becomes irrevocable, subject to such restrictions as the
Administrative Committee may establish from time to time. Any such revocation or change
shall be made in a form and manner determined by the Administrative Committee. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Except as provided in Section 3.01(d), a Participants Deferral Agreement shall
apply only with respect to Director Fees earned in the Service Year that begins in the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the Deferral Agreement is filed with
the Administrative Committee. A Non-Employee Director must file, in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3.01(a), a new Deferral Agreement to defer Director Fees earned
in any subsequent Service Year. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.01 to the contrary, if a
Non-Employee Director first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan after the
Deferral Election Deadline, but before the first day of the Service Year that begins in
the calendar year in which the Non-Employee Director first becomes eligible to
participate in the |
7
|
|
|
Plan, the Non-Employee Director may, within the period beginning on the date the
Non-Employee Director first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan and ending on
the earlier of (i) 30 days after such date or (ii) the first day of such Service Year,
elect to defer Director Fees that will be earned in such Service Year. |
3.02 |
|
Amount of Deferral |
|
|
|
Unless the Administrative Committee provides otherwise, a Non-Employee Director may defer
all or none of his or her Director Fees, but not a portion of such Director Fees. |
|
3.03 |
|
Crediting to Deferral Account |
|
|
|
Except as provided below with respect to Prior Deferrals, Deferrals shall be credited to a
Participants Deferral Account on the day such Director Fees would have otherwise been paid
to the Participant in the absence of a Deferral Agreement. Deferrals credited to a
Participants Deferral Account which are deemed invested in a Corporation phantom stock fund
will be credited based on the closing price of the Corporations common stock on the New
York Stock Exchange (or a successor thereto) on that day or the next Business Day if such
day is not a Business Day. Prior Deferrals shall be credited to a Participants Deferral
Account as of the Adoption Date. |
|
3.04 |
|
Vesting |
|
|
|
A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his or her Deferral Account. |
|
3.05 |
|
Unforeseeable Emergency |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 3, in the event a distribution is
made to the Participant due to an Unforeseeable Emergency, a Participants Deferral
Agreement in effect at that time shall be cancelled and subsequent Deferrals under that
Deferral Agreement shall cease. |
8
ARTICLE 4. MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNTS
4.01 |
|
Adjustment of Account |
|
(a) |
|
The Administrative Committee shall designate at least one investment fund or
index of investment performance and may designate additional investment funds or
investment indices (including a Corporation phantom stock fund) to be used to measure
the investment performance of a Participants Deferral Account. The designation of any
such investment funds or indices shall not require the Corporation to invest or earmark
its general assets in any specific manner. The Administrative Committee may change the
designation of investment funds or indices from time to time, in its sole discretion,
and any such change shall not be deemed to be an amendment affecting Participants
rights under Section 6.01. |
|
|
(b) |
|
As of each Reporting Date, each Deferral Account shall be credited or debited
with the amount of earnings or losses with which such Deferral Account would have been
credited or debited, assuming it had been invested in one or more investment funds, or
earned the rate of return of one or more indices of investment performance, designated
by the Administrative Committee and elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 4.02
for purposes of measuring the investment performance of his or her Deferral Account.
Any portion of a Participants Deferral Account deemed invested in a Corporation
phantom stock fund shall be credited with dividend equivalents, as and when dividends
are paid on the Corporations common stock. Any such dividend equivalents shall be
deemed invested in additional shares of Corporation phantom stock, and such shares of
phantom stock shall be deemed to be purchased on the day the dividends are paid by the
Corporation. |
4.02 |
|
Investment Elections |
|
|
|
If the Administrative Committee designates more than one investment fund or indices under
Section 4.01, Participants may designate the investment fund or indices that will be used to
measure the investment performance of their Deferrals. Unless the Administrative
Committee provides otherwise, such elections shall be made when the Deferral |
9
|
|
Agreement is
executed. Unless the Administrative Committee provides otherwise, a Participants investment
election made with respect to Prior Deferrals shall continue to govern such Prior Deferrals |
4.03 |
|
Changing Investment Elections of Amounts Held in Deferral Accounts |
|
|
|
Unless the Administrative Committee provides otherwise, Participants may not change
investment elections for amounts already deferred. If the Administrative Committee allows
Participants to change their investment elections, such changes may only be made in
accordance with Section 4.04 and such other terms and conditions as may be established by
the Administrative Committee from time to time. |
|
4.04 |
|
Compliance with Securities Laws and Trading Policies and Procedures |
|
|
|
A Participants ability to direct investments into or out of a Corporation phantom stock
fund shall be subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as the Plan Administrator may
prescribe from time to time to assure compliance with Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section
16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Rule 16b-3), and other
applicable requirements. Such procedures also may limit or restrict a Participants ability
to make (or modify previously made) deferral and distribution elections under the Plan. In
furtherance, and not in limitation, of the foregoing, to the extent a Participant acquires
any interest in an equity security under the Plan for purposes of Section 16(b), the
Participant shall not dispose of that interest within six (6) months, unless such
disposition is exempted by Section 16(b) or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder
or with respect thereto. Any election by a Participant to invest any amount in a Corporation
phantom stock fund, and any elections to transfer amounts from or to the Corporation phantom
stock fund to or from any other investment fund or indices, shall be subject to all
applicable securities law requirements, including but not limited to the those reflected in
the prior sentence and Rule 16b-3, as well as all applicable stock trading policies and
procedures of the Corporation. To the extent any election violates any securities law
requirement, applicable trading policies and procedures of the Corporation, or any terms or
conditions established from time to time |
10
|
|
by the Administrative Committee relating to such elections (whether or not reflected in the
Plan), the election shall be void. |
4.05 |
|
Individual Accounts |
|
|
|
The Administrative Committee shall maintain, or cause to be maintained on its books, records
showing the individual balance of each Participants Deferral Account. At least once a year
each Participant shall be furnished with a statement setting forth the value of his or her
Deferral Account. |
|
4.06 |
|
Valuation of Accounts |
|
(a) |
|
The Administrative Committee shall value or cause to be valued each
Participants Deferral Account as the Administrative Committee determines is necessary
for the proper administration of the Plan. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Whenever an event requires a determination of the value of a Participants
Deferral Account, the value shall be computed as of the date of the event, or if the
date of the event is not a Business Day, the close of the next Business Day, except as
otherwise specified in this Plan. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all prior
service and participation by a Participant with the Predecessor Corporation shall be
deemed credited in full towards a Participants service and participation with the
Company. |
11
ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
|
(a) |
|
Subject to the limitations in Section 5.01(b), each time a Participant elects
to defer Director Fees, the Participant shall specify whether the deferred Director
Fees will be allocated to the Participants Retirement Subaccount or In-Service
Subaccount. |
|
(1) |
|
Retirement Subaccount. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan,
amounts allocated to the Retirement Subaccount (after adjustment to reflect gains
and losses during the deferral period) will be paid upon the first to occur of
the Participants Retirement or death. |
|
|
(2) |
|
In-Service Subaccount. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan,
amounts allocated to the In-Service Subaccount (after adjustment to reflect gains
and losses during the deferral period) will be paid upon the first to occur of
(A) a Business Day designated by the Participant (the Specified Distribution
Date), (B) the Participants Retirement or (C) the Participants death. The
Specified Distribution Date for the In-Service Subaccount shall be the Business
Day designated by the Participant on his or her initial Deferral Agreement
establishing the In-Service Subaccount; unless otherwise modified in accordance
with the provisions of Section 5.01(c) or (e) below. |
|
|
Unless the Administrative Committee provides otherwise, Participants may not bifurcate any
one Service Years deferred Director Fees between the Retirement Subaccount and the
In-Service Subaccount. |
|
|
|
Prior Deferrals will be allocated to the Participants Retirement Subaccount and/or
In-Service Subaccount as of the Adoption Date based on the payment election(s) then in
effect with respect to such Prior Deferrals. If a Participants payment election(s) in
effect with respect to Prior Deferrals as of the Adoption Date provides for payment at a
specified date, that specified date shall be the Participants Specified Distribution Date
for the Participants In-Service Subaccount. |
12
|
(b) |
|
Unless the Administrative Committee provides otherwise, (i) a Participant may
have only one In-Service Subaccount established on his or her behalf (and only one
Specified Distribution Date) at any one time and (ii) once a Participant has selected a
Specified Distribution Date, the Participant may not select an additional Specified
Distribution Date until the amounts in the Participants In-Service Subaccount have
been distributed. |
|
|
(c) |
|
In accordance with such procedures as the Administrative Committee may
prescribe, Participants may elect to delay the payment of amounts in the Participants
In-Service Subaccount by specifying a new Specified Distribution Date, subject to the
following limitations: |
|
(1) |
|
such election must be made at least 12 months prior to the
Specified Distribution Date then in effect and such election will not become
effective until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made;
and |
|
|
(2) |
|
the new Specified Distribution Date shall be a Business Day that is
not less than five (5) years from the Specified Distribution Date then in effect. |
|
|
Once a Participants election of a new Specified Distribution Date becomes effective, all
amounts in the Participants In-Service Subaccount (whether allocated before or after the
election of the new Specified Distribution Date) will be paid upon the first to occur of the
new Specified Distribution Date, the Participants Retirement or the Participants death. A
Participant may elect to delay a Specified Distribution Date pursuant to this Section
5.01(c) more than once, provided that all such elections comply with the provisions of this
Section 5.01(c). |
|
|
|
It is the Corporations intent that the provisions of this Section 5.01(c) comply with the
subsequent election provisions in Code Section 409A(a)(4)(C), related regulations and other
applicable guidance, and this Section 5.01(c) shall be interpreted accordingly. The
Administrative Committee may impose additional restrictions or conditions on a Participants
ability to elect a new Specified Distribution Date pursuant to this Section |
13
|
|
5.01(c). The Participant may revoke or change his or her election pursuant to this Section
5.01(c) at any time prior to the deadline for making such election, subject to such
restrictions as the Administrative Committee may establish from time to time. Any such
revocation or change shall be made in a form and manner determined by the Administrative
Committee. For avoidance of doubt, a Participant may not elect to delay payment of amounts
in the Participants Retirement Subaccount or transfer amounts between his or her Retirement
Subaccount and his or her In-Service Subaccount. |
|
(d) |
|
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if it is not possible to
make payment on the date of the Participants Retirement or death, or the Specified
Payment Date, as the case may be, payment shall be made as soon as practicable
thereafter, but in all events subject to the following limitations: |
|
(1) |
|
payments to be made upon the Participants Retirement or death
shall in no event be made later than (90) days after the date of Retirement or
death, as the case may be, and |
|
|
(2) |
|
payments to be made on a Specified Distribution Date shall in no
event be made later than the 15th day of the third calendar month following such
Specified Distribution Date. |
|
|
If payment is made within one of the periods described in this Section 5.01(d), neither the
Participant nor any Beneficiary may elect, directly or indirectly, when within such period
payment shall be made. |
|
(e) |
|
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrative
Committee may, in its discretion and subject to such terms and conditions as it may
from time to time prescribe, allow Participants to change the time of payment of all or
a portion of their Deferral Accounts in accordance with applicable transition relief
provided with respect to Code Section 409A. |
14
5.02 |
|
Method of Payment |
|
|
|
The distribution of the Participants Deferral Account shall be made to the Participant or,
if the Participant dies, to the Participants Beneficiary, in the form of a single lump sum
cash payment. |
|
5.03 |
|
Unforeseeable Emergency |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or in a Deferral Agreement to the contrary, the
Administrative Committee may, if it determines an Unforeseeable Emergency exists which
cannot be satisfied from other sources, approve a request by the Participant for a
withdrawal from his or her Deferral Account. Such request shall be made in a time and manner
determined by the Administrative Committee. The payment made from a Participants Deferral
Account pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.03 shall be limited to the amount
reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need (which may include amounts necessary to
pay any Federal, state, local or foreign income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to
result from the distribution). Determinations of amounts necessary to satisfy the emergency
need must take into account any additional compensation that is available, other than
additional compensation that, due to the Unforeseeable Emergency, is available under another
nonqualified deferred compensation plan but that has not actually been paid. This Section
5.03 is intended to comply with Code Section 409A, related regulations and any other
applicable guidance and shall be interpreted accordingly so that distributions shall be
permitted under this Section 5.03 only to the extent they comply with Code Section 409A. |
|
5.04 |
|
Designation of Beneficiary |
|
|
|
Each Participant shall file with the Administrative Committee a written designation of one
or more persons as the Beneficiary who shall be entitled to receive the amount, if any,
payable under the Plan upon his or her death pursuant to Article 5. A Participant may, from
time to time, revoke or change his or her Beneficiary designation without the consent of any
prior Beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Administrative Committee. The last
such designation received by the Administrative Committee shall be controlling; provided,
however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall |
15
|
|
be effective unless received by the Administrative Committee prior to the Participants
death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no such
Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of a Participants death, or if no
designated Beneficiary survives the Participant, the Participants surviving spouse, if any,
shall be the Participants Beneficiary, otherwise the Participants estate shall be the
Participants Beneficiary, and shall receive the payment of the amount, if any, payable
under the Plan upon the Participants death. |
16
ARTICLE 6. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION
6.01 |
|
Right to Amend or Terminate |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding any Plan provision to the contrary, the Corporation may, by action of the
Board, amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that no such amendment or
termination of the Plan that reduces a Participants Deferral Account shall be effective
without the prior written consent of the Participants whose Deferral Accounts are reduced by
the amendment or termination. To the extent consistent with the rules relating to plan
terminations and liquidations in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) or otherwise
consistent with Code Section 409A, the Board may provide that, without the prior written
consent of Participants, all of the Participants Deferral Accounts shall be distributed in
a lump sum upon termination of the Plan. Unless so distributed, in the event of a Plan
termination, the Corporation shall continue to maintain the Deferral Accounts until
distributed pursuant to the terms of the Plan and Participants shall remain 100% vested in
all amounts credited to their Deferral Accounts. |
17
ARTICLE 7. GENERAL PROVISIONS
7.01 |
|
Funding and Payment of Expenses |
|
|
|
All amounts payable in accordance with this Plan shall constitute a general unsecured
obligation of the Corporation. Such amounts, as well as any administrative costs relating to
the Plan, shall be paid out of the general assets of the Corporation. The Administrative
Committee may decide that a Participants Deferral Account may be reduced to reflect
allocable administrative expenses. |
|
7.02 |
|
Unsecured Interest |
|
|
|
Neither the Corporation nor the Administrative Committee in any way guarantees the
performance of the investment funds or indices a Participant may designate under Article 4.
No special or separate fund shall be established, and no segregation of assets shall be
made, to assure the payments hereunder. No Participant hereunder shall have any right,
title, or interest whatsoever in any specific assets of the Corporation. Nothing contained
in this Plan and no action taken pursuant to its provisions shall create or be construed to
create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Corporation and a
Participant or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive
payments under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured
creditor of the Corporation. |
|
7.03 |
|
Facility of Payment |
|
|
|
In the event that the Administrative Committee shall find that a Participant or Beneficiary
is incompetent to care for his or her affairs or if a Beneficiary is a minor, the
Administrative Committee may direct that any benefit payment due him or her, unless claim
shall have been made therefor by a duly appointed legal representative, be paid on his or
her behalf to his or her spouse, a child, a parent or other relative, and any such payment
so made shall thereby be a complete discharge of the liability of the Corporation and the
Plan for that payment. |
18
7.04 |
|
Withholding Taxes |
|
|
|
The Corporation shall have the right to deduct from each payment to be made under the Plan
any required withholding taxes. |
|
7.05 |
|
Noalienation |
|
|
|
Subject to any applicable law and except as provided in Section 5.04, no benefit under the
Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment,
pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void, nor shall any such
benefit be in any manner liable for or subject to garnishment, attachment, execution or
levy, or liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of
a person entitled to such benefits. |
|
7.06 |
|
Construction and Governing Law |
|
(a) |
|
The Plan shall be construed, regulated and administered in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York, subject to the provisions of applicable federal laws. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The masculine pronoun shall mean the feminine wherever appropriate. To the
extent any section of the Code, Treasury Regulations or the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 or any rule promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is
referenced in the Plan shall be amended or superseded, such reference shall be deemed
to be to the amended or superseding section or rule. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The illegality of any particular provision of this document shall not affect
the other provisions, and the document shall be construed in all respects as if such
invalid provision were omitted. |
7.07 |
|
Discharge of Corporations Obligation |
|
|
|
The payment by the Corporation of the benefits due under the Plan and/or any Deferral
Agreement or Prior Deferral Agreement to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary shall
discharge the Corporations obligation with respect thereto, and the Participant or |
19
|
|
Beneficiary shall have no further rights under this Plan or the Deferral Agreements or Prior
Deferral Agreements upon receipt by the appropriate person of all such benefits. |
7.08 |
|
Successors |
|
|
|
The Plan shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Corporation, whether such
succession is by purchase, merger or otherwise. |
20
ARTICLE 8. ADMINISTRATION
|
(a) |
|
The Plan shall be administered by the Administrative Committee. The
Administrative Committee shall have the exclusive responsibility and complete
discretionary authority to control the operation, management and administration of the
Plan, with all powers necessary to enable it properly to carry out such
responsibilities, including, but not limited to, the power to interpret the Plan and
any related documents, to establish procedures for making any elections called for
under the Plan, to make factual determinations regarding any and all matters arising
under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the right to determine eligibility for
benefits, the right to construe the terms of the Plan, the right to remedy possible
ambiguities, inequities, inconsistencies or omissions, and the right to resolve all
interpretive, equitable or other questions arising under the Plan. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The Administrative Committee may delegate all or part of its administrative
duties to one or more persons, whether or not such person or persons are members of the
Administrative Committee or employees of the Corporation. The Administrative Committee
(and, to the extent consistent with the scope of delegated administrative authority,
the person or persons delegated authority hereunder) may engage agents and
representatives, including recordkeepers and legal counsel, in connection with the
administration of the Plan. To the extent permitted by law, the Administrative
Committee and the person or persons delegated administrative authority under the Plan
shall be indemnified by the Corporation and held harmless against any claims and the
expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct
relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross
negligence, willful neglect or willful misconduct. |
|
|
(c) |
|
It is the intent of the Corporation that the Plan complies with Code Section
409A, related regulations and other applicable guidance promulgated with respect
thereto and the provisions of the Plan shall be interpreted to be consistent therewith. |
21
|
|
|
Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant shall not be deemed to have experienced
a Retirement until the Participant has had a separation from service, as that term
is used in Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) and defined in related regulations or other
applicable guidance. |
exv10w14
Exhibit 10.14
Xylem
Enhanced Severance Pay Plan
EFFECTIVE AS OF 10/31/11
1. Purpose
The purpose of this Xylem Enhanced Severance Pay Plan (Plan) is to assist in occupational
transition by providing Severance Benefits, as defined herein, for employees covered by this Plan
whose employment is terminated under conditions set forth in this Plan.
The Plan first became effective as of October 31, 2011 following the spin-off of Xylem Inc.
from ITT Corporation (the Predecessor Corporation) on October 31, 2011. The Predecessor
Corporation maintained a similar plan prior to the spin-off (the Predecessor Plan), and the Plan
was created to continue service accruals under the Predecessor Plan. The Plan shall remain in
effect as provided in Section 9 hereof, and covered employees shall receive full credit for their
service and participation with the Predecessor Corporation as provided in Section 5 hereof.
2. Covered Employees
Covered employees under this Plan (Employees) are active full-time, regular salaried
employees of Xylem Inc. (Xylem) and of any subsidiary company (Xylem Subsidiary) (including
Employees who are short term disabled as of a Potential Acceleration event within the meaning of
the Companys short term disability benefit plans) (other than Employees on periodic severance as
of a Potential Acceleration Event) who are or were, at any time within the two year period
immediately preceding the Employees termination of employment (other than executives covered by
the Xylem Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan), United States or Canadian citizens or who
are employed in the United States or Canada, whose primary employment location is at Xylem Inc.
Corporate Headquarters (currently in White Plains, New York), and such other employees of the
Company who shall be designated as covered employees thereunder by the Chief Executive or the
Senior Vice President, Director-Human Resources of Xylem or a designee of such officers
(Authorized Officers or Designees). No person who is employed on a temporary, occasional or
seasonal basis is eligible under this Plan.
After the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, the terms Xylem, Xylem Subsidiary and
Company as used herein shall also include, respectively and as the context requires, any
successor company to Xylem or any successor company to any Xylem Subsidiary and any affiliate of
any such successor company.
3. Definitions
An Acceleration Event shall occur if (i) a report on Schedule 13D shall be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(the Act) disclosing that any person (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Act), other than
Xylem or a subsidiary of Xylem or any employee benefit plan sponsored by
2
Xylem or a subsidiary of Xylem, is the beneficial owner directly or indirectly of twenty
percent (20%) or more of the outstanding Common Stock $1 par value, of Xylem (the Stock); (ii)
any person (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Act), other than Xylem or a subsidiary of
Xylem, or any employee benefit plan sponsored by Xylem or a subsidiary of Xylem, shall purchase
shares pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer to acquire any Stock of Xylem (or securities
convertible into Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration, provided that after
consummation of the offer, the person in question is the beneficial owner (as such term is defined
in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of twenty percent (20%) or more of the
outstanding Stock of Xylem (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of Rule 13d-3 under the Act in
the case of rights to acquire Stock); (iii) the consummation of (A) any consolidation, business
combination or merger involving Xylem, other than a consolidation, business combination or merger
involving Xylem in which holders of Stock immediately prior to the consolidation, business
combination or merger (x) hold fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of Xylem
(or the corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation or the parent of such corporation)
after the merger and (y) have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of Xylem (or the
corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation or the parent of such corporation), relative
to other holders of Stock immediately prior to the merger, business combination or consolidation,
immediately after the merger as immediately before, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other
transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all the
assets of Xylem, (iv) there shall have been a change in a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors of Xylem within a 12-month period unless the election or nomination for election by
Xylems stockholders of each new director during such 12-month period was approved by the vote of
two-thirds of the directors then still in office who (x) were directors at the beginning of such
12-month period or (y) whose nomination for election or election as directors was recommended or
approved by a majority of the directors who where directors at the beginning of such 12-month
period or (v) any person (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Act) (other than Xylem or any
subsidiary of Xylem or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored by Xylem or a
subsidiary of Xylem) becomes the beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Act) of twenty percent (20%) or more of the Stock.
Cause shall mean action by the Employee involving willful malfeasance or gross negligence or
the Employees failure to act involving material nonfeasance that would tend to have a materially
adverse effect on the Company. No act or omission on the part of the Employee shall be considered
willful unless it is done or omitted in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the action or
omission was in the best interests of the Company.
Company shall mean Xylem Inc. (Xylem) and of any subsidiary company (Xylem Subsidiary),
collectively or individually as the context requires Company; provided, however, that for
purposes of service under the Predecessor Plan, Company shall include the Predecessor Corporation.
Enhanced Severance Period shall mean the period, expressed in weeks, equal to the sum of (x)
two times the normal severance pay or termination pay period of weeks for the Employee (the Normal
Severance Period), determined as if the Employee were an employee of the same grade, and having
the same years of service, covered by and eligible for the severance pay or termination pay plans
or policies at Xylem Corporate Headquarters, White Plains, New
3
York, as in effect immediately preceding an Acceleration Event and (y) four (4) weeks (in lieu
of notice of termination), provided that the Enhanced Severance Period shall not exceed 108 weeks
and shall not be less than the Minimum Severance Period.
Enhanced Weeks Pay shall mean the sum of (x) the current annual base salary rate paid or in
effect at the time of Employees termination of employment and (y) the current annual bonus or
service recognition award paid or awarded to the Employee in respect of either (i) an Acceleration
Event or (ii) the Employees termination of employment, including, among the bonuses and service
recognition awards taken into account for this purpose, any bonus or service recognition award paid
or awarded by reason of an Acceleration Event, without regard to whether such bonus or service
recognition award is paid on or after an Acceleration Event, divided by 52 weeks.
Good Reason shall mean (i) without the Employees express written consent and excluding for
this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is
remedied by the Company or its affiliates within 30 days after receipt of notice thereof given by
the Employee, (A) a reduction in the Employees annual base compensation (whether or not deferred),
(B) the assignment to the Employee of any duties inconsistent in any material respect with the
Employees position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority,
duties or responsibilities, or (C) any other action by the Company or its affiliates which results
in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities; (ii) without the
Employees express written consent, the Companys requiring the Employees work location to be
other than within twenty-five (25) miles of the location where such Employee was principally
working immediately prior to the Acceleration Event; or (iii) any failure by the Company to obtain
the express written assumption of this Plan from any successor to the Company; provided that Good
Reason shall cease to exist for an event on the 90th day following the later of its occurrence or
the Employees knowledge thereof, unless the Employee has given the Company notice thereof prior to
such date.
Minimum Severance Period shall mean (i) with respect to Employees with less than twenty (20)
years of service with the Company, twenty-six (26) weeks, (ii) with respect to Employees with
between twenty (20) and twenty-five (25) years of service with the Company, 52 weeks, (iii) with
respect to Employees with greater than twenty-five (25) years of service with the Company but less
than or equal to thirty (30) years of service with the Company, seventy-eight (78) weeks and (iv)
with respect to Employees with greater than thirty (30) years of service with the Company, one
hundred and four (104) weeks. For purposes hereof, years of service shall have the same meaning
as in the termination pay plans or policies at Xylem Corporate Headquarters, White Plains, New
York, as in effect immediately preceding an Acceleration Event and shall be determined as of the
date of the Employees termination of employment with the Company.
Potential Acceleration Event shall mean any execution of an agreement, the commencement of a
tender offer or any other transaction or event that if consummated would result in an Acceleration
Event.
4
4. Severance Benefits Upon Termination of Employment
If an Employees employment with the Company is terminated due to a Qualifying Termination, he
or she shall receive the severance benefits set forth in Section 5 hereof (Severance Benefits).
For purposes hereof, (i) a Qualifying Termination shall mean a termination of an Employees
employment with the Company either (x) by the Company without Cause (A) within the two (2) year
period commencing on the date of the occurrence of an Acceleration Event or (B) prior to the
occurrence of an Acceleration Event and either (1) following the public announcement of the
transaction or event which ultimately results in such Acceleration Event or (2) at the request of a
party to, or participant in, the transaction or event which ultimately results in an Acceleration
Event; or (y) by an Employee for Good Reason within the two (2) year period commencing with the
date of the occurrence of an Acceleration Event and (ii) a determination by an Employee that he or
she has Good Reason hereunder shall be final and binding on the parties hereto unless the Company
can establish by a preponderance of the evidence that Good Reason does not exist.
5. Severance Benefits
Severance Benefits for Employees:
Accrued Rights The Employees base salary through the date of termination of employment,
any annual bonus earned but unpaid as of the date of termination for any previously completed
fiscal year, reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by the Employee
in accordance with Company policy prior to the date of the Employees termination of employment and
such employee benefits, if any, as to which the Employee may be entitled under the employee benefit
plans of the Company, including without limitation, the payment of any accrued or unused vacation
under the Companys vacation policy.
Severance Pay The number of weeks of the Employees Enhanced Severance Period times the
Employees Enhanced Weeks Pay, paid in the form described in Section 6 below.
Benefits
Continued health and life insurance benefits for a period equal to the Employees Enhanced
Severance Period following the Employees termination of employment at the same cost to the
Employee, and at the same coverage levels, as provided to the Employee (and the Employees eligible
dependents) immediately prior to his or her termination of employment.
Payment of a lump sum amount (Pension Lump Sum Amount) equal to the difference between (i)
the total lump sum value of the Employees pension benefit under the Xylem Salaried Retirement Plan
and, as applicable, the Predecessor Corporations Excess Pension Plan IIA, Excess Pension Plan IIB
or any successor plan; provided that the benefits under such successor plan is no less favorable
than the benefits under the plans set forth herein (or corresponding pension arrangements (i)
outside the United States or (ii) as may be designated by an Authorized Officer or Designee)
(Pension Plans) as of the Employees termination of employment and (ii) the total lump sum value
of the Employees pension benefit under the Pension Plans after crediting to the Employee an
additional two (2) years of age and two (2) years of eligibility and benefit service and applying
the highest annual base salary rate and
5
highest bonus or service recognition award determined above under Enhanced Weeks Pay with
respect to the additional period of service so credited for purposes of determining the Final
Average Compensation under the Excess Pension Plans of the Company. The above total lump sum values
shall be determined in the manner provided in the Pension Plans of the Company for determination of
lump sum benefits upon the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, as defined in said Plans. This
provision shall apply to any Employee having a pension benefit under any of the Pension Plans as of
the Employees termination of employment. An example of the calculation of benefits set forth in
this paragraph is set forth on Schedule A.
Crediting of an additional two (2) years of age and an additional two (2) years of
eligibility service for purposes of the Companys retiree health and retiree life insurance
benefits. This provision shall apply to any Employees covered under such benefits any time during
the three (3) year period immediately preceding the Employees termination of employment.
Payment of a lump sum amount (Savings Plan Lump Sum Amount) equal to the number of weeks
of the Employees Enhanced Severance Period times the following amount: the highest annual base
salary rate determined above under Enhanced Weeks Pay, divided by 52 weeks, times the highest
percentage rate of Company Contributions (not to exceed 3 1/2%) with respect to the Employee under
the Xylem Investment and Savings Plan for Salaried Employees and/or the Xylem Excess Savings Plan
(or corresponding savings plan arrangements (i) outside the United States or (ii) as may be
designated by an Authorized Officer of Designee) (Savings Plans) (including matching
contributions and floor contributions) at any time during the three (3) year period immediately
preceding the Employees termination of employment or the three (3) year period immediately
preceding the Acceleration Event. This provision shall apply to any Employee who is a member of any
of the Savings Plans at any time during such three (3) year period.
Outplacement Outplacement services for one (1) year.
With respect to the provision of benefits described above during the above period equal to the
Employees Enhanced Severance Period, if, for any reason at any time the Company is unable to treat
the Employee as being eligible for ongoing participation in any Company employee benefit plans in
existence immediately prior to the termination of employment of the Employee, and if, as a result
thereof, the Employee does not receive a benefit or receives a reduced benefit the Company shall
provide such benefits by making available equivalent benefits from other sources in a manner
consistent with Section 15 below.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all prior service and
participation by an Employee with the Predecessor Corporation shall be credited in full towards an
Employees service and participation with the Company.
6. Form of Payment of Severance Pay and Lump Sum Payments
Severance Pay shall be paid in cash, in non-discounted equal periodic installment payments
corresponding to the frequency and duration of the severance payments that the Employee would have
been entitled to receive under the Normal Severance Period. The Pension
6
Lump Sum Amount and the Savings Plan Lump Sum Amount shall be paid in cash within thirty (30)
calendar days after the date the employment of the Employee terminates.
7. Termination of Employment Other
The Severance Benefits shall only be payable upon an Employees termination of employment due
to a Qualifying Termination; provided, that if, following the occurrence of an Acceleration Event,
an Employee is terminated due to the Employees death or disability (as defined in the long-term
disability plan in which the Employee is entitled to participate (whether or not the Employee
voluntarily participates in such plan)) and, at the time of such termination, the Employee had
grounds to resign with Good Reason, such termination of employment shall be deemed to be a
Qualifying Termination.
8. Administration of Plan
This Plan shall be administered by Xylem, who shall have the exclusive right to interpret this
Plan, adopt any rules and regulations for carrying out this Plan as may be appropriate and decide
any and all matters arising under this Plan, including but not limited to the right to determine
appeals. Subject to applicable Federal and state law, all interpretations and decisions by Xylem
shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties affected thereby.
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, following an Acceleration Event, any controversy or
claim arising out of or relating to this Plan, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by
arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial Arbitration
Rules and the entire cost thereof shall be borne by the Company. The location of the arbitration
proceedings shall be reasonably acceptable to the Employee. Judgment on the award rendered by the
arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The Company shall pay all
legal fees, costs of litigation, prejudgment interest, and other expenses which are incurred in
good faith by the Employee as a result of the Companys refusal to provide any of the Severance
Benefits to which the Employee becomes entitled under this Plan, or as a result of the Companys
(or any third partys) contesting the validity, enforceability, or interpretation of this Plan, or
as a result of any conflict between the Employee and the Company pertaining to this Plan. The
Company shall pay such fees and expenses from the general assets of the Company.
9. Termination or Amendment
Xylem may terminate or amend this Plan (Plan Change) at any time except, that following the
occurrence of (i) an Acceleration Event or (ii) a Potential Acceleration Event, no Plan Change that
would adversely affect any Employee may be made without the prior written consent of such Employee
affected thereby; provided, however, that (ii) above shall cease to apply if such Potential
Acceleration Event does not result in the occurrence of an Acceleration Event.
7
10. Offset
Any Severance Benefits provided to an Employee under this Plan shall be offset in a manner
consistent with Section 15 by reducing (x) any Severance Pay hereunder by any severance pay, salary
continuation pay, termination pay or similar pay or allowance and (y) any other Severance Benefits
hereunder by corresponding employee benefits, or outplacement services, which the Employee receives
or is entitled to receive, (i) pursuant to any other Company policy, practice program or
arrangement, (ii) pursuant to any Company employment agreement or other agreement with the Company,
or (iii) by virtue of any law, custom or practice excluding, however, any unemployment compensation
in the United States, unless the Employee voluntarily expressly waives (which the Employee shall
have the exclusive right to do) in writing any such respective entitlement.
11. Excise Tax
In the event that it shall be determined that any Payment would constitute an excess
parachute payment within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, then the aggregate of all
Payments shall be reduced so that the Present Value of the aggregate of all Payments does not
exceed the Safe Harbor Amount; provided, however, that no such reduction shall be effected, if the
Net After-tax Benefit to Employee of receiving all of the Payments exceeds the Net After-tax
Benefit to Employee resulting from having such Payments so reduced. In the event a reduction is
required pursuant hereto, the order of reduction shall be first all cash payments on a pro rata
basis, then any equity compensation on a pro rata basis, and lastly medical and dental coverage.
For purposes of this Section 11, the following terms have the following meanings:
(i) Net After-tax Benefit shall mean the Present Value of a Payment net of all federal state
and local income, employment and excise taxes imposed on Employee with respect thereto, determined
by applying the highest marginal rate(s) applicable to an individual for Employees taxable year in
which the Change in Control occurs.
(ii) Payment means any payment or distribution or provision of benefits by the Company to or
for the benefit of Employee, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any reductions required
by this Section 11.
(iii) Present Value shall mean such value determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4)
of the Code.
(iv) Safe Harbor Amount shall be an amount expressed in Present Value which maximizes the
aggregate Present Value of Payments without causing any Payment to be subject to excise tax under
Section 4999 of the Code or the deduction limitation of Section 280G of the Code.
All determinations required to be made under this Section 11, including whether and when a
reduction is required and the amount of such reduction and the assumptions to be utilized in
arriving at such determination, shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm mutually
agreed to by the Employee and the Company (the Accounting Firm) which shall provide detailed
supporting calculations both to the Company and the Employee within ten (10) business days of the
receipt of notice from the Employee that there has been a Payment, or such
8
earlier time as is requested by the Company; provided that for purposes of determining the
amount of any reduction, the Employee shall be deemed to pay federal income tax at the highest
marginal rates applicable to individuals in the calendar year in which any such
All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. If the
Accounting Firm determines that no excise tax is payable by the Employee, it shall so indicate to
the Employee in writing. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company
and the Employee.
12. Miscellaneous
The Employee shall not be entitled to any notice of termination or pay in lieu thereof except
as included as part of Severance Pay as provided herein.
Severance Benefits under this Plan are paid entirely by the Company from its general assets.
This Plan is not a contract of employment, does not guarantee the Employee employment for any
specified period and does not limit the right of the Company to terminate the employment of the
Employee at any time.
If an Employee should die while any amount is still payable to the Employee hereunder had the
Employee continued to live, all such amounts shall be paid in accordance with this Plan to the
Employees designated heirs or, in the absence of such designation, to the Employees estate.
The numbered section headings contained in this Plan are included solely for convenience of
reference and shall not in any way affect the meaning of any provision of this Plan.
If, for any reason, any one or more of the provisions or part of a provision contained in this
Plan shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity,
illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or part of a provision of this
Plan not held so invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and each other provision or part of a provision
shall to the full extent consistent with law remain in full force and effect.
The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New
York without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.
The Plan shall be binding on all successors and assigns of the Xylem and an Employee.
13. Notices
Any notice and all other communication provided for in this Plan shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or three days after
it has been mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
addressed to the respective addresses set forth below, or to such other address as either
9
party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of
change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
If to the Company:
Xylem Inc.
1133 Westchester Avenue, Suite 2000
White Plains, New York 10604
Attention: General Counsel
If to Employee:
To the most recent address of Employee set forth in the personnel records of Xylem.
14. Adoption Date
This Plan was initially adopted by Xylem on October 31, 2011 (Adoption Date) and does not
apply to any termination of employment which occurred or which was communicated to the Employee
prior to the Adoption Date.
15. Section 409A
This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted in a
manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, (i) if at the time of the Employees termination of employment with the Company the
Employee is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related
regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any
payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is
necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code,
then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits
hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the
Employee) until the date that is six months following the Employees termination of employment with
the Company (or the earliest date as is permitted under
Section 409A of the Code), at which point all payments deferred pursuant to this Section 15
shall be paid to the Employee in a lump sum and (ii) if any other payments of money or other
benefits due hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under
Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make
such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment
or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the
Company, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any
reimbursements or in-kind benefits due under this Plan constitute deferred compensation under
Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid in a manner
consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Each payment made under this Plan shall be
designated as a separate payment within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The Company
shall consult with Employees in good faith regarding the implementation of the
10
provisions of this section; provided that neither the Company nor any of its employees or
representatives shall have any liability to Employees with respect thereto.
exv10w15
Exhibit 10.15
Xylem
Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan
EFFECTIVE AS OF 10/31/11
1. Purpose
The purpose of this Xylem Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan (Plan) is to assist in
occupational transition by providing Severance Benefits, as defined herein, for employees covered
by this Plan whose employment is terminated under conditions set forth in this Plan.
The Plan first became effective as of October 31, 2011 following the spin-off of Xylem Inc.
from ITT Corporation (the Predecessor Corporation) on October 31, 2011. The Predecessor
Corporation maintained a similar plan prior to the spin-off (the Predecessor Plan), and the Plan
was created to continue service accruals under the Predecessor Plan. The Plan shall remain in
effect as provided in Section 9 hereof, and covered employees shall receive full credit for their
service and participation with the Predecessor Corporation as provided in Section 5 hereof.
2. Covered Employees
Covered employees under this Plan (Special Severance Executives) are active full-time,
regular salaried employees of Xylem Inc., (Xylem) and of any subsidiary company (Xylem
Subsidiary) (collectively or individually as the context requires Company ; provided, however,
that for purposes of service under the Predecessor Plan, Company shall include the Predecessor
Corporation) (including Special Severance Executives who are short term disabled as of a Potential
Acceleration Event within the meaning of the Companys short term disability plans) (other than
Special Severance Executives on periodic severance as of a Potential Acceleration Event) who are in
Band A or B or were in Band A or B at any time within the two year period immediately preceding an
Acceleration Event and such other employees of the Company who shall be designated as covered
employees in Band A or B under the Plan by the Compensation and Personnel Committee of Xylems
Board of Directors.
Bands A and B shall have the meaning given such terms under the executive classification
system of the Xylem Human Resources Department as in effect immediately preceding an Acceleration
Event. After the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, the terms Xylem, Xylem Subsidiary and
Company as used herein shall also include, respectively and as the context requires, any
successor company to Xylem or any successor company to any Xylem Subsidiary and any affiliate of
any such successor company.
3. Definitions
An Acceleration Event shall occur if (i) a report on Schedule 13D shall be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(the Act) disclosing that any person (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Act), other than
the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan
2
sponsored by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, is the beneficial owner directly or
indirectly of twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding Common Stock $1 par value, of the
Company (the Stock); (ii) any person (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Act), other than
the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company
or a subsidiary of the Company, shall purchase shares pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer
to acquire any Stock of the Company (or securities convertible into Stock) for cash, securities or
any other consideration, provided that after consummation of the offer, the person in question is
the beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly,
of twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding Stock of the Company (calculated as provided in
paragraph (d) of Rule 13d-3 under the Act in the case of rights to acquire Stock); (iii) the
consummation of (A) any consolidation, business combination or merger involving the Company, other
than a consolidation, business combination or merger involving the Company in which holders of
Stock immediately prior to the consolidation, business combination or merger (x) hold fifty percent
(50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company (or the corporation resulting from the
merger or consolidation or the parent of such corporation) after the merger and (y) have the same
proportionate ownership of common stock of the Company (or the corporation resulting from the
merger or consolidation or the parent of such corporation), relative to other holders of Stock
immediately prior to the merger, business combination or consolidation, immediately after the
merger as immediately before, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one
transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of the
Company, (iv) there shall have been a change in a majority of the members of the Board of Directors
of the Company within a 12-month period unless the election or nomination for election by the
Companys stockholders of each new director during such 12-month period was approved by the vote of
two-thirds of the directors then still in office who (x) were directors at the beginning of such
12-month period or (y) whose nomination for election or election as directors was recommended or
approved by a majority of the directors who were directors at the beginning of such 12-month period
or (v) any person (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Act) (other than the Company or any
subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored by the Company
or a subsidiary of the Company) becomes the beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3
under the Act) of twenty percent (20%) or more of the Stock.
Cause shall mean action by the Special Severance Executive involving willful malfeasance or
gross negligence or the Special Severance Executives failure to act involving material nonfeasance
that would tend to have a materially adverse effect on the Company. No act or omission on the part
of the Special Severance Executive shall be considered willful unless it is done or omitted in
bad faith or without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the
Company.
Good Reason shall mean (i) without the Special Severance Executives express written consent
and excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad
faith and which is remedied by the Company or its affiliates within 30 days after receipt of notice
thereof given by the Special Severance Executive, (A) a reduction in the Special Severance
Executives annual base compensation (whether or not deferred), (B) the assignment to the Special
Severance Executive of any duties inconsistent in any material respect with the Special Severance
Executives position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority,
duties or responsibilities, or (C) any other action by the Company or its
3
affiliates which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or
responsibilities; (ii) without the Special Severance Executives express written consent, the
Companys requiring the Special Severance Executives work location to be other than within
twenty-five (25) miles of the location where such Special Severance Executive was principally
working immediately prior to the Acceleration Event; or (iii) any failure by the Company to obtain
the express written assumption of this Plan from any successor to the Company; provided that Good
Reason shall cease to exist for an event on the 90th day following the later of its occurrence or
the Special Severance Executives knowledge thereof, unless the Special Severance Executive has
given the Company notice thereof prior to such date.
Potential Acceleration Event shall mean any execution of an agreement, the commencement of a
tender offer or any other transaction or event that if consummated would result in an Acceleration
Event.
4. Severance Benefits Upon Termination of Employment
If, a Special Severance Executives employment with the Company is terminated due to a
Qualifying Termination, he or she shall receive the severance benefits set forth in Section 5
hereof (Severance Benefits). For purposes hereof, (i) a Qualifying Termination shall mean a
termination of a Special Severance Executives employment with the Company either (x) by the
Company without Cause (A) within the two (2) year period commencing on the date of the occurrence
of an Acceleration Event or (B) prior to the occurrence of an Acceleration Event and either (1)
following the public announcement of the transaction or event which ultimately results in such
Acceleration Event or (2) at the request of a party to, or participant in, the transaction or event
which ultimately results in an Acceleration Event; or (y) by a Special Severance Executive for Good
Reason within the two (2) year period commencing with the date of the occurrence of an Acceleration
Event and (ii) a determination by a Special Severance Executive that he or she has Good Reason
hereunder shall be final and binding on the parties hereto unless the Company can establish by a
preponderance of the evidence that Good Reason does not exist.
5. Severance Benefits
Band A Benefits
Severance Benefits for Special Severance Executives (i) in Band A at the time of a Qualifying
Termination or at any time during the two (2) year period immediately preceding the Acceleration
Event or (ii) designated as a covered employee in Band A in accordance with Section 2 hereof:
Accrued Rights The Special Severance Executives base salary through the date of
termination of employment, any annual bonus earned but unpaid as of the date of termination for any
previously completed fiscal year, reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly
incurred by the Special Severance Executive in accordance with Company policy prior to the date of
the Special Severance Executives termination of employment and such employee benefits, if any, as
to which the Special Severance Executive may be entitled under the employee benefit plans of the
Company, including without limitation, the payment of any accrued or unused vacation under the
Companys vacation policy.
4
Severance Pay The sum of (x) three (3) times the current annual base salary rate paid or
in effect (whether or not deferred) with respect to the Special Severance Executive at the Special
Severance Executives termination of employment, and (y) three (3) times the current annual bonus
paid or awarded (whether or not deferred) to the Special Severance Executive in respect of either
(i) an Acceleration Event or (ii) the Special Severance Executives termination of employment.
Benefits and Perquisites
> Continued health and life insurance benefits for a three (3) year period following the
Special Severance Executives termination of employment at the same cost to the Special Severance
Executive, and at the same coverage levels, as provided to the Special Severance Executive (and the
Special Severance Executives eligible dependents) immediately prior to his or her termination of
employment.
> Payment of a lump sum amount (Pension Lump Sum Amount) equal to the difference between
(i) the total lump sum value of the Special Severance Executives pension benefit under the Xylem
Salaried Retirement Plan and, as applicable, Predecessor Corporations Excess Pension Plan IA,
Excess Pension Plan IB, Excess Pension Plan IIA, and/or Excess Pension Plan IIB or any successor
plan; provided that the benefits under such successor plan is no less favorable than the benefits
under the plans set forth herein (or corresponding pension arrangements outside the United States)
(Pension Plans) as of the Special Severance Executives termination of employment and (ii) the
total lump sum value of the Special Severance Executives pension benefit under the Pension Plans
after crediting an additional three (3) years of age and three (3) years of eligibility and benefit
service to the Special Severance Executive and applying the highest annual base salary rate and
highest bonus determined above under Severance Pay with respect to each of the additional three
(3) years of service so credited for purposes of determining Final Average Compensation under the
Pension Plans. The above total lump sum values shall be determined in the manner provided in the
Excess Pension Plans of the Company for determination of lump sum benefits upon the occurrence of
an Acceleration Event, as defined in said Plans. This provision shall apply to any Special
Severance Executive having a pension benefit under any of the Pension Plans as of the Special
Severance Executives termination of employment. An example of the calculation of benefits set
forth in this paragraph is set forth on Schedule A.
> Crediting of an additional three (3) years of age and three (3) years of eligibility
service for purposes of the Companys retiree health and retiree life insurance benefits. This
provision shall apply to any Special Severance Executives covered under such benefits any time
during the three (3) year period immediately preceding the Special Severance Executives
termination of employment.
> Payment of a lump sum amount (Savings Plan Lump Sum Amount) equal to three (3) times
the following amount: the highest annual base salary rate determined above under Severance Pay
times the highest percentage rate of Company Contributions (not to exceed three and on-half percent
(31/2%) with respect to the Special Severance Executive under the Xylem Investment and Savings Plan
for Salaried Employees and/or the Xylem Excess Savings Plan (or corresponding savings plan
arrangements outside the United States) (Savings Plans)
5
(including matching contributions and floor contributions) at any time during the three (3)
year period immediately preceding the Special Severance Executives termination of employment or
the three (3) year period immediately preceding the Acceleration Event. This provision shall apply
to any Special Severance Executive who is a member of any of the Savings Plans at any time during
such three (3) year period.
Outplacement Outplacement services for one (1) year.
Band B Benefits
Severance Benefits for Special Severance Executives (i) in Band B at the time of a Qualifying
Termination or at any time during the two (2) year period immediately preceding the Acceleration
Event or (ii) designated as a covered employee in Band B in accordance with Section 2 hereof;
provided, that a Special Severance Executive who is in Band B at the time of a Qualifying
Termination but was in Band A anytime during the two (2) year period immediately preceding the
Acceleration Event shall be entitled to Severance Benefits as a Special Severance Executive in Band
A and shall not be entitled to the Severance Benefits set forth below:
Accrued Rights The Special Severance Executives base salary through the date of
termination of employment, any annual bonus earned but unpaid as of the date of termination for any
previously completed fiscal year, reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly
incurred by the Special Severance Executive in accordance with Company policy prior to the date of
the Special Severance Executives termination of employment and such employee benefits, if any, as
to which the Special Severance Executive may be entitled under the employee benefit plans of the
Company, including without limitation, the payment of any accrued or unused vacation under the
Companys vacation policy.
Severance Pay The sum of (x) two (2) times the current annual base salary rate paid or in
effect (whether or not deferred) with respect to the Special Severance Executive at the Special
Severance Executives termination of employment, and (y) two (2) times the current annual bonus
paid or awarded (whether or not deferred) to the Special Severance Executive in respect of either
(i) an Acceleration Event or (ii) the Special Severance Executives termination of employment.
|
|
Benefits and Perquisites |
> Continued health and life insurance benefits for a two year period following the Special
Severance Executives termination of employment at the same cost to the Special Severance
Executive, and at the same coverage levels, as provided to the Special Severance Executive (and the
Special Severance Executives eligible dependents) immediately prior to his or her termination of
employment.
> Payment of a lump sum amount (Pension Lump Sum Amount) equal to the difference between
(i) the total lump sum value of the Special Severance Executives pension benefit under the Xylem
Salaried Retirement Plan and, as applicable, the Predecessor Corporations Excess Pension Plan IA,
Excess Pension Plan IB, Excess Pension Plan IIA, and/or Xylem Excess Pension Plan IIB or any
successor plan; provided that the benefits under such successor plan is no less favorable than the
benefits under the plans set forth herein (or
6
corresponding pension arrangements outside the United States) (Pension Plans) as of the
Special Severance Executives termination of employment and (ii) the total lump sum value of the
Special Severance Executives pension benefit under the Pension Plans after crediting an additional
two (2) years of age and two (2) years of eligibility and benefit service to the Special Severance
Executive and applying the highest annual base salary rate and highest bonus determined above under
Severance Pay with respect to each of the additional two (2) years of service so credited for
purposes of determining Final Average Compensation under the Pension Plans. The above total lump
sum values shall be determined in the manner provided in the Excess Pension Plans of the Company
for determination of lump sum benefits upon the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, as defined in
said Plans. This provision shall apply to any Special Severance Executive having a pension benefit
under any of the Pension Plans as of the Special Severance Executives termination of employment.
An example of the calculation of benefits set forth in this paragraph is set forth on Schedule A.
> Crediting of an additional two (2) years of age and two (2) years of eligibility service
for purposes of the Companys retiree health and retiree life insurance benefits. This provision
shall apply to any Special Severance Executives covered under such benefits any time during the
three (3) year period immediately preceding the Special Severance Executives termination of
employment.
> Payment of a lump sum amount (Savings Plan Lump Sum Amount) equal to two (2) times the
following amount: the highest annual base salary rate determined above under Severance Pay times
the highest percentage rate of Company Contributions (not to exceed three and one-half percent
(31/2%)) with respect to the Special Severance Executive under the Xylem Investment and Savings
Plan for Salaried Employees and/or the Xylem Excess Savings Plan (or corresponding savings plan
arrangements outside the United States) (Savings Plans) (including matching contributions and
floor contributions) at any time during either the three (3) year period immediately preceding the
Special Severance Executives termination of employment or the three (3) year period immediately
preceding the Acceleration Event. This provision shall apply to any Special Severance Executive who
is a member of any of the Savings Plans at any time during such three (3) year period.
Outplacement Outplacement services for one year.
General
With respect to the provision of benefit and perquisites described above during the above
described respective three and two year periods, if, for any reason at any time the Company is
unable to treat the Special Severance Executive as being eligible for ongoing participation in any
Company employee benefit plans or perquisites in existence immediately prior to the termination of
employment of the Special Severance Executive, and if, as a result thereof, the Special Severance
Executive does not receive a benefit or perquisite or receives a reduced benefit or perquisite, the
Company shall provide such benefits or perquisites by making available equivalent benefits or
perquisites from other sources in a manner consistent with Section 15 below.
7
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all prior service and
participation by a Special Severance Executive with the Predecessor Corporation shall be credited
in full towards a Special Severance Executives service and participation with the Company.
6. Form of Payment of Severance Pay and Lump Sum Payments
Severance Pay shall be paid in cash, in non-discounted equal periodic installment payments
corresponding to the frequency and duration of the severance payments that the Special Severance
Executive would have been entitled to receive from the Company as a normal severance benefit in the
absence of the occurrence of an Acceleration Event. The Pension Lump Sum Amount and the Savings
Plan Lump Sum Amount shall be paid in cash within thirty (30) calendar days after the date the
employment of the Special Severance Executive terminates.
7. Termination of Employment Other
The Severance Benefits shall only be payable upon a Special Severance Executives termination
of employment due to a Qualifying Termination; provided, that if, following the occurrence of an
Acceleration Event, a Special Severance Executive is terminated due to the Special Severance
Executives death or disability (as defined in the long-term disability plan in which the Special
Severance Executive is entitled to participate (whether or not the Special Severance Executive
voluntarily participates in such plan)) and, at the time of such termination, the Special Severance
Executive had grounds to resign with Good Reason, such termination of employment shall be deemed to
be a Qualifying Termination.
8. Administration of Plan
This Plan shall be administered by the Company, who shall have the exclusive right to
interpret this Plan, adopt any rules and regulations for carrying out this Plan as may be
appropriate and decide any and all matters arising under this Plan, including but not limited to
the right to determine appeals. Subject to applicable Federal and state law, all interpretations
and decisions by Xylem shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties affected thereby.
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, following an Acceleration Event, any controversy or
claim arising out of or relating to this Plan, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by
arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial Arbitration
Rules and the entire cost thereof shall be borne by the Company. The location of the arbitration
proceedings shall be reasonably acceptable to the Special Severance Executive. Judgment on the
award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The
Company shall pay all legal fees, costs of litigation, prejudgment interest, and other expenses
which are incurred in good faith by the Special Severance Executive as a result of the Companys
refusal to provide any of the Severance Benefits to which the Special Severance Executive becomes
entitled under this Plan, or as a result of the Companys (or any third partys) contesting the
validity, enforceability, or interpretation of this Plan, or as a result of any conflict between
the Special Severance Executive and the Company pertaining to this Plan. The Company shall pay such
fees and expenses from the general assets of the Company.
8
9. Termination or Amendment
Xylem may terminate or amend this Plan (Plan Change) at any time except, that following the
occurrence of (i) an Acceleration Event or (ii) a Potential Acceleration Event, no Plan Change that
would adversely affect any Special Severance Executive may be made without the prior written
consent of such Special Severance Executive affected thereby; provided, however, that (ii) above
shall cease to apply if such Potential Acceleration Event does not result in the occurrence of an
Acceleration Event.
10. Offset
Any Severance Benefits provided to a Special Severance Executive under this Plan shall be
offset in a manner consistent with Section 15 by reducing (x) any Severance Pay hereunder by any
severance pay, salary continuation pay, termination pay or similar pay or allowance and (y) any
other Severance Benefits hereunder by corresponding employee benefits, perquisites or outplacement
services, which the Special Severance Executive receives or is entitled to receive, (i) under the
Xylem Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan; (ii) pursuant to any other Company policy, practice,
program or arrangement; (iii) pursuant to any Company employment agreement or other agreement with
the Company; or (iv) by virtue of any law, custom or practice excluding, however, any unemployment
compensation in the United States, unless the Special Severance Executive voluntarily expressly
waives (which the Special Severance Executive shall have the exclusive right to do) in writing any
such respective entitlement.
11. Excise Tax
In the event that it shall be determined that any Payment would constitute an excess
parachute payment within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, then the aggregate of all
Payments shall be reduced so that the Present Value of the aggregate of all Payments does not
exceed the Safe Harbor Amount; provided, however, that no such reduction shall be effected, if the
Net After-tax Benefit to Special Severance Executive of receiving all of the Payments exceeds the
Net After-tax Benefit to Special Severance Executive resulting from having such Payments so
reduced. In the event a reduction is required pursuant hereto, the order of reduction shall be
first all cash payments on a pro rata basis, then any equity compensation on a pro rata basis, and
lastly medical and dental coverage.
For purposes of this Section 11, the following terms have the following meanings:
(i) Net After-tax Benefit shall mean the Present Value of a Payment net of all federal state
and local income, employment and excise taxes imposed on Special Severance Executive with respect
thereto, determined by applying the highest marginal rate(s) applicable to an individual for
Special Severance Executives taxable year in which the Change in Control occurs.
(ii) Payment means any payment or distribution or provision of benefits by the Company to or
for the benefit of Special Severance Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or
distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard
to any reductions required by this Section 11.
9
(iii) Present Value shall mean such value determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4)
of the Code.
(iv) Safe Harbor Amount shall be an amount expressed in Present Value which maximizes the
aggregate Present Value of Payments without causing any Payment to be subject to excise tax under
Section 4999 of the Code or the deduction limitation of Section 280G of the Code.
All determinations required to be made under this Section 11, including whether and when a
reduction is required and the amount of such reduction and the assumptions to be utilized in
arriving at such determination, shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm mutually
agreed to by the Special Severance Executive and the Company (the Accounting Firm) which shall
provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Special Severance Executive
within ten (10) business days of the receipt of notice from the Special Severance Executive that
there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company; provided that for
purposes of determining the amount of any reduction, the Special Severance Executive shall be
deemed to pay federal income tax at the highest marginal rates applicable to individuals in the
calendar year in which any such
All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. If the
Accounting Firm determines that no excise tax is payable by the Special Severance Executive, it
shall so indicate to the Special Severance Executive in writing. Any determination by the
Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Special Severance Executive.
12. Miscellaneous
The Special Severance Executive shall not be entitled to any notice of termination or pay in
lieu thereof.
Severance Benefits under this Plan are paid entirely by the Company from its general assets.
This Plan is not a contract of employment, does not guarantee the Special Severance Executive
employment for any specified period and does not limit the right of the Company to terminate the
employment of the Special Severance Executive at any time.
If a Special Severance Executive should die while any amount is still payable to the Special
Severance Executive hereunder had the Special Severance Executive continued to live, all such
amounts shall be paid in accordance with this Plan to the Special Severance Executives designated
heirs or, in the absence of such designation, to the Special Severance Executives estate.
The numbered section headings contained in this Plan are included solely for convenience of
reference and shall not in any way affect the meaning of any provision of this Plan.
10
If, for any reason, any one or more of the provisions or part of a provision contained in this
Plan shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity,
illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or part of a provision of this
Plan not held so invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and each other provision or part of a provision
shall to the full extent consistent with law remain in full force and effect.
The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New
York without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.
The Plan shall be binding on all successors and assigns of the Xylem Inc. and a Special
Severance Executive.
13. Notices
Any notice and all other communication provided for in this Plan shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or three (3) days
after it has been mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below, or to such other address as either
party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of
change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
If to the Company:
Xylem Inc.
1133 Westchester Avenue, Suite 2000
|
|
White Plains, New York 10064 |
Attention: General Counsel
If to Special Severance Executive:
To the most recent address of Special Severance Executive set forth in the personnel records
of the Company.
14. Adoption Date
This Plan was initially adopted by Xylem Inc. on October 31, 2011 (Adoption Date) and does
not apply to any termination of employment which occurred or which was communicated to the Special
Severance Executive prior to the Adoption Date.
15. Section 409A
This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted in a
manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, (i) if at the time of the Special Severance Executives termination of employment with
the Company the Special Severance Executive is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A of
the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the
commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a
11
result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or
additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the
payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or
benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Special Severance Executive) until the date that is six
months following the Special Severance Executives termination of employment with the Company (or
the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code), at which point all payments
deferred pursuant to this Section 15 shall be paid to the Special Severance Executive in a lump sum
and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due hereunder could cause the application
of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits
shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A
of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent
possible, in a manner, determined by the Company, that does not cause such an accelerated or
additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due under this Plan constitute
deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits
shall be paid in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Each payment made
under this Plan shall be designated as a separate payment within the meaning of Section 409A of
the Code. The Company shall consult with Special Severance Executives in good faith regarding the
implementation of the provisions of this section; provided that neither the Company nor any of its
employees or representatives shall have any liability to Special Severance Executives with respect
thereto.
exv10w16
Exhibit 10.16
Xylem
Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan
EFFECTIVE AS OF 10/31/11
1. Purpose
The purpose of this Xylem Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan (Plan) is to assist in
occupational transition by providing severance pay for employees covered by this Plan whose
employment is terminated under conditions set forth in this Plan.
The Plan first became effective as of October 31, 2011 following the spin-off of Xylem Inc.
from ITT Corporation (the Predecessor Corporation) on October 31, 2011. The Predecessor
Corporation maintained a similar plan prior to the spin-off (the Predecessor Plan), and the Plan
was created to continue service accruals under the Predecessor Plan. The Plan shall remain in
effect as provided in Section 12 hereof, and Executives shall receive full credit for their service
and participation with the Predecessor Corporation as provided in Section 4 hereof.
2. Covered Employees
Covered employees under this Plan (Executives) are full-time, regular salaried employees of
Xylem Inc. (Xylem) and of any subsidiary company (Xylem Subsidiary) (collectively or
individually as the context requires Company) who are United States citizens, or who are employed
in the United States, in Band A currently (Senior Vice Presidents and above to be further defined
by the Xylem Compensation and Personnel Committee) at any time within the two year period
immediately preceding the date the Company selects as the Executives last day of active employment
(Scheduled Termination Date).
3. Severance Pay Upon Termination of Employment
If the Company terminates an Executives employment, the Executive shall be provided severance
pay in accordance with the terms of this Plan except where the Executive:
is terminated for cause,
accepts employment or refuses comparable employment with a purchaser as provided in Section
8, Divestiture,
is terminated with a Scheduled Termination Date on or after the Executives Normal
Retirement Date as defined herein, or
voluntarily terminates employment with the Company prior to the Scheduled Termination Date.
No severance pay will be provided under this Plan where the Executive terminates employment
by:
2
voluntarily resigning,
voluntarily retiring, or
failing to return from an approved leave of absence (including a medical leave of absence).
No severance pay will be provided under this Plan upon any termination of employment as a
result of the Executives death or disability.
Normal Retirement Date shall mean the first of the month which coincides with or follows the
Executives 65th birthday.
4. Schedule of Severance Pay
Severance pay will be provided in accordance with the following Schedule of Severance Pay
which sets forth the months of Base Pay which is provided to an Executive based upon the
Executives Years of Service as of the Scheduled Termination Date.
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Service |
|
Months of Base Pay |
Less than 4 |
|
|
12 |
|
4 |
|
|
13 |
|
5 |
|
|
14 |
|
6 |
|
|
15 |
|
7 |
|
|
16 |
|
8 |
|
|
17 |
|
9 |
|
|
18 |
|
10 |
|
|
19 |
|
11 |
|
|
20 |
|
12 |
|
|
21 |
|
13 |
|
|
22 |
|
14 |
|
|
23 |
|
15 or more |
|
|
24 |
|
Base Pay shall mean the annual base salary rate payable or in effect with respect to the
Executive at the Scheduled Termination Date divided by twelve (12) months. Such annual base salary
rate shall in no event be less than the highest annual base salary rate paid or in effect with
respect to the Executive at any time during the twenty-four month (24) period immediately preceding
the Scheduled Termination Date.
Years of Service shall mean the total number of completed years of employment since the
Executives Xylem system service date to the Scheduled Termination Date, rounded to the nearest
whole year; provided that, for the purposes of Years of Service, service shall include years with
the Predecessor Corporation. The Xylem system service date is the date from which employment in the
Xylem system is recognized for purposes of determining eligibility for vesting under the applicable
Company retirement plan covering the Executive on the Scheduled Termination Date; provided,
however, that for purposes of service under the Predecessor Plan,
3
employment in the Predecessor Corporations system is recognized for purposes of determining
eligibility for vesting under the applicable retirement plan covering the Executive.
Notwithstanding the above Schedule of Severance Pay, (i) in no event shall months of Base Pay
provided to an Executive exceed the number of months remaining between the Scheduled Termination
Date and the Executives Normal Retirement Date or (ii) shall severance pay exceed the equivalent
of twice the Executives total annual compensation during the year immediately preceding the
Scheduled Termination Date.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all prior service and
participation by an Executive with the Predecessor Corporation shall be credited in full towards an
Executives service and participation with the Company.
5. Form of Payment of Severance Pay
Severance pay shall be paid in the form of periodic payments according to the regular payroll
schedule (Severance Pay). Severance Pay will commence within 60 days following the Scheduled
Termination Date.
In the event of an Executives death during the period the Executive is receiving Severance
Pay, the amount of severance pay remaining shall be paid in a discounted lump sum to the
Executives spouse or to such other beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Executive in
writing, or, if the Executive is not married and failings such designation, to the estate of the
Executive. Any discounted lump sum paid under this Plan shall be equal to the present value of the
remaining periodic payments of severance pay as determined by Xylem using an interest rate equal to
the prime rate at Citibank in effect on the date of the Executives death.
If an Executive is receiving Severance Pay, the Executive must continue to be available to
render to the Company reasonable assistance, consistent with the level of the Executives prior
position with the Company, at times and locations that are mutually acceptable. In requesting such
services, the Company will take into account any other commitments which the Executive may have.
After the Scheduled Termination Date and normal wind up of the Executives former duties, the
Executive will not be required to perform any regular services for the Company. In the event the
Executive secures other employment during the period the Executive is receiving Severance Pay, the
Executive must promptly notify the Company.
Severance Pay will cease if an Executive is rehired by the Company.
6. Benefits During Severance Pay
As long as an Executive is receiving Severance Pay, except as provided in this Section or in
Section 7, the Executive will continue to be eligible for participation in Company employee benefit
plans in accordance with the provisions of such plans as in effect on the Scheduled Termination
Date. An Executive will not be eligible to participate in any Company tax qualified retirement
plans, non-qualified excess or supplemental benefit plans, short-term or long-term disability
plans, the Company business travel accident plan or any new employee benefit plan or any
improvement to any existing employee benefit plan adopted by the Company after the Scheduled
Termination Date.
4
7. Excluded Executive Compensation Plans, Programs, Arrangements, and Perquisites
During the period an Executive is receiving Severance Pay, the Executive will not be eligible
to accrue any vacation or participate in any (i) bonus program, (ii) special termination programs,
(iii) tax or financial advisory services, (iv) new awards under any stock option or stock related
plans for executives (provided that the Executive will be eligible to exercise any outstanding
stock options in accordance with the terms of any applicable stock option plan), (v) new or revised
executive compensation programs that may be introduced after the Scheduled Termination Date and
(vi) any other executive compensation program, plan, arrangement, practice, policy or perquisites
unless specifically authorized by Xylem in writing. The period during which an Executive is
receiving Severance Pay does not count as service for the purpose of any Xylem long term incentive
award program unless otherwise provided in plan documents previously approved by the Board of
Directors or Compensation and Personnel Committee.
8. Divestiture
If a Xylem Subsidiary or division of Xylem or a portion thereof at which an Executive is
employed is sold or divested and if (i) the Executive accepts employment or continued employment
with the purchaser or (ii) refuses employment or continued employment with the purchaser on terms
and conditions substantially comparable to those in effect immediately preceding the sale or
divestiture, the Executive shall not be provided severance pay under this Plan. The provisions of
this Section 8 apply to divestitures accomplished through sales of assets or through sales of
corporate entities.
9. Disqualifying Conduct
If during the period an Executive is receiving Severance Pay, the Executive (i) engages in any
activity which is inimical to the best interests of the Company; (ii) disparages the Company; (iii)
fails to comply with any Company Covenant Against Disclosure and Assignment of Rights to
Intellectual Property; (iv) without the Companys prior consent, induces any employees of the
Company to leave their Company employment; (v) without the Companys prior consent, engages in,
becomes affiliated with, or becomes employed by any business competitive with the Company; or (vi)
fails to comply with applicable provisions of the Xylem Code of Conduct or applicable Xylem
Corporate Policies or any applicable Xylem Subsidiary Code or policies, then the Company will have
no further obligation to provide severance pay.
10. Release
The Company shall not be required to make or continue any severance payments under this Plan
unless the Executive executes and delivers to Xylem within 45 days following the Scheduled
Termination Date a release, satisfactory to Xylem, in which the Executive discharges and releases
the Company and the Companys directors, officers, employees and employee benefit plans from all
claims (other than for benefits to which Executive is entitled under any Company employee benefit
plan) arising out of Executives employment or termination of employment.
5
11. Administration of Plan
This Plan shall be administered by Xylem, who shall have the exclusive right to interpret this
Plan, adopt any rules and regulations for carrying out this Plan as may be appropriate and decide
any and all matters arising under this Plan, including but not limited to the right to determine
appeals. Subject to applicable Federal and state law, all interpretations and decisions by Xylem
shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties affected thereby.
12. Termination or Amendment
Xylem may terminate or amend this Plan (Plan Change) at any time except that no such Plan
Change may reduce or adversely affect severance pay for any Executive whose employment terminates
within two years of the effective date of such Plan Change provided that the Executive was a
covered employee under this Plan on the date of such Plan Change.
13. Offset
Any severance pay provided to an Executive under this Plan shall be offset in a manner
consistent with Section 15 by reducing such severance pay by any severance pay, salary
continuation, termination pay or similar pay or allowance which Executive receives or is entitled
to receive (i) under any other Company plan, policy practice, program, arrangement; (ii) pursuant
to any employment agreement or other agreement with the Company; (iii) by virtue of any law, custom
or practice. Any severance pay provided to Executive under this Plan shall also be offset by
reducing such severance pay by any severance pay, salary continuation pay, termination pay or
similar pay or allowance received by the Executive as a result of any prior termination of
employment with the Company.
Coordination of severance pay with any pay or benefits provided by any applicable Xylem
short-term or long-term disability plan shall be in accordance with the provisions of those plans.
14. Miscellaneous Except as provided in this Plan, the Executive shall not be entitled to any
notice of termination or pay in lieu thereof.
In cases where severance pay is provided under this Plan, pay in lieu of any unused current
year vacation entitlement will be paid to the Executive in a lump sum.
Benefits under this Plan are paid for entirely by the Company from its general assets.
This Plan is not a contract of employment, does not guarantee the Executive employment for any
specified period and does not limit the right of the Company to terminate the employment of the
Executive at any time.
The section headings contained in this Plan are included solely for convenience of reference
and shall not in any way affect the meaning of any provision of this Plan
15. Section 409A
This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code) and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with
6
Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time
of the Executives termination of employment with the Company the Executive is a specified
employee as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other
pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits
otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to
prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will
defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any
reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) until a date
that is six months following the Executives termination of employment with the Company (or the
earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code), at which point all payments deferred
pursuant to this Section 15 shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum and (ii) if any other
payments of money or other benefits due hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or
additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if
deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or
otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a
manner, determined by the Company, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To
the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due under this Plan constitute deferred
compensation under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be
paid in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg.
Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Each payment made under this Plan shall be designated as a
separate payment within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall consult with
Executives in good faith regarding the implementation of the provisions of this section; provided
that neither the Company nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to
Executives with respect thereto.
16. Adoption Date and Amendments
This Plan was adopted by Xylem on October 31, 2011 (Adoption Date) and does not apply to any
termination of employment which occurred or which was communicated to the Executive prior to the
Adoption Date.
exv10w17
Exhibit 10.17
FORM
OF XYLEM
2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
2011 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT
FOUNDERS GRANT
THIS AGREEMENT (the Agreement), effective as of the 7th day of November, 2011, by and between
Xylem Inc. (the Company) and [name] (the Optionee), WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Optionee is now employed by the Company or an Affiliate (as defined in the Companys
2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan, (the Plan)) as an employee, and in recognition of the Optionees
valued services, the Company, through the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of its
Board of Directors (the Committee), desires to provide an opportunity for the Optionee to
acquire or enlarge stock ownership in the Company, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the
provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein as part of this
Agreement, and any administrative rules and regulations related to the Plan as may be adopted by
the Committee, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. |
|
Grant of Options. In accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions of
the Plan and this Agreement, the Company hereby confirms the grant on November 7, 2011, (the
Grant Date) to the Optionee of the option to purchase from the Company all or any part of
an aggregate of #,### Shares (the Option), at the purchase price of $[ ] per Share (the
Option Price or Exercise Price). The Option shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option. |
2. |
|
Terms and Conditions. It is understood and agreed that the Option is subject to the
following terms and conditions: |
|
(a) |
|
Expiration Date. The Option shall expire on November 7, 2021, or, if the
Optionees employment terminates before that date, on the date specified in subsection
(f) below. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Exercise of Option. The Option may not be exercised until it has become
vested. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Vesting. Subject to subsections 2(a) and 2(f), the Option shall vest in three
installments as follows: |
|
(i) |
|
1/3 of the Option shall vest on November 7, 2012, |
|
|
(ii) |
|
1/3 of the Option shall vest on November 7, 2013, and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
1/3 of the Option shall vest on November 7, 2014, |
|
|
|
Subject to subsections 2(a) and 2(f), to the extent not earlier vested pursuant to
paragraphs (i), (ii), and (iii) of this subsection (c), the Option shall vest in
full |
|
|
|
upon an Acceleration Event (as defined in the Plan). |
|
(d) |
|
Payment of Exercise Price. Permissible methods for payment of the Exercise
Price upon exercise of the Option are described in Section 6.6 of the Plan, or, if
the Plan is amended, successor provisions. In addition to the methods of exercise
permitted by Section 6.6 of the Plan, the Optionee may exercise all or part of the
Option by way of (i) broker-assisted cashless exercise in a manner consistent with
the Federal Reserve Boards Regulation T, unless the Committee determines that such
exercise method is prohibited by law, or (ii) net-settlement, whereby the Optionee
directs the Company to withhold Shares that otherwise would be issued upon exercise
of the Option having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of the exercise equal
to the Exercise Price, or the portion thereof being exercised by way of
net-settlement (rounding up to the nearest whole Share). |
|
|
(e) |
|
Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or
withhold, or require the Optionee to remit to the Company, all applicable federal,
state, and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be
withheld with respect to the exercise of the Option. The Optionee may elect to
satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company
withhold Shares that otherwise would be issued upon exercise of the Option, with the
number of Shares withheld having a Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be
determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax that could be imposed on the
transaction (rounding up to the nearest whole Share). Any such election shall be
subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee, in its sole discretion,
deems appropriate. |
|
|
(f) |
|
Effect of Termination of Employment. |
|
|
|
|
If the Optionees employment terminates before November 7, 2021, the Option shall
expire on the date set forth below, as applicable: |
|
(i) |
|
Termination due to Death. If the Optionees employment
is terminated as a result of the Optionees death, the Option shall expire on
the earlier of November 7, 2021, or the date three years after the termination
of the Optionees employment due to death. If all or any portion of the Option
is not vested at the time of the Optionees termination of employment due to
death, the Option shall immediately become 100% vested. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Termination due to Disability. If the Optionees
employment is terminated as a result of the Optionees Disability (as defined
below), the Option shall expire on the earlier of November 7, 2021, or the
date five years after the termination of the Optionees employment due to
Disability. If all or any portion of the Option is not vested at the time of
the termination of the Optionees employment due to Disability, the Option
shall immediately become 100% vested. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Termination due to Retirement. If the Optionees
employment is terminated as a result of the Optionees Retirement (as defined
below), the Option shall expire on the earlier of November 7, 2021, or the
date five years after the termination of the Optionees employment due to |
|
|
|
Retirement. If all or any portion of the Option is not vested at the time
of the Optionees termination of employment due to Retirement, a prorated
portion of the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately vest as of
the date of the termination of employment (see Prorated Vesting Upon
Retirement below). Any remaining unvested portion of the Option shall
expire as of the date of the termination of the Optionees employment. For
purposes of this subsection 2(f)(iii), the Optionee shall be considered
employed during any period in which the Optionee is receiving severance
payments (disregarding any delays required to comply with tax or other
requirements), and the date of the termination of the Optionees employment
shall be the last day of any such severance period. |
|
(iv) |
|
Cause. If the Optionees employment is terminated by
the Company (or an Affiliate, as the case may be) for cause (as determined by
the Committee), the vested and unvested portions of the Option shall expire on
the date of the termination of the Optionees employment. |
|
|
(v) |
|
Voluntary Termination or Other Termination by the
Company. If the Optionees employment is terminated by the Optionee or
terminated by the Company (or an Affiliate, as the case may be) for other than
cause (as determined by the Committee), and not because of the Optionees
Retirement, Disability or death, the vested portion of the Option shall expire
on the earlier of November 7, 2021, or the date three months after the
termination of the Optionees employment. Any portion of the Option that is
not vested (or the entire Option, if no part was vested) as of the date the
Optionees employment terminates shall expire immediately on the date of
termination of employment, and such unvested portion of the Option (the entire
Option, if no portion was vested on the date of termination) shall not
thereafter be exercisable. For purposes of this subsection 2(f)(v), the
Optionee shall be considered employed during any period in which the Optionee
is receiving severance payments, and the date of the termination of the
Optionees employment shall be the last day of any such severance period. |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Optionees employment is terminated on or after
an Acceleration Event (A) by the Company (or an Affiliate, as the case may be) for
other than cause (as determined by the Committee), and not because of the Optionees
Retirement, Disability, or death, or (B) by the Optionee because the Optionee in
good faith believed that as a result of such Acceleration Event he or she was unable
effectively to discharge his or her present duties or the duties of the position the
Optionee occupied just prior to the occurrence of such Acceleration Event, the
Option shall in no event expire before the earlier of the date that is 7 months
after the Acceleration Event or November 7, 2021, . |
|
|
|
|
Retirement. For purposes of this Agreement, the term Retirement shall mean the
termination of the Optionees employment if, at the time of such termination, the
Optionee is eligible to commence receipt of retirement benefits under a traditional
formula defined benefit pension plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliate (or
would be eligible to receive such benefits if he or she were a participant in such a
traditional formula defined benefit pension plan) or if no such |
|
|
|
plan is maintained, the first day of the month which coincides with or follows
the Optionees 65th birthday. |
|
|
|
Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, the term Disability shall mean the
complete and permanent inability of the Optionee to perform all of his or her duties
under the terms of his or her employment, as determined by the Committee upon the
basis of such evidence, including independent medical reports and data, as the
Committee deems appropriate or necessary. |
|
|
|
|
Prorated Vesting Upon Retirement. The prorated portion of an Option that vests upon
termination of the Optionees employment due to the Optionees Retirement shall be
determined by multiplying the total number of unvested Shares subject to the Option
at the time of the termination of the Optionees employment by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of full months the Optionee has been continually
employed since the Grant Date and the denominator of which is 36. For this purpose,
full months of employment shall be based on monthly anniversaries of the Grant Date,
not calendar months. |
|
|
(g) |
|
Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The Option shall not be exercised at
any time when its exercise or the delivery of Shares hereunder would be in violation
of any law, rule, or regulation that the Company may find to be valid and applicable. |
|
|
(h) |
|
Optionee Bound by Plan and Rules. The Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of
a copy of the Plan and this Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms and
provisions thereof as amended from time to time. The Optionee agrees to be bound by
any rules and regulations for administering the Plan as may be adopted by the Committee
during the life of the Option. Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall be as
defined in the Plan. |
|
|
(i) |
|
Governing Law. This Agreement is issued, and the Option evidenced hereby is
granted, in White Plains, New York and shall be governed and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule
or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this
Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. |
By signing a copy of this Agreement, the Optionee acknowledges that s/he has received a copy
of the Plan, and that s/he has read and understands the Plan and this Agreement and agrees to the
terms and conditions thereof. The Optionee further acknowledges that the Option awarded pursuant
to this Agreement must be exercised prior to its expiration as set forth herein, that it is the
Optionees responsibility to exercise the Option within such time period, and that the Company has
no further responsibility to notify the Optionee of the expiration of the exercise period of the
Option.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its President
and Chief Executive Officer, or a Vice President, as of the 7th day of November, 2011.
|
|
|
Agreed to:
|
|
XYLEM INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Online acceptance constitutes agreement) |
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
Dated: November 7, 2011 |
Enclosures |
|
|
exv10w18
Exhibit 10.18
FORM
OF XYLEM
2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT
GENERAL GRANT
THIS AGREEMENT (the Agreement), effective as of the 7th day of November, 2011, by and between
Xylem Inc. (the Company) and [name] (the Optionee), WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Optionee is now employed by the Company or an Affiliate (as defined in the Companys
2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan, (the Plan)) as an employee, and in recognition of the Optionees
valued services, the Company, through the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of its
Board of Directors (the Committee), desires to provide an opportunity for the Optionee to
acquire or enlarge stock ownership in the Company, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the
provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein as part of this
Agreement, and any administrative rules and regulations related to the Plan as may be adopted by
the Committee, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. |
|
Grant of Options. In accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions of
the Plan and this Agreement, the Company hereby confirms the grant on November 7, 2011, (the
Grant Date) to the Optionee of the option to purchase from the Company all or any part of
an aggregate of #,### Shares (the Option), at the purchase price of $[ ] per Share (the
Option Price or Exercise Price). The Option shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option. |
2. |
|
Terms and Conditions. It is understood and agreed that the Option is subject to the
following terms and conditions: |
|
(a) |
|
Expiration Date. The Option shall expire on November 7, 2021, or, if the
Optionees employment terminates before that date, on the date specified in subsection
(f) below. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Exercise of Option. The Option may not be exercised until it has become
vested. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Vesting. Subject to subsections 2(a) and 2(f), the Option shall vest in three
installments as follows: |
|
(i) |
|
1/3 of the Option shall vest on November 7, 2012, |
|
|
(ii) |
|
1/3 of the Option shall vest on November 7, 2013, and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
1/3 of the Option shall vest on November 7, 2014, |
|
|
|
Subject to subsections 2(a) and 2(f), to the extent not earlier vested pursuant to
paragraphs (i), (ii), and (iii) of this subsection (c), the Option shall vest in
full |
|
|
|
upon an Acceleration Event (as defined in the Plan). |
|
|
(d) |
|
Payment of Exercise Price. Permissible methods for payment of the Exercise
Price upon exercise of the Option are described in Section 6.6 of the Plan, or, if
the Plan is amended, successor provisions. In addition to the methods of exercise
permitted by Section 6.6 of the Plan, the Optionee may exercise all or part of the
Option by way of (i) broker-assisted cashless exercise in a manner consistent with
the Federal Reserve Boards Regulation T, unless the Committee determines that such
exercise method is prohibited by law, or (ii) net-settlement, whereby the Optionee
directs the Company to withhold Shares that otherwise would be issued upon exercise
of the Option having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of the exercise equal
to the Exercise Price, or the portion thereof being exercised by way of
net-settlement (rounding up to the nearest whole Share). |
|
|
(e) |
|
Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or
withhold, or require the Optionee to remit to the Company, all applicable federal,
state, and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be
withheld with respect to the exercise of the Option. The Optionee may elect to
satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company
withhold Shares that otherwise would be issued upon exercise of the Option, with the
number of Shares withheld having a Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be
determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax that could be imposed on the
transaction (rounding up to the nearest whole Share). Any such election shall be
subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee, in its sole discretion,
deems appropriate. |
|
|
(f) |
|
Effect of Termination of Employment. |
|
|
|
|
If the Optionees employment terminates before November 7, 2021, the Option shall
expire on the date set forth below, as applicable: |
|
(i) |
|
Termination due to Death. If the Optionees employment
is terminated as a result of the Optionees death, the Option shall expire on
the earlier of November 7, 2021, or the date three years after the termination
of the Optionees employment due to death. If all or any portion of the Option
is not vested at the time of the Optionees termination of employment due to
death, the Option shall immediately become 100% vested. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Termination due to Disability. If the Optionees
employment is terminated as a result of the Optionees Disability (as defined
below), the Option shall expire on the earlier of November 7, 2021, or the
date five years after the termination of the Optionees employment due to
Disability. If all or any portion of the Option is not vested at the time of
the termination of the Optionees employment due to Disability, the Option
shall immediately become 100% vested. |
|
|
(iii) |
|
Termination due to Retirement. If the Optionees
employment is terminated as a result of the Optionees Retirement (as defined
below), the Option shall expire on the earlier of November 7, 2021, or the
date five years after the termination of the Optionees employment due to |
|
|
|
Retirement. If all or any portion of the Option is not vested at the time
of the Optionees termination of employment due to Retirement, a prorated
portion of the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately vest as of
the date of the termination of employment (see Prorated Vesting Upon
Retirement below). Any remaining unvested portion of the Option shall
expire as of the date of the termination of the Optionees employment. For
purposes of this subsection 2(f)(iii), the Optionee shall be considered
employed during any period in which the Optionee is receiving severance
payments (disregarding any delays required to comply with tax or other
requirements), and the date of the termination of the Optionees employment
shall be the last day of any such severance period. |
|
|
(iv) |
|
Cause. If the Optionees employment is terminated by
the Company (or an Affiliate, as the case may be) for cause (as determined by
the Committee), the vested and unvested portions of the Option shall expire on
the date of the termination of the Optionees employment. |
|
|
(v) |
|
Voluntary Termination or Other Termination by the
Company. If the Optionees employment is terminated by the Optionee or
terminated by the Company (or an Affiliate, as the case may be) for other than
cause (as determined by the Committee), and not because of the Optionees
Retirement, Disability or death, the vested portion of the Option shall expire
on the earlier of November 7, 2021, or the date three months after the
termination of the Optionees employment. Any portion of the Option that is
not vested (or the entire Option, if no part was vested) as of the date the
Optionees employment terminates shall expire immediately on the date of
termination of employment, and such unvested portion of the Option (the entire
Option, if no portion was vested on the date of termination) shall not
thereafter be exercisable. For purposes of this subsection 2(f)(v), the
Optionee shall be considered employed during any period in which the Optionee
is receiving severance payments, and the date of the termination of the
Optionees employment shall be the last day of any such severance period. |
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Optionees employment is terminated on or after
an Acceleration Event (A) by the Company (or an Affiliate, as the case may be) for
other than cause (as determined by the Committee), and not because of the Optionees
Retirement, Disability, or death, or (B) by the Optionee because the Optionee in
good faith believed that as a result of such Acceleration Event he or she was unable
effectively to discharge his or her present duties or the duties of the position the
Optionee occupied just prior to the occurrence of such Acceleration Event, the
Option shall in no event expire before the earlier of the date that is 7 months
after the Acceleration Event or November 7, 2021, . |
|
|
|
|
Retirement. For purposes of this Agreement, the term Retirement shall mean the
termination of the Optionees employment if, at the time of such termination, the
Optionee is eligible to commence receipt of retirement benefits under a traditional
formula defined benefit pension plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliate (or
would be eligible to receive such benefits if he or she were a participant in such a
traditional formula defined benefit pension plan) or if no such |
|
|
|
plan is maintained, the first day of the month which coincides with or follows
the Optionees 65th birthday. |
|
|
|
|
Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, the term Disability shall mean the
complete and permanent inability of the Optionee to perform all of his or her duties
under the terms of his or her employment, as determined by the Committee upon the
basis of such evidence, including independent medical reports and data, as the
Committee deems appropriate or necessary. |
|
|
|
|
Prorated Vesting Upon Retirement. The prorated portion of an Option that vests upon
termination of the Optionees employment due to the Optionees Retirement shall be
determined by multiplying the total number of unvested Shares subject to the Option
at the time of the termination of the Optionees employment by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of full months the Optionee has been continually
employed since the Grant Date and the denominator of which is 36. For this purpose,
full months of employment shall be based on monthly anniversaries of the Grant Date,
not calendar months. |
|
|
(g) |
|
Compliance with Laws and Regulations. The Option shall not be exercised at
any time when its exercise or the delivery of Shares hereunder would be in violation
of any law, rule, or regulation that the Company may find to be valid and applicable. |
|
|
(h) |
|
Optionee Bound by Plan and Rules. The Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of
a copy of the Plan and this Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms and
provisions thereof as amended from time to time. The Optionee agrees to be bound by
any rules and regulations for administering the Plan as may be adopted by the Committee
during the life of the Option. Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall be as
defined in the Plan. |
|
|
(i) |
|
Governing Law. This Agreement is issued, and the Option evidenced hereby is
granted, in White Plains, New York and shall be governed and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule
or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this
Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. |
By signing a copy of this Agreement, the Optionee acknowledges that s/he has received a copy
of the Plan, and that s/he has read and understands the Plan and this Agreement and agrees to the
terms and conditions thereof. The Optionee further acknowledges that the Option awarded pursuant
to this Agreement must be exercised prior to its expiration as set forth herein, that it is the
Optionees responsibility to exercise the Option within such time period, and that the Company has
no further responsibility to notify the Optionee of the expiration of the exercise period of the
Option.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its President
and Chief Executive Officer, or a Vice President, as of the 7th day of November, 2011.
|
|
|
Agreed to:
|
|
XYLEM INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Online acceptance constitutes agreement) |
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
Dated: November 7, 2011 |
Enclosures |
|
|
exv10w19
Exhibit 10.19
FORM
OF XYLEM
2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
2010 TSR REPLACEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT (the Agreement), effective as of the 7th day of November, 2011, by and between
Xylem Inc. (the Company) and [name] (the Grantee), WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Grantee is now employed by the Company or an Affiliate (as defined in the Companys
2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the Plan)) as an employee, and in recognition of the Grantees
valued services, the Company, through the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of its
Board of Directors (the Committee), desires to provide an inducement to remain in service of the
Company and as an incentive for increased efforts during such service pursuant to the provisions
of the Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the
provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein as part of this
Agreement, and any administrative rules and regulations related to the Plan as may be adopted by
the Committee, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. |
|
Grant of Restricted Stock Units. In accordance with, and subject to, the terms and
conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Company hereby confirms the grant on November
7, 2011 (the Grant Date) to the Grantee of #,### Restricted Stock Units. The Restricted
Stock Units are notional units of measurement denominated in Shares of common stock (i.e.,
one Restricted Stock Unit is equivalent in value to one share of common stock). |
|
|
The Restricted Stock Units represent an unfunded, unsecured right to receive [cash payments
equal to the Fair Market Value of such] Shares (and dividend equivalent payments pursuant
Section 2(b) hereof) in the future if the conditions set forth in the Plan and this
Agreement are satisfied. |
2. |
|
Terms and Conditions. It is understood and agreed that the Restricted Stock Units
are subject to the following terms and conditions: |
|
(a) |
|
Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement,
neither this Award nor any Restricted Stock Units subject to this Award may be sold,
assigned, pledged, exchanged, transferred, hypothecated or encumbered, other than to
the Company as a result of forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Voting and Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Grantee shall
not have any privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted
Stock Units or any Shares that may be delivered hereunder, including without
limitation any right to vote such Shares or to receive dividends, unless and until
such Shares are delivered upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units. Dividend
equivalents shall be earned with respect to each Restricted Stock Unit that vests.
The amount of dividend equivalents earned with respect to each such Restricted Stock
Unit that vests shall be equal to the total dividends declared on a Share where the
record date of the dividend is between the Grant Date of this |
|
|
|
Award and the date [a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of] a Share is
[paid/issued] upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit. Any dividend equivalents
earned shall be paid in cash to the Grantee when the Shares subject to the vested
Restricted Stock Units are issued. No dividend equivalents shall be earned or paid
with respect to any Restricted Stock Units that do not vest. Dividend equivalents
shall not accrue interest. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Vesting of Restricted Stock Units and Payment. Subject to earlier vesting
pursuant to subsections 2(d) and 2(e) below, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest
(meaning the Period of Restriction shall lapse and the Restricted Stock Units shall
become free of the forfeiture provisions in this Agreement) on December 31, 2012,
provided the Grantee has been continuously employed by the Company or an Affiliate on
a full-time basis from the Grant Date through the date the Restricted Stock Units
vest. Except as provided in subsections 2(i)(i) and 2(i)(ii) below, upon vesting of
the Restricted Stock Units (including vesting pursuant to subsections 2(d) or 2(e)
below), the Company will deliver to the Grantee (i) [a cash amount equal to the Fair
Market Value of such Shares/one Share for each vested Restricted Stock Unit], with any
fractional Shares resulting from proration pursuant to subsection 2(e)(ii) to be
rounded to [a cash amount equal to the Fair Market Value of] the nearest whole Share
(with 0.5 to be rounded up) and (ii) an amount in cash attributable to any dividend
equivalents earned in accordance with subsection 2(b) above, less any Shares withheld
in accordance with subsection 2(f) below. For the avoidance of doubt, continuous
employment of a Grantee by the Company or an Affiliate for purposes of vesting in the
Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall include continuous employment with the
Company for so long as the Grantee continues working at such entity. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Effect of Acceleration Event. The Restricted Stock Units shall vest in full
upon an Acceleration Event. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Effect of Termination of Employment. If the Grantees employment with the
Company and its Affiliates is terminated for any reason and such termination
constitutes a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code
and any related regulations or other effective guidance promulgated thereunder
(Section 409A), any Restricted Stock Units that are not vested at the time of such
separation from service shall be immediately forfeited except as follows: |
|
(i) |
|
Separation from Service due to Death or Disability. If
the Grantees separation from service is due to death or Disability (as defined
below), the Restricted Stock Units shall immediately become 100% vested as of
such separation from service. For purposes of this Agreement, the term
Disability shall mean the complete and permanent inability of the Grantee to
perform all of his or her duties under the terms of his or her employment, as
determined by the Committee upon the basis of such evidence, including
independent medical reports and data, as the Committee deems appropriate or
necessary. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Separation from Service due to Retirement or Separation
from Service by the Company for Other than Cause. If the Grantees
separation from service is due to Retirement (as defined below) or an
involuntary |
2
|
|
|
separation from service by the Company (or an Affiliate, as the case may be)
for other than cause (as determined by the Committee), a prorated portion of
the Restricted Stock Units shall immediately vest as of such separation from
service. For these purposes, |
|
A. |
|
the prorated portion of the Restricted Stock
Units shall be determined by multiplying the total number of Restricted
Stock Units subject to this Award by a fraction, the numerator of which
is the number of full months during which the Grantee has been
continually employed since the Grant Date, together with any period
during which the Grantee is entitled to receive severance in the form
of salary continuation (not to exceed 14 in the aggregate), and the
denominator of which is 14 (for avoidance of doubt, the period during
which the Grantee may receive severance in the form of salary
continuation or otherwise shall not affect the determination of the
date of the Grantees separation from service or the date of delivery
of any Shares or dividend equivalent payments); and |
|
|
B. |
|
full months of employment shall be based on
monthly anniversaries of the Grant Date, not calendar months. |
|
|
|
For purposes of this Agreement, the term Retirement shall mean the
Grantees separation from service if, at the time of such separation from
service, the Grantee is eligible to commence receipt of retirement benefits
under a traditional formula defined benefit pension plan maintained by the
Company or an Affiliate (or would be eligible to receive such benefits if he
or she were a participant in such traditional formula defined benefit
pension plan) or if no such plan is maintained, the first day of the month
which coincides with or follows the Grantees 65th birthday. |
|
(f) |
|
Tax Withholding. In accordance with Article 15 of the Plan, the Company may
make such provisions and take such actions as it may deem necessary for the
withholding of all applicable taxes attributable to the Restricted Stock Units and any
related dividend equivalents. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the minimum
statutory tax withholding required to be withheld upon delivery of the [cash amount
equal to the Fair Market Value of such] Shares and payment of dividend equivalents
shall be satisfied by withholding a [cash amount equal to the Fair Market Value of a]
number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory
tax required to be withheld, [with any fractional Shares to be rounded up to a cash
amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the nearest whole Share (with 0.5 to be
rounded up)/if such withholding would result in a fractional Share being withheld, the
number of Shares so withheld shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantee may elect to satisfy such tax withholding
requirements by timely remittance of such amount by cash or check or such other method
that is acceptable to the Company, rather than by withholding of Shares, provided such
election is made in accordance with such conditions and restrictions as the Company
may establish]. If FICA taxes are required to be withheld while the Award is
outstanding, such withholding shall be made in a manner determined by the Company. |
|
|
(g) |
|
Grantee Bound by Plan and Rules. The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a
copy of the Plan and this Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions
thereof. The Grantee agrees to be bound by any rules and |
3
|
|
|
regulations for administering the Plan as may be adopted by the Committee prior to
the date the Restricted Stock Units vest. Terms used herein and not otherwise
defined shall be as defined in the Plan. |
|
|
(h) |
|
Governing Law. This Agreement is issued, and the Restricted Stock Units
evidenced hereby are granted, in White Plains, New York, and shall be governed and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflicts
or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or
interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. |
|
|
(i) |
|
Section 409A Compliance. To the extent applicable, it is intended that the
Plan and this Agreement comply with the requirements of Section 409A, and the Plan and
this Agreement shall be interpreted accordingly. |
|
(i) |
|
If it is determined that all or a portion of the Award
constitutes deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, and if the
Grantee is a specified employee, as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of
the Code, at the time of the Grantees separation from service, then, to the
extent required under Section 409A, any Shares that would otherwise be
distributed [or cash payments in lieu of such Shares] (along with the cash
value of all dividend equivalents that would be payable) upon the Grantees
separation from service, shall instead be delivered (and, in the case of the
dividend equivalents, paid) on the earlier of (x) the first business day of the
seventh month following the date of the Grantees separation from service or
(y) the Grantees death. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If it is determined that all or a portion of the Award constitutes
deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, upon an Acceleration Event
that does not constitute a change in the ownership or a change in the
effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a
substantial portion of a corporations assets (as those terms are used in
Section 409A), the Restricted Stock Units shall vest at the time of the
Acceleration Event, but distribution [or payments in respect] of any Restricted
Stock Units (or related dividend equivalents) that constitute deferred
compensation for purposes of Section 409A shall not be accelerated (i.e.,
distribution shall occur when it would have occurred absent the Acceleration
Event). |
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its President and
Chief Executive Officer, or a Vice President, as of the 7th day of November, 2011.
|
|
|
Agreed to:
|
|
XYLEM INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Online acceptance constitutes agreement) |
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
Dated: November 7, 2011 |
|
|
|
Enclosures |
|
|
5
exv10w20
Exhibit 10.20
FORM
OF XYLEM
2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
2011 TSR REPLACEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT (the Agreement), effective as of the 7th day of November, 2011, by and between
Xylem Inc. (the Company) and [name] (the Grantee), WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Grantee is now employed by the Company or an Affiliate (as defined in the Companys
2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the Plan)) as an employee, and in recognition of the Grantees
valued services, the Company, through the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of its
Board of Directors (the Committee), desires to provide an inducement to remain in service of the
Company and as an incentive for increased efforts during such service pursuant to the provisions
of the Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the
provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein as part of this
Agreement, and any administrative rules and regulations related to the Plan as may be adopted by
the Committee, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. |
|
Grant of Restricted Stock Units. In accordance with, and subject to, the terms and
conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Company hereby confirms the grant on November
7, 2011 (the Grant Date) to the Grantee of #,### Restricted Stock Units. The Restricted
Stock Units are notional units of measurement denominated in Shares of common stock (i.e.,
one Restricted Stock Unit is equivalent in value to one share of common stock). |
|
|
The Restricted Stock Units represent an unfunded, unsecured right to receive [cash payments
equal to the Fair Market Value of such] Shares (and dividend equivalent payments pursuant
Section 2(b) hereof) in the future if the conditions set forth in the Plan and this
Agreement are satisfied. |
2. |
|
Terms and Conditions. It is understood and agreed that the Restricted Stock Units
are subject to the following terms and conditions: |
|
(a) |
|
Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement,
neither this Award nor any Restricted Stock Units subject to this Award may be sold,
assigned, pledged, exchanged, transferred, hypothecated or encumbered, other than to
the Company as a result of forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Voting and Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Grantee shall
not have any privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted
Stock Units or any Shares that may be delivered hereunder, including without
limitation any right to vote such Shares or to receive dividends, unless and until
such Shares are delivered upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units. Dividend
equivalents shall be earned with respect to each Restricted Stock Unit that vests.
The amount of dividend equivalents earned with respect to each such Restricted Stock
Unit that vests shall be equal to the total dividends declared on a Share where the
record date of the dividend is between the Grant Date of this |
|
|
|
Award and the date [a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of] a Share is
[paid/issued] upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit. Any dividend equivalents
earned shall be paid in cash to the Grantee when the Shares subject to the vested
Restricted Stock Units are issued. No dividend equivalents shall be earned or paid
with respect to any Restricted Stock Units that do not vest. Dividend equivalents
shall not accrue interest. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Vesting of Restricted Stock Units and Payment. Subject to earlier vesting
pursuant to subsections 2(d) and 2(e) below, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest
(meaning the Period of Restriction shall lapse and the Restricted Stock Units shall
become free of the forfeiture provisions in this Agreement) on December 31, 2013,
provided the Grantee has been continuously employed by the Company or an Affiliate on
a full-time basis from the Grant Date through the date the Restricted Stock Units
vest. Except as provided in subsections 2(i)(i) and 2(i)(ii) below, upon vesting of
the Restricted Stock Units (including vesting pursuant to subsections 2(d) or 2(e)
below), the Company will deliver to the Grantee (i) [a cash amount equal to the Fair
Market Value of such Shares/one Share for each vested Restricted Stock Unit], with any
fractional Shares resulting from proration pursuant to subsection 2(e)(ii) to be
rounded to [a cash amount equal to the Fair Market Value of] the nearest whole Share
(with 0.5 to be rounded up) and (ii) an amount in cash attributable to any dividend
equivalents earned in accordance with subsection 2(b) above, less any Shares withheld
in accordance with subsection 2(f) below. For the avoidance of doubt, continuous
employment of a Grantee by the Company or an Affiliate for purposes of vesting in the
Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall include continuous employment with the
Company for so long as the Grantee continues working at such entity. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Effect of Acceleration Event. The Restricted Stock Units shall vest in full
upon an Acceleration Event. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Effect of Termination of Employment. If the Grantees employment with the
Company and its Affiliates is terminated for any reason and such termination
constitutes a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code
and any related regulations or other effective guidance promulgated thereunder
(Section 409A), any Restricted Stock Units that are not vested at the time of such
separation from service shall be immediately forfeited except as follows: |
|
(i) |
|
Separation from Service due to Death or Disability. If
the Grantees separation from service is due to death or Disability (as defined
below), the Restricted Stock Units shall immediately become 100% vested as of
such separation from service. For purposes of this Agreement, the term
Disability shall mean the complete and permanent inability of the Grantee to
perform all of his or her duties under the terms of his or her employment, as
determined by the Committee upon the basis of such evidence, including
independent medical reports and data, as the Committee deems appropriate or
necessary. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Separation from Service due to Retirement or Separation
from Service by the Company for Other than Cause. If the Grantees
separation from service is due to Retirement (as defined below) or an
involuntary |
2
|
|
|
separation from service by the Company (or an Affiliate, as the case may be)
for other than cause (as determined by the Committee), a prorated portion of
the Restricted Stock Units shall immediately vest as of such separation from
service. For these purposes, |
|
A. |
|
the prorated portion of the Restricted Stock
Units shall be determined by multiplying the total number of Restricted
Stock Units subject to this Award by a fraction, the numerator of which
is the number of full months during which the Grantee has been
continually employed since the Grant Date, together with any period
during which the Grantee is entitled to receive severance in the form
of salary continuation (not to exceed 26 in the aggregate), and the
denominator of which is 26 (for avoidance of doubt, the period during
which the Grantee may receive severance in the form of salary
continuation or otherwise shall not affect the determination of the
date of the Grantees separation from service or the date of delivery
of any Shares or dividend equivalent payments); and |
|
|
B. |
|
full months of employment shall be based on
monthly anniversaries of the Grant Date, not calendar months. |
|
|
|
For purposes of this Agreement, the term Retirement shall mean the
Grantees separation from service if, at the time of such separation from
service, the Grantee is eligible to commence receipt of retirement benefits
under a traditional formula defined benefit pension plan maintained by the
Company or an Affiliate (or would be eligible to receive such benefits if he
or she were a participant in such traditional formula defined benefit
pension plan) or if no such plan is maintained, the first day of the month
which coincides with or follows the Grantees 65th birthday. |
|
(f) |
|
Tax Withholding. In accordance with Article 15 of the Plan, the Company may
make such provisions and take such actions as it may deem necessary for the
withholding of all applicable taxes attributable to the Restricted Stock Units and any
related dividend equivalents. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the minimum
statutory tax withholding required to be withheld upon delivery of the [cash amount
equal to the Fair Market Value of such] Shares and payment of dividend equivalents
shall be satisfied by withholding a [cash amount equal to the Fair Market Value of a]
number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory
tax required to be withheld, [with any fractional Shares to be rounded up to a cash
amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the nearest whole Share (with 0.5 to be
rounded up)/ if such withholding would result in a fractional Share being withheld,
the number of Shares so withheld shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantee may elect to satisfy such tax withholding
requirements by timely remittance of such amount by cash or check or such other method
that is acceptable to the Company, rather than by withholding of Shares, provided such
election is made in accordance with such conditions and restrictions as the Company
may establish]. If FICA taxes are required to be withheld while the Award is
outstanding, such withholding shall be made in a manner determined by the Company. |
|
|
(g) |
|
Grantee Bound by Plan and Rules. The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a
copy of the Plan and this Agreement and agrees to be bound by the |
3
|
|
|
terms and provisions thereof. The Grantee agrees to be bound by any rules and
regulations for administering the Plan as may be adopted by the Committee prior to
the date the Restricted Stock Units vest. Terms used herein and not otherwise
defined shall be as defined in the Plan. |
|
|
(h) |
|
Governing Law. This Agreement is issued, and the Restricted Stock Units
evidenced hereby are granted, in White Plains, New York, and shall be governed and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflicts
or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or
interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. |
|
|
(i) |
|
Section 409A Compliance. To the extent applicable, it is intended that the
Plan and this Agreement comply with the requirements of Section 409A, and the Plan and
this Agreement shall be interpreted accordingly. |
|
(i) |
|
If it is determined that all or a portion of the Award
constitutes deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, and if the
Grantee is a specified employee, as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of
the Code, at the time of the Grantees separation from service, then, to the
extent required under Section 409A, any Shares that would otherwise be
distributed [or cash payments in lieu of such Shares] (along with the cash
value of all dividend equivalents that would be payable) upon the Grantees
separation from service, shall instead be delivered (and, in the case of the
dividend equivalents, paid) on the earlier of (x) the first business day of the
seventh month following the date of the Grantees separation from service or
(y) the Grantees death. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If it is determined that all or a portion of the Award constitutes
deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, upon an Acceleration Event
that does not constitute a change in the ownership or a change in the
effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a
substantial portion of a corporations assets (as those terms are used in
Section 409A), the Restricted Stock Units shall vest at the time of the
Acceleration Event, but distribution [or payments in respect] of any Restricted
Stock Units (or related dividend equivalents) that constitute deferred
compensation for purposes of Section 409A shall not be accelerated (i.e.,
distribution shall occur when it would have occurred absent the Acceleration
Event). |
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its President and
Chief Executive Officer, or a Vice President, as of the 7th day of November, 2011.
|
|
|
Agreed to:
|
|
XYLEM INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Online acceptance constitutes agreement) |
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
Dated: November 7, 2011 |
|
|
|
Enclosures |
|
|
5
exv10w21
Exhibit 10.21
FORM
OF XYLEM
2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED
STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
FOUNDERS GRANT
THIS AGREEMENT (the Agreement), effective as of the 7th day of November, 2011, by and between
Xylem Inc. (the Company) and [name] (the Grantee), WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Grantee is now employed by the Company or an Affiliate (as defined in the Companys
2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the Plan)) as an employee, and in recognition of the Grantees
valued services, the Company, through the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of its
Board of Directors (the Committee), desires to provide an inducement to remain in service of the
Company and as an incentive for increased efforts during such service pursuant to the provisions
of the Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the
provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein as part of this
Agreement, and any administrative rules and regulations related to the Plan as may be adopted by
the Committee, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. |
|
Grant of Restricted Stock Units. In accordance with, and subject to, the terms and
conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Company hereby confirms the grant on November
7, 2011 (the Grant Date) to the Grantee of #,### Restricted Stock Units. The Restricted
Stock Units are notional units of measurement denominated in Shares of common stock (i.e.,
one Restricted Stock Unit is equivalent in value to one share of common stock). |
|
|
The Restricted Stock Units represent an unfunded, unsecured right to receive [cash payments
equal to the Fair Market Value of such] Shares (and dividend equivalent payments pursuant
Section 2(b) hereof) in the future if the conditions set forth in the Plan and this
Agreement are satisfied. |
2. |
|
Terms and Conditions. It is understood and agreed that the Restricted Stock Units
are subject to the following terms and conditions: |
|
(a) |
|
Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement,
neither this Award nor any Restricted Stock Units subject to this Award may be sold,
assigned, pledged, exchanged, transferred, hypothecated or encumbered, other than to
the Company as a result of forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Voting and Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Grantee shall
not have any privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted
Stock Units or any Shares that may be delivered hereunder, including without
limitation any right to vote such Shares or to receive dividends, unless and until
such Shares are delivered upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units. Dividend
equivalents shall be earned with respect to each Restricted Stock Unit that vests.
The amount of dividend equivalents earned with respect to each such Restricted Stock
Unit that vests shall be equal to the total dividends declared on a Share where the
record date of the dividend is between the Grant Date of this Award and the date [a
cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of] a Share is [paid/issued] upon vesting
of the Restricted Stock Unit. Any dividend equivalents earned shall be paid in cash
to the Grantee when the Shares |
|
|
|
subject to the vested Restricted Stock Units are issued. No dividend equivalents
shall be earned or paid with respect to any Restricted Stock Units that do not
vest. Dividend equivalents shall not accrue interest. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Vesting of Restricted Stock Units and Payment. Subject to earlier vesting
pursuant to subsections 2(d) and 2(e) below, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest
(meaning the Period of Restriction shall lapse and the Restricted Stock Units shall
become free of the forfeiture provisions in this Agreement) on November 7, 2014,
provided the Grantee has been continuously employed by the Company or an Affiliate on
a full-time basis from the Grant Date through the date the Restricted Stock Units
vest. Except as provided in subsections 2(i)(i) and 2(i)(ii) below, upon vesting of
the Restricted Stock Units (including vesting pursuant to subsections 2(d) or 2(e)
below), the Company will deliver to the Grantee (i) [a cash amount equal to the Fair
Market Value of such Shares/one Share for each vested Restricted Stock Unit], with any
fractional Shares resulting from proration pursuant to subsection 2(e)(ii) to be
rounded to [a cash amount equal to the Fair Market Value of] the nearest whole Share
(with 0.5 to be rounded up) and (ii) an amount in cash attributable to any dividend
equivalents earned in accordance with subsection 2(b) above, less any Shares withheld
in accordance with subsection 2(f) below. For the avoidance of doubt, continuous
employment of a Grantee by the Company or an Affiliate for purposes of vesting in the
Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall include continuous employment with the
Company for so long as the Grantee continues working at such entity. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Effect of Acceleration Event. The Restricted Stock Units shall vest in full
upon an Acceleration Event. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Effect of Termination of Employment. If the Grantees employment with the
Company and its Affiliates is terminated for any reason and such termination
constitutes a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code
and any related regulations or other effective guidance promulgated thereunder
(Section 409A), any Restricted Stock Units that are not vested at the time of such
separation from service shall be immediately forfeited except as follows: |
|
(i) |
|
Separation from Service due to Death or Disability. If
the Grantees separation from service is due to death or Disability (as defined
below), the Restricted Stock Units shall immediately become 100% vested as of
such separation from service. For purposes of this Agreement, the term
Disability shall mean the complete and permanent inability of the Grantee to
perform all of his or her duties under the terms of his or her employment, as
determined by the Committee upon the basis of such evidence, including
independent medical reports and data, as the Committee deems appropriate or
necessary. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Separation from Service due to Retirement or Separation
from Service by the Company for Other than Cause. If the Grantees
separation from service is due to Retirement (as defined below) or an
involuntary separation from service by the Company (or an Affiliate, as the
case may be) for other than cause (as determined by the Committee), a prorated |
2
|
|
|
portion of the Restricted Stock Units shall immediately vest as of such
separation from service. For these purposes, |
|
A. |
|
the prorated portion of the Restricted Stock
Units shall be determined by multiplying the total number of Restricted
Stock Units subject to this Award by a fraction, the numerator of which
is the number of full months during which the Grantee has been
continually employed since the Grant Date, together with any period
during which the Grantee is entitled to receive severance in the form
of salary continuation (not to exceed 36 in the aggregate), and the
denominator of which is 36 (for avoidance of doubt, the period during
which the Grantee may receive severance in the form of salary
continuation or otherwise shall not affect the determination of the
date of the Grantees separation from service or the date of delivery
of any Shares or dividend equivalent payments); and |
|
|
B. |
|
full months of employment shall be based on
monthly anniversaries of the Grant Date, not calendar months. |
|
|
|
For purposes of this Agreement, the term Retirement shall mean the
Grantees separation from service if, at the time of such separation from
service, the Grantee is eligible to commence receipt of retirement benefits
under a traditional formula defined benefit pension plan maintained by the
Company or an Affiliate (or would be eligible to receive such benefits if he
or she were a participant in such traditional formula defined benefit
pension plan) or if no such plan is maintained, the first day of the month
which coincides with or follows the Grantees 65th birthday. |
|
(f) |
|
Tax Withholding. In accordance with Article 15 of the Plan, the Company may
make such provisions and take such actions as it may deem necessary for the
withholding of all applicable taxes attributable to the Restricted Stock Units and any
related dividend equivalents. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the minimum
statutory tax withholding required to be withheld upon delivery of the [cash amount
equal to the Fair Market Value of such] Shares and payment of dividend equivalents
shall be satisfied by withholding a [cash amount equal to the Fair Market Value of a]
number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory
tax required to be withheld, [with any fractional Shares to be rounded up to a cash
amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the nearest whole Share (with 0.5 to be
rounded up)/if such withholding would result in a fractional Share being withheld, the
number of Shares so withheld shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantee may elect to satisfy such tax withholding
requirements by timely remittance of such amount by cash or check or such other method
that is acceptable to the Company, rather than by withholding of Shares, provided such
election is made in accordance with such conditions and restrictions as the Company
may establish]. If FICA taxes are required to be withheld while the Award is
outstanding, such withholding shall be made in a manner determined by the Company. |
|
|
(g) |
|
Grantee Bound by Plan and Rules. The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a
copy of the Plan and this Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions
thereof. The Grantee agrees to be bound by any rules and regulations for
administering the Plan as may be adopted by the Committee |
3
|
|
|
prior to the date the Restricted Stock Units vest. Terms used herein and not
otherwise defined shall be as defined in the Plan. |
|
|
(h) |
|
Governing Law. This Agreement is issued, and the Restricted Stock Units
evidenced hereby are granted, in White Plains, New York, and shall be governed and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflicts
or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or
interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. |
|
|
(i) |
|
Section 409A Compliance. To the extent applicable, it is intended that the
Plan and this Agreement comply with the requirements of Section 409A, and the Plan and
this Agreement shall be interpreted accordingly. |
|
(i) |
|
If it is determined that all or a portion of the Award
constitutes deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, and if the
Grantee is a specified employee, as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of
the Code, at the time of the Grantees separation from service, then, to the
extent required under Section 409A, any Shares that would otherwise be
distributed [or cash payments in lieu of such Shares] (along with the cash
value of all dividend equivalents that would be payable) upon the Grantees
separation from service, shall instead be delivered (and, in the case of the
dividend equivalents, paid) on the earlier of (x) the first business day of the
seventh month following the date of the Grantees separation from service or
(y) the Grantees death. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If it is determined that all or a portion of the Award constitutes
deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, upon an Acceleration Event
that does not constitute a change in the ownership or a change in the
effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a
substantial portion of a corporations assets (as those terms are used in
Section 409A), the Restricted Stock Units shall vest at the time of the
Acceleration Event, but distribution [or payments in respect] of any Restricted
Stock Units (or related dividend equivalents) that constitute deferred
compensation for purposes of Section 409A shall not be accelerated (i.e.,
distribution shall occur when it would have occurred absent the Acceleration
Event). |
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its President and
Chief Executive Officer, or a Vice President, as of the 7th day of November, 2011.
|
|
|
Agreed to:
|
|
XYLEM INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Online acceptance constitutes agreement) |
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
Dated: November 7, 2011 |
|
|
|
Enclosures |
|
|
5
exv10w22
Exhibit 10.22
FORM
OF XYLEM
2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
GENERAL GRANT
THIS AGREEMENT (the Agreement), effective as of the 7th day of November, 2011, by and between
Xylem Inc. (the Company) and [name] (the Grantee), WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Grantee is now employed by the Company or an Affiliate (as defined in the Companys
2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the Plan)) as an employee, and in recognition of the Grantees
valued services, the Company, through the Leadership Development and Compensation Committee of its
Board of Directors (the Committee), desires to provide an inducement to remain in service of the
Company and as an incentive for increased efforts during such service pursuant to the provisions
of the Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the
provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein as part of this
Agreement, and any administrative rules and regulations related to the Plan as may be adopted by
the Committee, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. |
|
Grant of Restricted Stock Units. In accordance with, and subject to, the terms and
conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Company hereby confirms the grant on November
7, 2011 (the Grant Date) to the Grantee of #,### Restricted Stock Units. The Restricted
Stock Units are notional units of measurement denominated in Shares of common stock (i.e.,
one Restricted Stock Unit is equivalent in value to one share of common stock). |
|
|
The Restricted Stock Units represent an unfunded, unsecured right to receive [cash payments
equal to the Fair Market Value of such] Shares (and dividend equivalent payments pursuant
Section 2(b) hereof) in the future if the conditions set forth in the Plan and this
Agreement are satisfied. |
2. |
|
Terms and Conditions. It is understood and agreed that the Restricted Stock Units
are subject to the following terms and conditions: |
|
(a) |
|
Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and this Agreement,
neither this Award nor any Restricted Stock Units subject to this Award may be sold,
assigned, pledged, exchanged, transferred, hypothecated or encumbered, other than to
the Company as a result of forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Voting and Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Grantee shall
not have any privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted
Stock Units or any Shares that may be delivered hereunder, including without
limitation any right to vote such Shares or to receive dividends, unless and until
such Shares are delivered upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units. Dividend
equivalents shall be earned with respect to each Restricted Stock Unit that vests.
The amount of dividend equivalents earned with respect to each such Restricted Stock
Unit that vests shall be equal to the total dividends declared on a Share where the
record date of the dividend is between the Grant Date of this Award and the date [a
cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of] a Share |
|
|
|
is [paid/issued] upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit. Any dividend
equivalents earned shall be paid in cash to the Grantee when the Shares subject to
the vested Restricted Stock Units are issued. No dividend equivalents shall be
earned or paid with respect to any Restricted Stock Units that do not vest.
Dividend equivalents shall not accrue interest. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Vesting of Restricted Stock Units and Payment. Subject to earlier vesting
pursuant to subsections 2(d) and 2(e) below, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest
(meaning the Period of Restriction shall lapse and the Restricted Stock Units shall
become free of the forfeiture provisions in this Agreement) on November 7, 2014,
provided the Grantee has been continuously employed by the Company or an Affiliate on
a full-time basis from the Grant Date through the date the Restricted Stock Units
vest. Except as provided in subsections 2(i)(i) and 2(i)(ii) below, upon vesting of
the Restricted Stock Units (including vesting pursuant to subsections 2(d) or 2(e)
below), the Company will deliver to the Grantee (i) [a cash amount equal to the Fair
Market Value of such Shares/one Share for each vested Restricted Stock Unit], with any
fractional Shares resulting from proration pursuant to subsection 2(e)(ii) to be
rounded to [a cash amount equal to the Fair Market Value of] the nearest whole Share
(with 0.5 to be rounded up) and (ii) an amount in cash attributable to any dividend
equivalents earned in accordance with subsection 2(b) above, less any Shares withheld
in accordance with subsection 2(f) below. For the avoidance of doubt, continuous
employment of a Grantee by the Company or an Affiliate for purposes of vesting in the
Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall include continuous employment with the
Company for so long as the Grantee continues working at such entity. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Effect of Acceleration Event. The Restricted Stock Units shall vest in full
upon an Acceleration Event. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Effect of Termination of Employment. If the Grantees employment with the
Company and its Affiliates is terminated for any reason and such termination
constitutes a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code
and any related regulations or other effective guidance promulgated thereunder
(Section 409A), any Restricted Stock Units that are not vested at the time of such
separation from service shall be immediately forfeited except as follows: |
|
(i) |
|
Separation from Service due to Death or Disability. If
the Grantees separation from service is due to death or Disability (as defined
below), the Restricted Stock Units shall immediately become 100% vested as of
such separation from service. For purposes of this Agreement, the term
Disability shall mean the complete and permanent inability of the Grantee to
perform all of his or her duties under the terms of his or her employment, as
determined by the Committee upon the basis of such evidence, including
independent medical reports and data, as the Committee deems appropriate or
necessary. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Separation from Service due to Retirement or Separation
from Service by the Company for Other than Cause. If the Grantees
separation from service is due to Retirement (as defined below) or an
involuntary separation from service by the Company (or an Affiliate, as the
case may |
2
|
|
|
be) for other than cause (as determined by the Committee), a prorated
portion of the Restricted Stock Units shall immediately vest as of such
separation from service. For these purposes, |
|
A. |
|
the prorated portion of the Restricted Stock
Units shall be determined by multiplying the total number of Restricted
Stock Units subject to this Award by a fraction, the numerator of which
is the number of full months during which the Grantee has been
continually employed since the Grant Date, together with any period
during which the Grantee is entitled to receive severance in the form
of salary continuation (not to exceed 36 in the aggregate), and the
denominator of which is 36 (for avoidance of doubt, the period during
which the Grantee may receive severance in the form of salary
continuation or otherwise shall not affect the determination of the
date of the Grantees separation from service or the date of delivery
of any Shares or dividend equivalent payments); and |
|
|
B. |
|
full months of employment shall be based on
monthly anniversaries of the Grant Date, not calendar months. |
|
|
|
For purposes of this Agreement, the term Retirement shall mean the
Grantees separation from service if, at the time of such separation from
service, the Grantee is eligible to commence receipt of retirement benefits
under a traditional formula defined benefit pension plan maintained by the
Company or an Affiliate (or would be eligible to receive such benefits if he
or she were a participant in such traditional formula defined benefit
pension plan) or if no such plan is maintained, the first day of the month
which coincides with or follows the Grantees 65th birthday. |
|
(f) |
|
Tax Withholding. In accordance with Article 15 of the Plan, the Company may
make such provisions and take such actions as it may deem necessary for the
withholding of all applicable taxes attributable to the Restricted Stock Units and any
related dividend equivalents. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the minimum
statutory tax withholding required to be withheld upon delivery of the [cash amount
equal to the Fair Market Value of such] Shares and payment of dividend equivalents
shall be satisfied by withholding a [cash amount equal to the Fair Market Value of a]
number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory
tax required to be withheld, [with any fractional Shares to be rounded up to a cash
amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the nearest whole Share (with 0.5 to be
rounded up)/if such withholding would result in a fractional Share being withheld, the
number of Shares so withheld shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantee may elect to satisfy such tax withholding
requirements by timely remittance of such amount by cash or check or such other method
that is acceptable to the Company, rather than by withholding of Shares, provided such
election is made in accordance with such conditions and restrictions as the Company
may establish]. If FICA taxes are required to be withheld while the Award is
outstanding, such withholding shall be made in a manner determined by the Company. |
|
|
(g) |
|
Grantee Bound by Plan and Rules. The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a
copy of the Plan and this Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions
thereof. The Grantee agrees to be bound by any rules and regulations for
administering the Plan as may be adopted by the Committee |
3
|
|
|
prior to the date the Restricted Stock Units vest. Terms used herein and not
otherwise defined shall be as defined in the Plan. |
|
|
(h) |
|
Governing Law. This Agreement is issued, and the Restricted Stock Units
evidenced hereby are granted, in White Plains, New York, and shall be governed and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflicts
or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or
interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. |
|
|
(i) |
|
Section 409A Compliance. To the extent applicable, it is intended that the
Plan and this Agreement comply with the requirements of Section 409A, and the Plan and
this Agreement shall be interpreted accordingly. |
|
(i) |
|
If it is determined that all or a portion of the Award
constitutes deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, and if the
Grantee is a specified employee, as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of
the Code, at the time of the Grantees separation from service, then, to the
extent required under Section 409A, any Shares that would otherwise be
distributed [or cash payments in lieu of such Shares] (along with the cash
value of all dividend equivalents that would be payable) upon the Grantees
separation from service, shall instead be delivered (and, in the case of the
dividend equivalents, paid) on the earlier of (x) the first business day of the
seventh month following the date of the Grantees separation from service or
(y) the Grantees death. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
If it is determined that all or a portion of the Award constitutes
deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, upon an Acceleration Event
that does not constitute a change in the ownership or a change in the
effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a
substantial portion of a corporations assets (as those terms are used in
Section 409A), the Restricted Stock Units shall vest at the time of the
Acceleration Event, but distribution [or payments in respect] of any Restricted
Stock Units (or related dividend equivalents) that constitute deferred
compensation for purposes of Section 409A shall not be accelerated (i.e.,
distribution shall occur when it would have occurred absent the Acceleration
Event). |
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its President and
Chief Executive Officer, or a Vice President, as of the 7th day of November, 2011.
|
|
|
Agreed to: |
|
XYLEM INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Online acceptance constitutes agreement) |
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
Dated: November 7, 2011 |
|
|
|
Enclosures |
|
|
5
exv10w23
Exhibit 10.23
FORM
OF XYLEM
2011 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR
NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD
Xylem Inc. (the Company) grants to the Director named below, in accordance with the terms of the
Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the Plan) and this Restricted Stock Unit award agreement (this
Agreement), the number of Restricted Stock Units (the Restricted Stock Units or the Award)
provided as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
DIRECTOR |
|
[Non-Employee Director Name] |
RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS GRANTED |
|
[ #,#### ] |
DATE OF GRANT |
|
November 7, 2011 |
VESTING SCHEDULE |
|
Except as provided in Section 3 of this
Agreement, the Restricted Stock Units will
vest on the following date(s), subject to the
Directors continued service as a director of
the Company: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted |
|
|
|
|
Stock Units |
|
|
Vesting Date(s)
|
|
Vesting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the Business Day
immediately prior
to the Xylem Inc.
2012 Annual
Meeting.
|
|
100% of Award |
AGREEMENT
|
1. |
|
Grant of Award. The Company hereby grants to the Director the Restricted Stock
Units, subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement.
All terms, provisions, and conditions applicable to the Restricted Stock Units set forth in
the Plan and not set forth herein are incorporated by reference. To the extent any
provision hereof is inconsistent with a provision of the Plan the provisions of the Plan
will govern. All capitalized terms that are used in this Agreement and not otherwise
defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan. |
|
|
2. |
|
Vesting and Settlement of Award. |
|
a. |
|
Right to Award. This Award shall vest in accordance with the
vesting schedule set forth above (the Vesting Schedule) and with the applicable
provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. |
1
|
b. |
|
Settlement of Award. Except as otherwise provided in a
deferral agreement duly executed by the Director on a form prescribed by the
Company for such elections and timely filed with the Company, the vested portion of
this Award shall be settled (and any related dividend equivalents shall be paid) on
or as soon as practicable following the vesting date set forth in the Vesting
Schedule or in Section 3 of this Agreement, as the case may be. |
|
|
|
|
The Company may require the Director to furnish or execute such documents as the
Company shall reasonably deem necessary (i) to evidence such settlement and (ii) to
comply with or satisfy the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the Exchange Act or any applicable laws. If the Director dies before the settlement
of all or a portion of the Award, the vested but unsettled portion of the Award may
be settled by delivery of Shares (and payment of related dividend equivalents) to
the Participants designated beneficiary or, if no such beneficiary has been
designated, the Participants estate. |
|
|
c. |
|
Method of Settlement. The Company shall deliver to the
Director [one Share for each vested Restricted Stock Unit in book entry form/to
receive cash payments equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares on vest date]. |
|
|
d. |
|
Dividend Equivalents. If a cash dividend is declared on the
Shares, the Director shall be credited with a dividend equivalent in an amount of
cash equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units held by the Director as of the
dividend payment date, multiplied by the amount of the cash dividend paid per
Share. Any such dividend equivalents shall be paid if and when the underlying
Restricted Stock Units are settled. Dividend equivalents shall not accrue
interest. |
|
3. |
|
Separation from Service. The Award shall become 100% vested prior to the
vesting date set forth in the Vesting Schedule above upon the Directors separation from
service for any of the following reasons: |
|
a. |
|
the Directors death; |
|
|
b. |
|
the Directors Disability (as defined below); |
|
|
c. |
|
the Directors retirement from the Board at or after age 72; or |
|
|
d. |
|
the Directors separation from service on account of the acceptance by
the Director of a position (other than an honorary position) in the government of
the United States, any State or any municipality or any subdivision thereof or any
organization performing any quasi-governmental function. |
|
|
|
If the Directors service on the Board terminates for any reason other than one listed above
prior to the vesting date set forth in the Vesting Schedule above (other than in connection
with the Directors commencement of services as a director of a Spinco), the Award shall be
forfeited immediately with respect to the number of Restricted Stock Units for which the
Award is not yet vested. |
|
|
|
|
For purposes of this Agreement, the term Disability means the complete and permanent
inability of the Director to perform all of his or her duties as a member of the Board, as |
2
|
|
|
determined by the Committee upon the basis of such evidence, including independent medical
reports and data, as the Committee deems appropriate or necessary. |
|
|
4. |
|
Transferability of Award. |
|
|
|
|
The Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or
hypothecated. |
|
|
5. |
|
Miscellaneous Provisions. |
|
a. |
|
Rights as a Stockholder. The Director shall have no rights as
a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this Award, except as provided
in Paragraph 2(d), until the Award has vested and Shares, if any, have been issued. |
|
|
b. |
|
Compliance with Federal Securities Laws and Other Applicable
Laws. Notwithstanding anything to contrary in this Agreement or in the Plan,
to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code and any treasury regulations or
other applicable guidance promulgated with respect thereto, the issuance or
delivery of any Shares pursuant to this Agreement may be delayed if the Company
reasonably anticipates that the issuance or delivery of the Shares will violate
Federal securities laws or other applicable law; provided that delivery or issuance
of the Shares shall be made at the earliest date at which the Company reasonably
anticipates that such delivery or issuance will not cause a violation. |
|
|
c. |
|
Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, excluding any
conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer
construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another
jurisdiction. |
|
|
d. |
|
Modification or Amendment. This Agreement may only be modified
or amended by written agreement executed by the parties hereto; provided, however,
that the adjustments permitted pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Plan may be made
without such written agreement. |
|
|
e. |
|
Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement
shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall
not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be
construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had not been
included. |
|
|
f. |
|
References to Plan. All references to the Plan shall be deemed
references to the Plan as may be amended from time to time. |
|
|
g. |
|
Headings. The captions used in this Agreement are inserted for
convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this Award for construction or
interpretation. |
|
|
h. |
|
Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of
this Agreement shall be submitted by the Director or by the Company forthwith to
the Committee, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. If the
Director is a |
3
|
|
|
member of the Committee, the Director shall not participate in such review. The
resolution of such dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on all
persons. |
|
|
i. |
|
Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of this Agreement and
any payments made herein are intended to comply with, and should be interpreted
consistent with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and any related
regulations or other effective guidance promulgated thereunder by the U.S.
Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service. |
|
|
j. |
|
Signature in Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the
signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. |
Xylem Inc.
Date: November 7, 2011
|
|
|
The Director represents that s/he is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and
hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The
Director has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an
opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully
understands all provisions of this Agreement. The Director hereby agrees to accept as
binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any
questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
Signed: |
|
|
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
|
(Online acceptance constitutes agreement) |
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
4
exv10w24
Exhibit 10.24
FORM OF DIRECTORS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made as of _______ between Xylem Inc., an Indiana corporation (the
Corporation), and __________________ (the Indemnitee).
WITNESSETH THAT:
WHEREAS, it is in the Corporations best interest to attract and retain capable directors;
WHEREAS, both the Corporation and the Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation
and other claims being asserted against directors of public corporations in todays environment;
WHEREAS, it is now and has always been the policy of the Corporation to indemnify the members
of its Board of Directors so as to provide them with the maximum possible protection available in
accordance with applicable law;
WHEREAS, Article 4 of the Corporations Amended and Restated By-laws (By-laws) and
applicable law expressly recognize that the right of indemnification provided therein shall not be
exclusive of any other rights to which any indemnified person may otherwise be entitled; and
WHEREAS, the Corporations By-laws, its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
(Articles of Incorporation) and applicable law permit contracts between the Corporation
and the members of its Board of Directors covering indemnification;
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Indemnity. In consideration of the Indemnitees agreement to serve or continue to serve as a Director
of the Corporation, or, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, employee,
fiduciary or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise, whether for profit or not, and including, without limitation, any
employee benefit plan (a Designated Director), if Indemnitee was or is made or is
threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, as a witness or otherwise, any
threatened, pending or completed investigation, claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute
resolution mechanism or proceeding (brought in the right of the Corporation or otherwise), whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, any internal
corporate investigation), whether formal or informal, and including all appeals thereto (a
Proceeding), the Corporation hereby agrees to hold the Indemnitee harmless and to
indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by applicable law from
and against any and all expenses (which term shall be broadly construed and include, without
limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without
limitation, all attorneys fees and related disbursements, appeal bonds, other out-of-pocket costs)
(Expenses), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement (with such judgments, fines or
amounts including, without limitation, all direct and indirect payments of any type or nature
whatsoever, as well as any penalties or excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an
employee benefit plan), liabilities or losses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee
2
by reason of the fact such person is or was a Director of the Corporation or a Designated
Director, or by reason of any actual or alleged action or omission to act taken or omitted in any
such capacity.
2. Maintenance of Insurance. (a) Subject only to the provisions of Section 2(c) hereof, the Corporation hereby agrees
that, so long as the Indemnitee shall continue to serve as a Director of the Corporation, and
thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder, the
Corporation will provide insurance coverage comparable to that presently provided and at least as
favorable to Indemnitee as the insurance coverage provided to any other director or officer of the
Corporation under the Corporations Directors and Officers Liability Insurance policies (the
insurance policies) in effect at the date hereof.
(b) At the time the Corporation receives notice from Indemnitee, or is otherwise aware, of a
Proceeding, the Corporation shall give prompt notice to the insurers in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the insurance policies. The Corporation shall thereafter take all
necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts
payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such insurance policy.
(c) However, the Corporation shall not be required to maintain all or any of such insurance
policies or comparable insurance coverage if, in the business judgment of the Board of Directors of
the Corporation, (i) the premium cost for such insurance is substantially disproportionate to the
amount of coverage, or (ii) the coverage provided by such insurance is so limited by exclusions
that there is insufficient benefit from such insurance or (iii) such insurance is otherwise not
reasonably available.
(d) In the event of any payment by the Corporation under this Agreement, the Corporation shall
be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee with
respect to any insurance policy. Indemnitee shall execute all papers required and take all action
necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable
the Corporation to bring suit to enforce such rights in accordance with the terms of such insurance
policy. The Corporation shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by
Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.
(e) The Corporation shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts
otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually
received such payment under this Agreement or any insurance policy, contract, agreement or
otherwise.
3. Additional Indemnity. Subject only to the exclusions set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Corporation hereby
further agrees to hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitee:
(a) to the fullest extent provided under Article 4 of the Corporations By-laws as in effect
at the date hereof; and
(b) in the event the Corporation does not maintain in effect the insurance coverage provided
under Section 2 hereof, to the fullest extent of the coverage which would
3
otherwise have been provided for the benefit of the Indemnitee pursuant to the insurance
policies in effect at the date hereof.
4. Limitations on Additional Indemnity. No indemnity pursuant to Section 3 hereof shall be paid by the Corporation:
(a) except to the extent the aggregate of losses to be indemnified thereunder exceed the
amount of such losses for which the Indemnitee is indemnified or insured pursuant to either Section
1 or 2 hereof;
(b) in respect of remuneration paid to, or indemnification of, the Indemnitee, if it shall be
determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration or
indemnification was or is prohibited by applicable law;
(c) for any transaction from which the Indemnitee derived an improper personal benefit;
(d) for any breach of the Indemnitees duty to act in good faith and (i) in the case of
conduct in the Indemnitees official capacity with the Corporation, in a manner he or she
reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Corporation, (ii) in all other cases, that
the Indemnitee reasonably believed his or her conducts conduct was at least not opposed to the
Corporations best interests and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had
reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe
that his or her conduct was unlawful; or
(e) in respect of acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law by the Indemnitee.
5. Continuation of Indemnity. All agreements and obligations of the Corporation contained herein shall continue during
the period the Indemnitee is a Director of the Corporation and shall continue thereafter so long as
the Indemnitee may be made or threatened to be made a party to, or be otherwise involved in, as a
witness or otherwise, any Proceeding, by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was a Director of
the Corporation or a Designated Director, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or
omitted in any such capacity.
6. Notification and Defense of Claim.
(a) Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding,
the Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Corporation under
this Agreement, notify the Secretary of the Corporation in writing of the commencement thereof and
shall provide the Secretary with such documentation and information as is reasonably available to
Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is
entitled to indemnification; but an omission to so promptly notify the Corporation will not relieve
it from any liability which it may have to the Indemnitee (i) under this Agreement, except to the
extent the Corporation is actually and materially prejudiced in its defense of such Proceeding or
(ii) otherwise than under this Agreement, including, without limitation, its liability to indemnify
the Indemnitee under the Corporations By-laws.
4
(b) With respect to any such Proceeding:
|
(1) |
|
the Corporation shall be entitled to participate therein at its
own expense; |
|
|
(2) |
|
except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it may
wish, the Corporation jointly with any other indemnifying party shall be
entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to
the Indemnitee. After notice from the Corporation to the Indemnitee of its
election so to assume the defense thereof and approval by the Indemnitee of
such counsel (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), the
Corporation will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any
legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee for separate
counsel in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
investigation or as otherwise provided below. The Indemnitee shall have the
right to employ its counsel in such action, suit or proceeding but the fees and
expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its
assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of the Indemnitee
unless (i) the employment of such counsel by the Indemnitee has been authorized
by the Corporation, (ii) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded (with
written notice to the Corporation setting forth the basis for such conclusion)
that there may be a conflict of interest between the Corporation and the
Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such Proceeding, or (iii) the
Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of
such Proceeding, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall
be at the expense of the Corporation. The Corporation shall not be entitled to
assume the defense of any action, suit or proceeding brought by or on behalf of
the Corporation or as to which the Indemnitee shall have made the conclusion
provided for in (ii) above; and |
|
|
(3) |
|
the Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee
under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding
effected without the Corporations written consent. The Corporation shall not
settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty, obligation
or limitation on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitees written consent.
Neither the Corporation nor the Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold their
consent to any proposed settlement. |
(c) Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the determination of the Indemnitees
entitlement to indemnification shall be made pursuant to and in accordance with the procedures set
forth in the By-Laws in effect as of the date hereof, or any such procedures that may be more
favorable to the Indemnitee that are set forth in the By-Laws in effect on the date Indemnitee
provides the Secretary notice of the request for indemnification.
7. Advancement and Repayment of Expenses. Upon receipt by the Corporation of a statement from the Indemnitee requesting advancement
or repayment of any Expenses incurred in connection with any Proceeding involving the Indemnitee,
all such
5
Expenses shall be paid promptly (and in any event within twenty (20) days of receipt of such
statement, which statement shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred or to be incurred) by
the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding. The Indemnitee agrees that
the Indemnitee will reimburse (without interest) the Corporation for all reasonable Expenses
advanced, paid or incurred by the Corporation on behalf of the Indemnitee in respect of a claim
against the Corporation under this Agreement in the event and only to the extent that it shall be
ultimately and finally determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the
Corporation for such Expenses under the provisions of applicable law, the Corporations Articles of
Incorporation or By-laws, this Agreement or otherwise. The Corporations obligations to advance
Expenses under this Section 7 shall not be subject to any conditions or requirements not contained
in this Section.
8. Nonexclusivity. The provisions for indemnification and advancement and reimbursement of expenses set forth
in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under
any provision of law, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, the Corporations Articles of
Incorporation or By-laws, other agreements or otherwise, and Indemnitees rights hereunder shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. No amendment or
alteration of the Corporations Articles of Incorporation or By-laws or another agreement shall
adversely affect the rights provided to Indemnitee under this Agreement. To the extent that a
change in Indiana or other law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater
indemnification or payment than would be afforded currently under the Corporations Articles of
Incorporation, By-laws or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee
shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
9. Enforcement. If a claim under this Agreement is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety days
after a written request has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnitee may at any time
thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if
successful in whole or in part, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be indemnified for all
expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the prosecution of
such claim. Nothing in this Section 11 is intended to limit the Corporations obligations with
respect to the advancement or repayment of expenses to Indemnitee in connection with any such
action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement.
10. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be or shall, in fact, be invalid,
inoperative or unenforceable as applied to any particular case or in any particular jurisdiction,
for any reason, such circumstances shall not have the effect of rendering the provision in question
invalid, inoperative or unenforceable in any other distinguishable case or jurisdiction, or of
rendering any other provision or provisions herein contained invalid, inoperative or unenforceable
to any extent whatsoever. The invalidity, inoperability or unenforceability of any one or more
phrases, sentences, clauses or Sections contained in this Agreement shall not affect any other
remaining part of this Agreement.
11. Governing Law; Binding Effect; Amendment or Termination (a) This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the
State of Indiana.
6
(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon the Indemnitee and upon the Corporation and its
successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee and his or her heirs,
personal representatives, executors and administrators, and to the benefit of the Corporation and
its successors and assigns.
(c) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to
the matters covered hereby, and any other prior oral or written understandings or agreements with
respect to the matters covered hereby are expressly superseded by this Agreement, except to the
extent any such prior agreement may be more favorable to the Indemnitee than the provisions
hereunder.
(d) No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be
effective unless in writing signed by both parties hereto.
[Signature Page Follows]
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year
first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exelis Inc.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By |
|
|
|
Name: |
[Directors Name] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv31w1
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Gretchen W. McClain, certify that:
|
|
1.
|
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
of Xylem Inc.;
|
|
2.
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
|
|
3.
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other
financial information included in this report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report;
|
|
4.
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are
responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
for the registrant and have:
|
|
|
|
|
a)
|
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the
registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this report is being prepared; and
|
|
|
b)
|
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure
controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and
|
|
|
c)
|
disclosed in this report any change in the registrants
internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrants internal control over
financial reporting; and
|
|
|
5. |
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have
disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board
of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
|
|
|
|
|
a)
|
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the
design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
|
|
|
b)
|
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or
other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting.
|
Date: November 21, 2011
/s/ Gretchen W. McClain
Gretchen W. McClain
President and Chief Executive
Officer
exv31w2
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Michael T. Speetzen, certify
that:
|
|
1.
|
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
of Xylem Inc.;
|
|
2.
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
|
|
3.
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other
financial information included in this report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report;
|
|
4.
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are
responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
for the registrant and have:
|
|
|
|
|
a)
|
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the
registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this report is being prepared; and
|
|
|
b)
|
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure
controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and
|
|
|
c)
|
disclosed in this report any change in the registrants
internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrants internal control over
financial reporting; and
|
|
|
5. |
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have
disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board
of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
|
|
|
|
|
a)
|
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the
design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
|
|
|
b)
|
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or
other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting.
|
Date: November 21, 2011
/s/ Michael T. Speetzen
Michael T. Speetzen
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
exv32w1
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
of Xylem Inc. (the Company) for the period ended
September 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the
Report), I, Gretchen W. McClain, President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to
18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to my knowledge, that:
|
|
(1)
|
The Report fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended; and
|
|
(2)
|
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
|
/s/ Gretchen W. McClain
Gretchen W. McClain
President and Chief Executive
Officer
November 21, 2011
A signed original of this written statement required by
Section 906 has been provided to Xylem Inc. and will be
retained by Xylem Inc. and furnished to the Securities and
Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
exv32w2
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
of Xylem Inc. (the Company) for the period ended
September 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the
Report), I, Michael T. Speetzen, Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to my knowledge, that:
|
|
(3)
|
The Report fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended; and
|
|
(4)
|
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
|
/s/ Michael T. Speetzen
Michael T. Speetzen
Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
November 21, 2011
A signed original of this written statement required by
Section 906 has been provided to Xylem Inc. and will be
retained by Xylem Inc. and furnished to the Securities and
Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.